Home

Fund Setup User Manual

1. Effective Date Transaction Type Base Price Base Price Constant Allocation Vs Register Capital o Input by DateTime rized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized The transaction base price is calculated based on the definition in the fund rule set up On clicking Ok button the system defaults the Effective Date the Transaction Type and the Base Price You can modify the Base Price Constant Allocation Vs Register Capital gives the value that can be redeemed out of the fund on that day You can modify this field only when the Transaction Type is Redemption Transfer or Switch From The transaction Base Price is calculated on the basis of the definition in the Fund Rule set up Example Say for Redemption the base price definition is 98 of the Fund Price and then if Fund Price is Rs 100 the Redemption Base Price will be Rs 98 met ORACLE 5 4 4 Maintaining Fund Price Components This section displays the Fund Price details for all the given transaction types To view this section and its functionality refer the Fund Formula Maintenance section in this manual Fund Price Detail New 7 Enter Query Fund ID Effective Date Fund Base Currency ISIN No NAV Computation J Net Asset Value NAV Lot Total Assets Total Net Assets Formula Builder No of Unit Holders Real NAV Lot Declared NAV Lot Floor Price Ceiling Price FI Outstanding Units Amend Transactions
2. 2 c ceseeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeteees 3 6 3 3 3 Amount Limits for IRA Transactions Section ccccccccetttteeetetnteeeeeees 3 11 3 3 4 Fields in Fund IRA Transactions Section 0 ccccccccceeseeeeeeeeneeeeeteeenneeees 3 11 3 4 Corporate ACtOnS di ipne a feed nade eatin ededid ait nie data aa taataa oaran dacia 3 12 BIAS GHOCKS AEEA patineteld PA E E AAN E E 3 13 3 4 2 Dividend Processing for Fund l eesseesesesrereesrrrrerrrnnrrrerrrrenrrnnnnneerrrnnnrennne 3 13 3 4 3 Setting up Rules for Cash Dividend for FUN c cccccessteeeseteeeeteeeneeees 3 14 3 4 4 Setting up Rules for Stock Dividend for FUN 0 seccccecteeeeeeeeetntteeeeetes 3 14 3 4 5 Fields in Corporate Actions Screen cccccceeceeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeteteeenenaees 3 15 3 5 Shares Characteristics Maintenance cceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeecneeeeeeeeaeeeeeeenaeeeeesenaaes 3 28 BOs CHOCKS iia tag iste A ete peda nie eee ei en eae aa eS 3 28 3 5 2 Fields in Shares Characteristics Setup Screen ccccccccccceteeeeeteentees 3 29 3 6 General Operating Rules Maintenance cc ccceseeeeeeeeneeeeeeeenteeeeeeenaeeeeeeeaaes 3 35 3 6 1 Ageing Policy fOr FUN eccccececeeteecetnnne eee eeennneeeeeesaaeeeeeesiaeeeeestneeeeeeees 3 35 3 6 2 Specifying Limit Order Options for FUNS cccccccceeseeeeeteeeteeeeeteeneeees 3 36 3 6 3 Indicating Re computation of Fund Prices and Adjustment of Units 3 37 3 6 4 General Operating Ru
3. ana ORACLE 4 9 1 4 9 2 4 9 3 4 9 3 1 Specifications in Screen In this screen select the allowable fund investment account types for the fund in the Account Type field For each investment account type that you associate for the fund you must specify a validity period by indicating a start date for validity and an end date Operations on Fund Investment Account Specifications The Fund Investment Account specifications can be copied for child umbrella funds or made part of a fund template They can also be uploaded from a bulk client as fund rules for a fund Through the fund rule amendment function you can change the account types allowable by revoking an existing allowable account type and allowing a new type Fields in Fund Investment Account Screen Fund ID Display This field indicates the ID fund for which you are setting up the Fund Investment Account profile This information is defaulted from the Fund Demographics screen Rule Effective Date Display The Rule Effective Date for the fund which you specified in the Fund Demographics screen is displayed here Details Section Account Type Alphanumeric Mandatory From the drop down list select the fund investment account type that you wish to allow for the fund You can select either CPF or non CPF account types in this field to be mapped for the fund Minimum Age Specify a minimum age required for an investor to invest i
4. You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered Invoke the Fund Family Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Fund Family Detail screen is displayed Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database Authorizing Fund Family Record An unauthorized Fund Family record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record Invoke the Fund Family Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Fund Family Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List When a checker a
5. You can modify the details of a Corporate Actions record that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows Invoke the Corporate Actions Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified Click Search button All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Corporate Actions Detail screen is displayed Select Unlock Operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information Click Save to save your changes The Corporate Actions Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Corporate Actions Summary screen 5 13 10 3 Viewing Corporate Actions Record To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the Corporate Actions Summary screen as follows Invoke the Corporate Actions Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorized field You can also view all re
6. oe ORACLE 4 7 2 4 8 Fields in Fund Transaction Currency Restriction Screen Fund ID Display This field indicates the ID fund for which you are setting up the Fund Transaction Currency Restriction profile This information is defaulted from the Fund Demographics screen Rule Effective Date Display The Rule Effective Date for the fund which you specified in the Fund Demographics screen is displayed here Currency Code Optional Choose only the currencies that you wish to allow for transactions in the fund from the option list When you do not choose any currency all the currencies are allowed for the fund Setting up Specific Price Dates The price Real NAV applicable for a fund is declared on a daily basis by the Fund Manager On any business day the transactions that are entered are picked up and allocated by the End of Day process using the Real NAV declared for that business day You can also set up a specific date on which all transactions entered during a period can be allocated using the price as on that date This specific date can be maintained for each transaction type mapped to a fund A specific pricing frequency can also be set up for the application of the specific pricing date Example For the Carey Bugle Memorial Fund a specific price date has been maintained for IPO and subscription transactions which is the 15 January 2002 The specific pricing is to be applied on a monthly frequency bas
7. 1 Invoke the Fund Agency Backdating Limit Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Fund Agency Backdating Limit Detail screen is displayed in View mode Deleting Fund Agency Backdating Limit You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered 1 Invoke the Fund Agency Backdating Limit Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion 3 Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen 4 Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Fund Agency Backdating Limit Detail screen is displayed 6 Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the re
8. 6 Amend the necessary information and click on Save to save the changes If an incorrect price has been entered in the Fund Price screen for a particular date the system allows you to make correction through an amendment operation Through this prices entered on any previous working day can be amended if necessary to make corrections Amendment of a fund price is only possible under the following circumstances e The date of amendment must be a fund working day as well as a system AMC working day e The fund for which the price is being amended is a scripless fund e The ageing policy in the General Operating Rules defined for the fund for which the price is being amended is not Txn Receipts or FIFO Across Products Note This feature is only available if your installation has specifically requested for it After a Fund Price record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization 1 Invoke the Fund Price record Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized records Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen 4 Click Search All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record
9. Board Meeting Dividend Payment Book Closing Freeze Holding NPI Preferences Override Unit holder No preference Force Reinvestment of Uncleared units NPI Applicable Yes NPI Payment In this screen define the following details Rounding Precision 1 Character Maximum Numeric Mandatory Indicate the maximum number of decimals that would be reckoned for rounding precision for the dividend You cannot indicate a precision higher than 6 decimal places Rounding Options Alphanumeric Mandatory Indicate the rounding options for the value of the dividend designated for the fund Choose Round Up to indicate rounding the value at the precision decimal place to the next higher numeral Choose Round Off to indicate normal rounding at the precision decimal oat ORACLE Choose Round Down to indicate truncation of the value at the precision decimal place Example Let us suppose that the dividend earned by an investor Mrs Laurie Klein in the ABC Growth Fund is 700 679263 currency units and that this value must be rounded to the 3 d decimal place If you indicate rounding up then the value reckoned would be 700 680 If you indicate rounding off then applying normal rounding off rules the value reckoned would be 700 679 If you indicate rounding down or truncation then the value would be truncated as it is in the 3 decimal place and it would be reckoned as 700 679 Dividend Excha
10. Corporate Actions Maintenance screen Select the Series Fund Merger option in the Corporate Action Type field Corporate Actions Maintanence New 3 Enter Query Basic Information Corporate Action Type Select Corporate Action Status Unprocessed X Fund Information Fund ID Price Information Liquidation Price Liquidation Price Lot New Unit Par Value Other Information Holiday Rule Prior Threshold Amount Book Closing From Date Exchange Rate Source Units For Corporate Action Corporate Action Date ISIN Code Lot Size Fractions Allowed No No of Decimals Payment Lag Days Auto Initiation No v Book Closing To Date Exchange Rate Date Payment Currency Select Select One Capital Payout Rate Include Prior Capital Select Update IDS No lt Redeemed Units Update SI No SplivReverseSplitDetails IEEE vCategoryMap FundCopy Merger Details 101 Fund ID ISIN Code Ratio Parent Child Apply CGT No Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized The example given below illustrates the corporate action Series Fund Merger Example Assume that Investor A purchases 1 000 units at the launch of the fund GFUND1 at US 1 000 per unit HWM of GFUND1 This will be the Lead Series of Unit It is also assumed that the incentive fees are being paid quarterly and HWM of fund is Greater of
11. Invoke the Sub fund Share Class Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Sub fund Share Class Maintenance Detail screen is displayed Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database Authorizing Sub fund Share Class Maintenance An unauthorized Sub fund Share Class Maintenance must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record Invoke the Sub fund Share Class Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Sub fund Share Class Maintenance screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List When a checker authoriz
12. Off Western Express Highway Goregaon East Mumbai Maharashtra 400 063 India Worldwide Inquiries Phone 91 22 6718 3000 Fax 91 22 6718 3001 www oracle com financialservices Copyright 2007 2014 Oracle and or its affiliates All rights reserved Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and or its affiliates Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners U S GOVERNMENT END USERS Oracle programs including any operating system integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation delivered to U S Government end users are commercial computer software pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency specific supplemental regulations As such use duplication disclosure modification and adaptation of the programs including any operating system integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation shall be subject to license terms and license restrictions applicable to the programs No other rights are granted to the U S Government This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications It is not developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications including applications that may create a risk of personal injury If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate failsafe backup redundancy
13. Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Fund Rules Detail screen is displayed Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database 3 20 ORACLE 4 11 1 5 Authorizing Fund Rules Record An unauthorized Fund Rules record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the Fund Rules Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Fund Rules Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List When a checker authorizes a transaction details of validation if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Note You cannot edit or delete an authorized fund rule
14. Select the ISIN Code of the fund for which you want to set up the fund price from the options provided If you specify the ISIN Code of a fund the ID of the fund is displayed in the Fund field NAV Computation You need to select the option based on which the Fund Price is to be calculated The following options are available for calculation of Fund Price Net Asset Value If you choose this option you must specify the Real NAV per unit and the system will compute the fund price per transaction based on whether the fund is formula based Total Assets If you choose this option you must specify the Total Assets and based on the outstanding units the system computes the net asset value Formula Builder If you choose this option you must specify values for all the user enterable fields and the system computes the Net Asset Value Real Net Asset Value per Lot Numeric Mandatory Enter the Real NAV per Unit for the period when the price is being set This is applicable only if NAV is selected in the Total assets NAV Formula Builder option If Total Assets is selected then this is calculated by the system If entered the system validates this value against the fluctuation limits set for the selected transaction type in the selected fund in the Transaction Processing Rules If the limit is exceeded an override is sought while saving the price 321 ORACLE NAV Lot Enter the NAV lot amount Total Net Assets
15. Specify the minimum number of units permitted for an initial transaction for an investor in this fund Maximum Initial Transaction Units Numeric Optional Specify the maximum number of units permitted for an initial transaction for an investor in this fund SI Minimum Amount Units Numeric Optional Specify the minimum amount or the minimum number of units allowable for a standing instruction transaction in this fund SI Maximum Amount Units Numeric Optional Specify the maximum amount or the minimum number of units allowable for a standing instruction transaction in this fund Note If the client country parameter is set to SIRULEATFREQ for your bank in order to main tain SI specific details click on the link SI Rules for Frequency under the Transaction limit tab For further reference please refer to the Annexure os ORACLE Minimum Holdings Check Options You can indicate the minimum holdings balance for an IPO or subscription transaction in respect of a standing instruction for a CIF or an individual unit holder in the fund The minimum holdings value can be specified either as an amount number of units or redeemable value of units As part of the minimum holdings options you can also indicate whether the holdings considered for validation are those of all unit holders under a CIF or for an individual unit holder Note The above check is not validated online during transaction captu
16. You can map agents to a fund set up backdating limits and enter transaction prices for a fund only after you authorize it Similarly the tracking of limits and acceptance of unit holder transactions into the fund can only take place after authorization You cannot authorize a fund until you have maintained the following fund rules for it Fund Demographics General Operating Rules Shares Characteristics Transaction Processing Rules Fund Sale Country rule Fund Residency Restriction rule Fund Transaction Currency rule The following fund rules are not mandatory for a fund and it can be authorized without them Corporate Actions Fund Formula Maintenance Fund Load Setup These fund rules may be maintained as and when necessary 4 11 1 6 Amending Fund Rules Record After a Fund Rules record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization e Invoke the Fund Rules Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized records e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen o ORACLE Double click the record that you wish to
17. 6 2 5 1 An amended Group Load Mapping maintenance must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can be done only from Fund Manager Module and Agency Branch module The subsequent process of authorization is the same as that for normal transactions Copying Attributes If you want to create a new Group Load Mapping with the same attributes of an existing maintenance you can copy the attributes of an existing Group Load mapping to a new one To copy the attributes e Retrieve the record whose attributes the new Group Load mapping should inherit You can retrieve the record through the Summary screen or through the F7 F8 operation explained in the previous sections of this chapter e Click on Copy e Indicate the ID for the new Group Load mapping You can however change the details of the new maintenance Retrieving Group Load Mapping Record To perform any operation on a group load mapping record you must first retrieve the record from the database in the Summary screen To retrieve a record for viewing select View in the Operation field Specify the Group ID and the Rule Effective Date of the group whose record you want to retrieve and click OK In the Operation field you must select the operation that you want to perform before you specify the search criteria All the group mapping records that match your search criteria are displayed in the lower l
18. Fund ID Display This field indicates the ID fund for which you are setting up the Transaction Processing Rules profile This information is defaulted from the Fund Demographics screen Rule Effective Date Display The Rule Effective Date for the fund which you specified in the Fund Demographics screen is displayed here 2 ORACLE 4 1 3 2 Basic Information Section Transaction Processing Rules Fund ID Rule Effective Date EBSD Transaction Rules Unit Holder Rules Transaction Limit Pricing Policies SI Specific Info Si Rules For Frequency Transaction Type Start Date Transaction Frequency SelectOne End Date Transaction Enabled Yes Net Amount Gross Amount E Net Unit Gross Unit Restrict Sale to Investor Yes Transaction Suspended No Maximum IPO Issue Size Allow Systematic Plans Yes Transaction Type Display Only All transaction types for which a transaction processing rules profile has been maintained for the fund are displayed here Transaction Frequency Display Only The frequency at which the transaction type will operate for the fund is displayed Transaction Enabled Mandatory Select Yes in this field to indicate that the transaction is enabled for the fund It is possible to set up a temporary suspension of transactions even if the transactions are open for the fund Start Date Display Only The date from which the transaction type is enabled for tran
19. Numeric Mandatory only if prior credit is allowed If prior credit is permitted to investors for fulfillment of LOI in any of the funds in the group specify the duration in days of the period Rule Effective Date Date Format Specify the date on and following which the load group characteristics you are specifying for the group will be effective B 10 ORACLE 6 1 8 1 Lead Time for Amount Verification Days Numeric Optional Specify the lead time applicable if any for the verification of amounts for LOI or ROA applicability that is to apply to all funds in the group Dividend Reinvestments Impact ROA If you choose Yes then the units increased due to dividend reinvestment will also be considered for ROA The system will consider the Reinvestment Units in terms accumulated units Prior Credit Allowed For LOI Optional Check this box to indicate that a prior credit period is permitted for the fulfillment of LOI amount for LOI investors If you do not check this box none of the transactions of an investor earlier than the transaction date will be reckoned to affect the LOI used up amount SI Applicable for LOI Optional Check this box to indicate that standing instructions are permitted to be accepted for investors transacting in the load group Reinvestment Applicable for LOI Optional Check this box to indicate that reinvestment instructions are permitted to be processed for investors transacting in
20. SplitReverseSplitDetails MergeDetails InvCategoryMap Merger Details 1of1 Fund ID ISIN Code Ratio Parent Corporate Action Date ISIN Code Lot Size Fractions Allowed No v No of Decimals Payment Lag Days Auto Initiation No Book Closing To Date Exchange Rate Date Payment Currency Select One Include Prior Capital Select Redeemed Units Update SI Child Apply CGT e Input by Authorized by DateTime DateTime Mod No Open Authorized e You need to select the Corporate action type as Side Pocket Creation e Specify the date of side pocket creation e Specify the ID and ISIN code of the fund e If the split ratio is 10 then in split reverse split details you need to specify the Parent Ratio as 10 Child ratio will be ignored in this case 5 78 ORACLE 5 13 8 7 Maintaining Details for Investor Category Map You can maintain investor category map information in the Inv Category Map Tab Corporate Actions Maintanence New 73 Enter Query Basic Information Corporate Action Type Select Corporate Action Date Corporate Action Status Unprocessed v Fund Information Fund ID ISIN Code Price Information Liquidation Price Lot Size Liquidation Price Lot Fractions Allowed New Unit Par Value No of Decimals Other Information Holiday Rule Payment Lag Days Threshold Amount Auto Initiation No
21. Step Amount Step Units SI Maximum Amount SI Maximum Units SI Minimum Holdings Units SI Minimum Holdings Apply For Max Initial Transaction Amount Max Initial Transaction Units SI Minimum Holdings Not Applicable Indicator Minimum Amount Step Amount Maximum Amount Minimum Units Step Units Maximum Units Basic Info Transaction Rules Unit Holder Rules Transaction Limit Pricing Policies SI Specific Info SI Rules For Frequency Details 1of1 1 Communication Mode Minimum Amount Maximum Amount Minimum Units Maximum Units Disallow First Transaction T No 4 1 10 Fields in Screen Display The type of transaction to which this Investment and SI Limit profile must apply is displayed here from the main Transaction Processing Rules screen 4 25 ORACLE 4 2 4 2 1 SI Rules for Fund You can maintain the rules for standing instructions generation for a fund investment account type and transaction type combination in the SI Specific Information Tab To invoke this screen click on the SI Specific Information link in the Fund Demographics screen Transaction Processing Rules Fund ID Rule Effective Date Basic Info Transaction Rules UnitHolder Rules Transaction Limit Pricing Policies SI Specific Info S1 Rules For Frequency Details 1of1 Frequency SI Minimum Amount SI Maximum Amount SI Minimu
22. You can invoke the Price Date Change Maintenance Detail screen by typing UTDPRDTC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The Price Date Change Maintenance Detail screen is displayed Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the new price date change Price Date Change Maintenance Detail New 73 Enter Query Price Date Change Transaction Number Fund ID AMC ID Fund Name AMC Transaction Type Transaction Name Ref Type Reftype Description 1of1 Transaction Number Fund ID Transaction Type Ref Type Scheduled Price Date pe Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized You can search for a record using any of the following criteria Fund ID Transaction Number Transaction Type AMC ID Ref Type 239 ORACLE 5 6 2 5 6 2 1 When you click Find button records satisfying the search criteria that you have entered are displayed Note Only Unallotted transactions will be displayed You will be able to view the following details for the records that are displayed e Transaction Number e Fund Id e Transaction Type e Ref Type e Scheduled Price Date e Adhoc Price Date e Use Adhoc Pricing You would have indicated the scheduled and adhoc price dates for a transaction If fora certain transactio
23. 7 0 75 385 86 1000 0 10000 1000 0 000 15 0 25 0 376 60 28 1506 96 00 0 45 2 1369 7 0 75 085 86 1000 0 10000 1000 0 000 15 0 25 0 376 75 35 1883 71 00 0 60 2 1369 7 0 75 785 86 1000 0 10000 1000 0 000 15 0 25 0 376 90 42 2260 46 00 0 75 3 1369 7 0 75 485 86 1000 0 10000 1000 0 000 15 0 25 0 377 105 50 2637 46 00 0 90 4 1369 8 0 00 185 86 1000 0 10000 1001 0 000 15 0 25 0 377 120 58 3014 46 00 0 05 4 1369 8 0 00 985 86 1000 0 10000 1001 0 000 15 0 25 0 377 135 66 3391 46 00 0 20 5 1369 8 0 00 785 86 1000 0 10000 1001 0 000 15 0 25 0 377 150 74 3768 46 00 0 35 6 1369 8 0 00 585 86 1000 0 10000 1001 0 000 15 0 25 0 377 165 83 4145 71 00 0 50 7 1369 9 0 25 385 86 1000 0 10000 1001 0 000 15 0 25 0 377 180 92 4522 96 00 0 65 8 1369 9 0 25 285 86 ae ORACLE Div Div Sum Freeze Sum InTx g z from the Open ne holdin Div Bly Div OM Act of the p g calc EPU Unit NAV the 1st Bal Bal amt Month till balanc base s till sum date e date U Amount nits 1000 0 10000 1001 0 000 15 0 25 0 377 196 01 4900 21 00 0 80 9 1369 9 0 25 185 86 1000 0 10000 1001 0 000 15 0 25 0 377 211 10 5277 46 00 0 96 0 1369 9 0 25 085 86 1000 5000 10500 1052 0 000 15
24. AGC77 etc Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Fund ID contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 etc 5 14 4 2 Viewing Bank Reconciliation Record To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the Bank Reconciliation Summary screen as follows Invoke the Bank Reconciliation Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen FMG ORACLE Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Bank Reconciliation Detail screen is displayed in View mode 5 14 4 3 Deleting Bank Reconciliation Record You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered Invoke the Bank Reconciliation Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved a
25. Alphanumeric Mandatory Enter any text message or remark regarding the formula This is a free format text Formula Alphanumeric Optional When Formula is selected as the Component Type then this field becomes mandatory Any text or value entered here should be equal to the result of the formula When Formula is not selected as the Component Type then this field becomes unavailable for data entry Fluctuation Numeric Optional You can specify the fluctuation allowable in the additional components typically tax components for the transaction type for the fund When prices are entered for the transaction type for the fund for the day the system validates whether the fluctuation is within the allowable limit specified in this field Default Value Numeric Optional This field is available for data entry only if the Component Type selected is either Default or Constant aa ORACLE Price Basis Alphanumeric Mandatory If multiple price bases are allowed as indicated in the General Operating Rules for the fund you can use this field to indicate whether price bases other than the NAV and Transaction Base Prices are being specified for computation of the fund price component using the formula specified For the NAV and Transaction Base Price components the Yes option is defaulted in this field and cannot be changed For additional components you can select Yes to indicate additional bases or No if no add
26. Apply Case Geeeon Restriction on RPO Operation to All Ue S Type d ld Code List Users Case Client Yes UNKNO Redemptions Yes 1 WN ADDR Case Client No OVER View UH Pro No User 2 PAID file amp Portfo 3 lio View In Case 1 no user is allowed to do redemptions for investors whose RPO Code has been specified as UNKNOWN ADDR In Case 2 only User 3 will be allowed to do the Unit Holder View and Portfolio View operations for clients with RPO Code as OVERPAID a0 ORACLE 5 12 2 FBC Access Restriction Summary Screen Invoke the FBC Access Restriction Summary screen by typing UTSFAR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button FBC Access Restriction Summary Authorized Open Restriction Type Restriction Fund ID ai RPO Code Operation az Applyto All Users Select v Advanced Search Reset Records per page 15 v 101 Authorized Open Restriction Type Restriction FundID RPO Code Operation Applyto All Users Auto Au You can perform the following operations in the FBC Access Restriction Summary screen 5 12 2 1 Retrieving Record in FBC Access Restriction Summary screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows Specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields e The status of the record in the Authorized field If
27. Authorized Open Fund ID az ISIN Code Advanced Search Reset Records perpage 15 v 1o4 Authorized Open Fund ID ISIN Code Fund Price Holiday The Fund Price Holiday Maintenance Summary screen can be used for the following operations Retrieving a Fund Price Holiday Record You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows Invoke the Fund Price Holiday Maintenance Summary screen Specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields oe ORACLE e The status of the record in the Authorization Status field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved e The status of the record in the Record Status field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records are retrieved e Fund ID e ISIN Code Click Search to view the records All the records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner 1 Press F7 2 Input the Fund ID Fund Price Holiday 3 Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can also search a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Fund ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as foll
28. Days 3 Characters Maximum Numeric Optional Specify a value to indicate the number of days by which the settlement for a transaction would be lagged or deferred after it has been allotted and confirmed In the case of redemption transactions to arrive at the actual date of redemption settlement both the confirmation lag if specified and the payment lag if specified here are taken into consideration For instance if the redemption transaction was allocated on 15 January and both the confirmation lag and payment lag were specified as 2 then the actual redemption payout to the unit holder would be effected on 49th January 15 2 2 provided it is nota holiday in the system and provided there are no intervening holidays Payment Lag Calendar Basis Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify whether the payment lag days should be considered based on the holiday calendar for the fund the actual calendar the System calendar or the payment currency calendar Future Date Limit Numeric Optional Indicate the number of days in terms of fund calendar days up to which the future dating will be allowed The transaction date should be within the future dating limit Policies Section In this section you can set up the following information 1 Allocation details such as allowing of online allocation credit card check allocation on par with cash allocation and confirmation lags and the allocation policies aN ORACLE 2 The limi
29. Groups seere iee Ea n Ern e EEE E ERE 6 3 6 1 3 Creating Load Group sorrara Aer EAE EE A EE ETE 6 4 6 1 4 Load Group Summary Scre n essiinieeerrrnrerrinrrererrinrerrnnnnnennnnnnranenneena 6 6 6 1 5 Copying AttriDUtes i cccceeteccececseecdettecnnecensnecbenededdecenneedasvennaeduseeensaeedseesness 6 9 6 1 6 Load Group Characteristics Screen 2 ccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeceeeeteeteenneseneaeeeeeees 6 9 6 1 7 Fields in Load Group Characteristics Screen cccccccccceeeeeeseeneenteeeeees 6 10 6 1 8 Load Group Characteristics Maintenance Summary Screen 008 6 11 6 1 9 Non fulfillment of Letter Of Intent 0 2cccccccceeeeeeteeceeeeeeeeeeeeteteeeneestaeeees 6 15 6 2 Group Load Mapping ccccccececceeeeeeeeeceeeeaeceeeeeeeeeeeesecaaaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneenaees 6 17 6 2 1 CHECKS sida le aad aia led eae 6 17 6 2 2 Fields in Group Load Mapping SCreen 2 ccceccececceeeeeeeeeeeeteeenesseaseees 6 18 6 2 3 Group Load Mapping View S CtiON 2 2 cccceseeeecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeneneentaees 6 21 6 2 4 Group Load Mapping Summary SCIreen 22 22 c c ceccecceceeeeeeeteeteeneentennees 6 22 6 2 5 COPYN AttriDUteS iiep aha inaire eaa aaa a aaa aa aa arae 6 25 7 Maintenance for IRA Products aaasssnssnsessssnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 7 1 I Mtirod cti N arseen ee ra eaa a aa a te ee A na aaa a aea eee 7 1 7 2 Features of Individual Retirement ACCOUNTS cccc
30. Numeric Optional Enter the Total Net Asset Value or Fund Corpus for the fund This is applicable only if Total Assets is selected in the Total Assets NAV Formula Builder option If NAV is selected then this is calculated by the system This should never exceed or be equal to the figure of ten thousand trillion at any point of time No Of Unit Holders Numeric Display This displays the Total Number of unit holders holding a balance in the fund This number will be the actual number for any given effective date This is also calculated by the system Declared NAV per Lot Numeric Display The NAV declared is displayed here Floor Price Numeric Mandatory Enter the Floor Price for the fund The floor price is to indicate the lowest price that the fund can offer Based on the loads if the net transaction price happens to be lower than this floor price then the floor price would be considered as net transaction price This will typically be in case of a redemption or a switch transaction Ceiling Price Numeric Mandatory Enter the Ceiling Price for the fund The Ceiling price is to indicate the highest price that the fund can offer Based on the loads if the net transaction price happens to be greater than the Ceiling Price then the Ceiling Price would be considered as the net transaction price This will typically be in case of a subscription or IPO transaction The Floor Price should be less than the Fund Price and the Ceil
31. Press F7 Input the Fund Id Entity Type Entity ID Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can also search a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Fund ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID ends by numeric value 7 For example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77and so forth e Search by 17 The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth Editing Fund Entity Mapping You can modify the details of Fund Entity Mapping that you have already entered into the system provided it has not subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows e Invoke the Fund Entity Summary screen from the Browser a ORACLE Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified Click Search
32. The base currency of the fund is also displayed Total number of units held by the unit holder in the fund being split Trade Date which is the corporate action date for the split Split ratio Stock exchange Reverse Split Announcement Report Details The following details are displayed for reverse split announcement reports Date on which the announcement report is being printed ID of the unit holder receiving payment due to the reverse split The name and address street city and zip code are also displayed ID name and ISIN of the parent fund being reverse split The base currency of the fund is also displayed ID name and ISIN of the resultant child fund due to the reverse split The base currency of the fund is also displayed Total number of units held by the unit holder in the fund being reverse split oe ORACLE Reverse Split Declaration Date which is the corporate action date for the reverse split Reverse split ratio Reverse Split Confirmation Report Booking Details Debit or Credit The following details are displayed for reverse split confirmation reports Date on which the confirmation report is being printed Corporate action number for the reverse split ID of the unit holder receiving payment due to the reverse split The name and address street city and zip code are also displayed ID name and ISIN of the parent fund being reverse split The base currency of the fund is also displayed ID
33. Yes only the entities that you maintain in the list in the Fund Entity Maintenance screen for a fund are restricted from transacting in the selected fund If you maintain a restrictive list as No only the entities that you maintain in the list in the Fund Entity Maintenance screen are allowed to transact in the selected fund If you maintain neither a restrictive nor an allowed list all entities of a type are allowed to transact in the fund Agents In the case of agents mapping can be carried out for only those Agents and their branches as have been created using the Agent and Agency Branch screens Only those agents and their branches that have been mapped to a fund as part of an allowed list will be able to accept transactions related to that particular fund Agents and their branches maintained as a restrictive list will not be able to accept transactions for the fund Distributor agents can also be mapped to the fund This would be required in a scenario where the Distributor markets certain funds of the AMC or in cases where a service agent performs back office processing for an AMC as well as a Distributor Customer Categories Your AMC may wish to restrict investment in a fund based on investor categories allowing only investors of certain categories to invest Also your AMC may wish to restrict or allow use of a fund to certain unit holders You can maintain lists of such allowed restricted investor categori
34. You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen 4 Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Adhoc Price Detail screen is displayed in View mode 5 5 2 4 Deleting Adhoc Price record You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered 1 Invoke the Adhoc Price Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion 3 Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen oe ORACLE 5 5 2 5 5 5 2 6 5 5 2 7 5 5 2 8 4 Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Adhoc Price Detail screen is displayed 6 Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database Authorizing Adhoc Price Record An unauthorized Adhoc Price record must be authorized in the system for it to be proc
35. allocation For instance if the Price Basis for a transaction is Offer Price and Transaction Base Price is 1 009 and the Offer Price is 1 060 the difference 1 06 1 009 0 051 without currency rounding is considered as the inherent fee since the TBP is less than the offer price If the offer price were less than the TBP the difference between the two is considered an inherent incentive Inherent Incentive If multiple price bases are defined you must also indicate the applicable inherent incentive loads in this field 4 20 ORACLE 4 4 4 Exclude Optional Select this option to indicate that the selected price component must be excluded from capital gains computation This specification can only be made for the user entered components This feature is only available if your installation has specifically requested for it Default For each of the standard price basis components that are used as parent price bases that is the NAV and the Transaction Base Prices you must assign one default price basis value For instance you have defined the components Offer Price 1 and 2 with the parent price basis TBP02 You must choose either Offer Price 1 or 2 as the default price basis value for TBPO2 Fund Price Component Screen Once you have entered a formula for a component click on the Formula Test link to invoke the Fund Price Component Screen You may use this screen to test the formula A formula must b
36. and other measures to ensure its safe use Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law you may not use copy reproduce translate broadcast modify license transmit distribute exhibit perform publish or display any part in any form or by any means Reverse engineering disassembly or decompilation of this software unless required by law for interoperability is prohibited The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error free If you find any errors please report them to us in writing This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or information on content products and services from third parties Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third party content products and services Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible for any loss costs or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third party content products or services
37. button All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Fund Entity Mapping Detail screen is displayed Select Unlock Operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information Click Save to save your changes The Fund Entity Mapping Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Fund Entity Summary screen 5 1 3 3 Viewing Fund Entity Mapping To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the Fund Entity Mapping Summary screen as follows Invoke the Fund Entity Mapping Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Fund Entity Mapping Detail screen is displayed in View mode 5 1 3 4 Deleting Fund Entity Mapping You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a recor
38. e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you wish to authorize Load Group Characteristics Maintenance Detail screen is displayed in amendment mode Select Unlock operation from the Action List to amend the record e Amend the necessary information and click on Save to save the changes Authorizing Amended Load Group Characteristics Maintenance An amended Load Group Characteristics Maintenance must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can be done only from Fund Manager Module and Agency Branch module The subsequent process of authorization is the same as that for normal transactions Copying Attributes If you want to create a new Load Group Characteristics Maintenance with the same attributes as that of an existing maintenance you can copy the attributes of an existing Load Group Characteristics Maintenance to a new one To copy the attributes e Retrieve the record whose attributes the new Load Group Characteristics Maintenance should inherit You can retrieve the record through the Summary screen or through the F7 F8 operation explained in the previous sections of this chapter e Click on Copy ae ORACLE e Indicate the ID
39. if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Amending Fund Switch Restrict Record After a Fund Switch Restrict record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization 1 Invoke the Fund Switch Restrict Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized records 3 Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen 4 Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Fund Switch Restrict Detail screen is displayed in amendment mode Select Unlock operation from the Action List to amend the record 6 Amend the necessary information and click on Save to save the changes Authorizing Fund Switch Restrict Record An amended Fund Switch Restrict record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can be done only from Fund Manager Module and Agency Branch module The subsequent process of authorization is the same as that for normal transactions Copying Attrib
40. in Units UH1 F100 99 7087 Difference units 0 3595 UH5 F100 2491 3740 Difference in units 0 8987 The new actual Balances are UH Fund Balance in ID ID Units UH1 F100 899 3921 UH2 F100 1998 2020 UH3 F100 2997 3020 UH4 F100 3496 8530 UHS F100 6 3780 UH6 F100 1498 6510 3 39 ORACLE 3 6 4 3 6 5 Based on this condition the system redeems certain number of units from each investor UH Fund ID ID Balance in Units UH1 F100 899 3921 899 460 0 0679 UH2 F100 1998 2020 1998 921 0 719 UH3 F100 2997 3020 2998 381 1 079 UH4 F100 3496 8530 3498 111 1 258 UHS F100 6 3780 0 6 378 UH6 F100 1498 6510 1499 190 0 539 The system will generate a redemption transaction for the above adjustment units excluding the Investor UH5 and will be available for reporting only in case of interim run If it is on actual rate at the end of the year the same will be shared with other investors proportionately When the next interim or actual run is executed the system will ignore these adjustment redemptions and while adjusting units these adjusted units will taken into account General Operating Rules Screen To set up the General Operating Rules for a fund use the General Operating Rules screen You can invoke this screen by clicking General Operating Rules tab from th
41. section e The statement number e The date of the transaction e The reference number of the bank statement as generated by FCIS e The bank reference number for the statement e The fund account currency e The amount to be debited from the account e The amount to be credited to the account e Un Reconciled amount You can capture the following details Journal Entry Optional Check this option to indicate if a particular bank entry is a journal entry For instance bank entries can contain bank interest details for which there will be no corresponding trade entry to link with in FCIS In such cases you need to manually set the status of the entry as journal entry ReConciliation Status Conditional If the operation is NEW the system derives the status of the bank entry as reconcile for Un reconciled entries or partially reconcile for partially reconciled entries and displays the appropriate status here an ORACLE If the operation is AMEND the system derives the status of the bank entry as reconcile for reconciled entries or partially reconcile for partially reconciled entries and displays the appropriate status here However if the bank entry is marked as a journal entry you are not allowed to indicate the reconciliation status Write Off Amount Optional Enter the write off amount to reconcile the bank entry Select Mandatory Check the entry which should be reconciled with the trade side Y
42. the system displays the Fiscal Year End Date exactly a year later than the Start Date The Fiscal End Date should be later than or same as the current date of the system It should also be later than or same as the Rule Effective Date of the fund that is being set up Fund Country Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the country of domicile of the fund from the drop down list provided This information will be used to determine whether a unit holder that subscribes to the fund must be considered a Foreign unit holder or not Fund Base Currency Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the currency in which the fund will be denominated from the drop down list provided The NAV and dividend declarations for the fund will be in this base currency Fund Class Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the class to which the Fund must belong from the drop down list The two classes displayed in the drop down list are Open Ended and Closed Ended Funds Fund Type Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the Fund Type from the options provided in the drop down list This list is populated with the Fund Types set up in the Fund Type Maintenance oe ORACLE Fund Family Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the fund family under which the fund must be placed from the drop down list that is populated with all fund families that are maintained in the system as part of the Fund Family Maintenance If this record is being set up for an umbrella fund then the ID of the Imm
43. 00 685 86 1050 0 10500 1054 0 000 15 8 25 0 397 417 33 10433 21 00 0 01 4 1369 8 0 00 485 86 1050 0 10500 1054 0 000 15 8 25 0 397 433 21 10830 21 00 0 17 3 1369 8 0 00 285 86 1050 0 10500 1054 0 000 15 8 25 0 397 449 09 11227 21 00 0 33 2 1369 8 0 00 085 86 1050 0 10500 1054 0 000 15 8 25 0 397 464 97 11624 21 00 0 49 0 1369 8 0 00 885 86 1050 0 10500 1054 0 000 15 8 25 0 397 480 86 12021 46 00 0 64 9 1506 9 0 25 685 85 Total 120 Divi 21 4 dend 6 During payment processing at the end of the month in case the payment frequency is monthly the EPU entered at the end of the month will be used for all calculations for the payment period In case the EPU entered at the end of the month is different then the new EPU will be used to calculate the dividend amount payable for all days in the payment period In case the payment date happens to be a holiday defined in the system calendar the system will process the dividend on the day preceding the holiday if the holiday rule is set to prior Reinvestment Base Price Alphanumeric Mandatory only if default distribution mode is Reinvestment Reinvestment transactions into the fund can be put through either at the NAV for the day or the transaction base price You can use this field to indicate the price that must be used Minimum Amount for Payment Numeric Opt
44. 8 25 0 396 226 95 5673 71 00 0 11 0 1369 5 0 25 985 86 1050 0 10500 1052 0 000 15 8 25 0 396 242 80 6069 96 00 0 26 9 1369 5 0 25 485 86 1050 0 10500 1052 0 000 15 8 25 0 396 258 65 6466 21 00 0 42 7 1369 5 0 25 985 86 1050 0 10500 1052 0 000 15 8 25 0 396 274 51 6862 71 00 0 58 6 1369 6 0 50 485 86 1050 0 10500 1052 0 000 15 8 25 0 396 290 37 7259 21 00 0 74 5 1369 6 0 50 085 86 1050 0 10500 1052 0 000 15 8 25 0 396 306 23 7655 71 00 0 90 3 1369 6 0 50 685 86 1050 0 10500 1053 0 000 15 8 25 0 396 322 09 8052 21 00 0 06 2 1369 6 0 50 285 86 1050 0 10500 1053 0 000 15 8 25 0 396 337 96 8448 96 00 0 22 0 1369 7 0 75 885 86 1050 0 10500 1053 0 000 15 8 25 0 396 353 83 8845 71 00 0 37 9 1369 7 0 75 585 86 1050 0 10500 1053 0 000 15 8 25 0 396 369 70 9242 46 00 0 53 8 1369 7 0 75 285 86 1050 0 10500 1053 0 000 15 8 25 0 396 385 57 9639 21 00 0 85 5 1369 7 0 75 685 86 a8 ORACLE Div Div Sum Freeze Sum InTx from the pen hs holdin Div Div Div from Ast of the p g calc EPU Unit NAV the 1st Bal Bal amt Month till balanc base s till sum date e date U amount nits 1050 0 10500 1053 0 000 15 8 25 0 397 401 45 10036 21 00 0 85 5 1369 8 0
45. Access Restriction Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you wish to authorize The FBC Access Restriction Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List 5 12 2 6 Amending FBC Access Restriction After an FBC Access Restriction is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization e Invoke the FBC Access Restriction Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized records e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you wish to authorize The FBC Access Restriction Detail screen is displayed in amendment mode Select Unlock operation from the Action List to amend the record e Amend the necessary information and click on Save
46. Amended Override Trade Cycle Date Record An amended Override Trade Cycle Date record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can be done only from Fund Manager Module The subsequent process of authorization is the same as that for normal records slat ORACLE 5 16 2 8 Copying Attributes If you want to create a new Override Trade Cycle Date record with the same attributes of an existing maintenance you can copy the attributes of an existing Override Trade Cycle Date record to a new one To copy the attributes e Retrieve the record whose attributes the new Override Trade Cycle Date should inherit You can retrieve the record through the Summary screen or through the F7 F8 operation explained in the previous sections of this chapter e Click on Copy e Indicate the ID for the new Override Trade Cycle Date record You can however change the details of the new record alee ORACLE 6 1 6 Setting up Load Groups Load Groups The AMC may need to group funds together based on common load and transaction processing characteristics such as the same loads being applied to transactions in all funds in the group or applicability of certain preferences maintained for investors Such a group of funds which entail common load or transaction processing characteristics are called load groups This is typical in the case of loads that are cumulativ
47. Code of the fund When you select the fund the effective date of the fund is also displayed Restrictive List Optional For a fund you might require to disallow switch transactions into a few selected funds a restrictive list or you might require maintaining a list of funds into which switch transactions are allowed a positive list You can indicate that you are maintaining a restrictive list by choosing Yes To indicate that the list is a positive list choose No If you indicate a restrictive list switch transactions into any of the selected funds in the list will not be allowed If you indicate a positive list switch transactions are allowed only into any of the selected funds in the list For a fund only a restrictive list OR a positive list can be maintained not both Limit Restrictive List To Alphanumeric Mandatory If you have indicated a restrictive list you can indicate the range of funds for which the restrictive list applies in this field Indicating the range of funds in this field is dependant on the switching logic applicable for the AMC also in the case of Distributors as given below e If the restrictions are being maintained for a Distributor and no restrictions have been indicated for switch transactions you can indicate whether the restricted list would be applicable for switch transactions involving All funds select No Restrictions in this field Funds within the same A
48. Corporate Action Type field amp Corporate Actions Maintanence New 73 Enter Query Basic Information Corporate Action Type Select Corporate Action Date Corporate Action Status Unprocessed X Fund Information Fund ID ISIN Code Price Information Liquidation Price Lot Size Liquidation Price Lot Fractions Allowed No New Unit Par Value No of Decimals Other Information Holiday Rule Prior Payment Lag Days Threshold Amount Auto Initiation No Book Closing From Date Book Closing To Date Exchange Rate Source Exchange Rate Date Units For Corporate Action Payment Currency Select Select One Capital Payout Rate Include Prior Capital Update IDS No Redeemed Units ee Update SI No SplivReverseSplitDetails EEE InvCategoryMap FundCopy Merger Details 1of1 Fund ID ISIN Code Ratio Parent Child Apply CGT No Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized You can perform merger of side pockets with the main fund by following the instructions specified below e Select Side Pocket Merger option in the Corporate Action Type field e Specify the Parent Ratio for merger in Merger Details tab e System performs 100 redemption of the side pocket fund e Unit based subscription transactions are generated for the main fund e The transactions are allotted based on the allocation lag and price availability After
49. Date Date Mandatory Using the date picker specify the date upon which the fund is to begin operations in case of a new Fund If the Existing Fund box is checked the Fund Start Date specified here must be earlier than the Application Date For new funds the Fund Start Date specified here may be the same as the Application Date a ORACLE Rule Effective Date Date Mandatory Using the date picker specify the date from when the Fund Demographics Rule that is currently being set up should become effective If the Existing Fund box is checked the Rule Effective Date specified here must be earlier than the Application Date and later than the Fund Start Date If the fund is not an existing fund i e the Existing Fund box is not checked and the fund is a new fund the Fund Start Date and Rule Effective Date must be the same The Rule Effective Date should be later than or same as the Fund Start Date and it should also be later than or same as the current application date of the system Fiscal Year Start Date Date Mandatory Enter the date from when the Fiscal Year should start for the fund This will be the base date for arriving at any frequency defined in the system The Fiscal Start Date must be earlier than the application date and the Rule Effective Date of the fund Fiscal Year End Date Date Mandatory This is the date on which the Fiscal Year should end for the fund when the Fiscal Start Date is specified
50. Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database Authorizing a Fund Price Holiday Record An unauthorized Fund Price Holiday record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record 1 Invoke the Fund Price Holiday Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen 4 Click Search All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Fund Price Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List When a checker authorizes a transaction details of validation if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction An unauthorized Fund Price record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record 1 Invoke the Fund Price Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option Specify any or all of t
51. First Optional Select Yes in this field to indicate that reinvestment transactions must be taken up first for aging during computation of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge for redemption transactions in this fund a9 ORACLE 3 6 6 6 EUSD Scope Optional Specify the EUSD scope of the fund i e if EUSD is applicable only for redemption and switch transactions or only for dividend or for both Include Holding Period Optional Specify whether the holding period should be considered while calculating the age of investments during computation of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Note This option will be enabled only for CDSC applicable funds Specifying Limit Order Processing Options Click on Limit Order Processing Options tab to maintain these details General Operating Rules Fund ID Rule Effective Date Basic Information Automatic Redemption Preferences Min Max Holding Check Advance Options SBE Transaction Cancellation Period Check Writing Allow Limit Order No Allow Future Dates Txn No Automatic Processing No Pricing Rule Prior Allow Limit Orders Check this box to indicate that limit order processing is enabled for the fund Allow Future Dated Transactions Check this box to indicate that future dated transactions in respect of limit order processing are allowed for the fund Automatic Processing Check this box to indicate that automatic processing in respect of limit
52. Fund Investment Component should inherit You can retrieve the record through the Summary screen or through the F7 F8 operation explained in the previous sections of this chapter Click on Copy Indicate the ID for the new Fund Investment Component You can however change the details of the new maintenance oat ORACLE 4 1 4 Setting Up Fund Rules Il Transaction Processing Rules Maintenance This fund rule lays down the guidelines according to which transactions of each transaction type will be processed for each fund These guidelines include the following e The frequency at which the transaction will be processed and the times periods and date ranges during which it may be processed The cut off times for accepting transactions can also be maintained here e The limits on the number of transactions allowed for a unit holder in the fund e The volume ranges of the transaction both in amount and units and the volumes allowed for specific investor categories in the fund e The pricing details such as the basis of price definition the base price factor the number of decimals for the price the price lag and the back dating limits e Allocation details such as allowing of online allocation credit card check allocation on par with cash allocation and confirmation lags and the allocation policies e The limit redemption mode which can be either percentage of holdings amount or units e The limits for init
53. Fund Price ccc ceeeeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeenneeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeaaes 5 39 5 7 1 Fields in Fund Price Holiday Maintenance Detail SCre n 0 ccc ee 5 40 5 7 2 Fund Price Holiday Maintenance Summary Screen 5 41 Maintaining Fund CPMF Preferences cccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeees 5 46 5 8 1 Fund CPMF Summary Screen ue eccccceeeeee etnies ee ttnneeeeeetnaeeeeeetnaeeeeeteas 5 49 Soning up Fund ACCOUN e a O a E eased ee eh ak ete 5 52 5 9 1 Fund Account Maintenance Screen esssirreserrrrererrsnnrrrrrnnnnnrrinnneeenns 5 52 9 9 2 CROCKSvic ssetieeielaiveniinetlebia dade E E AAR A A CE EEEE EAR E ER EE PAETE 5 52 5 9 3 Fields in Fund Account Maintenance Screen ccccccccceteeeeeetttteeeeeees 5 53 5 9 4 Fund Account Summary Screen sessennesiinnnernnnnnnnrannnnnrnnnnerannnnrrannne 5 55 Mapping Funds to Products ae aa aa aa a ae aa 5 58 5 10 1 Fields in thiS SCrOCH irran a E O A OE 5 58 Wrap Fund Maintenance cccccccecceeeeeeeeeeecceeeaeceeeeeeeeeeeseceeccnaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 5 59 SIET Fieldsin this SrO reied ext saedeas caaiecativestadiitievhadeddcesensazadsveeesanetieeaads 5 60 5 11 2 Wrap Fund Summary Scre n 0 0 eeceeecct eee e eee eeeee eee teeeeaaeeeteneaaaeeeeeeenanees 5 60 Maintaining Access Restrictions cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeaaaeeeeseeeaeeeeeeeenaeeeeeseaes 5 63 5 12 1 Fields in FBC Access Restriction Screen ccccccccscieeeeeeetnteeeeettnneeeeees
54. Funding Repayment to any load For more information refer the chapter The Allocation Process in the Fund Manager User Manual Aa ORACLE 4 3 3 4 4 4 4 1 Fund Load Mapping View Section When you enter the Fund ID the Rule Effective Date and the transaction type for the fund for which you want to set up the Fund Load Mapping profile the details of the setups that have already been made for any transaction types if any are displayed in the Fund Loads Mapped to the Transaction box The following information is displayed in the box for each transaction type and clicking on the row of each transaction type will cause the Fund Load Mapping profile for that transaction type to be displayed in the lower portion of the screen and in each of the tabs Load ID Display Only The ID of the Load that has already been mapped to this transaction type for this fund is displayed here Loaded to Price Display Only If the load that has been mapped is Loaded to Price it is indicated here From and To Entities Display Only The From and To entities for the Load that has been mapped are displayed here Fund Formula Maintenance This fund rule is an optional one that facilitates the definition of mathematical expressions and factors that will be used in computation of any of the components in the NAV Transaction Base Prices etc To set up a formula for a fund use the Fund Formula screen You c
55. GNOCKS sinr i A a te is eS EG a al etal 4 38 4 5 2 Fields in Fund Residency Restriction Screen 4 39 4 6 Fund Sale Country Restrictions ccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaas 4 39 450 1 CRO CKS ves Haves ts asieetig ni eet anette ies Aud ane nS 4 39 4 6 2 Fields in Fund Sale Country Restriction SCre n 0cccccccccseteeetesteeeeetes 4 40 4 7 Fund Transaction Currency Restrictions c ccceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeeaas 4 40 BALA GRO CKSvihsveticeei niara A EE eit deed EAER Eae AE E ia A a abides 4 40 4 7 2 Fields in Fund Transaction Currency Restriction Screen c cccceeeeeees 4 41 4 8 Setting up Specific Price Dates 22 0 ec cceccecceeeeeeeceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeecseicaeeeeeeeeees 4 41 4 8 1 Setting up Specific Price Date Parameters for FUN ccccccceeeeeees 4 42 4 8 2 Fields in Specific Fund Price Date Setup ccceeeecceceeeeeeeeeetetteenees 4 42 4 8 3 How pricing frequency iS CONSIACLE ccccceeeeentneeeeeetntneeeeettnteeeeeetns 4 48 4 8 4 How Cut off Frequency iS CONSIACIEO 0 12 tcc eenteeeeeeetnteeeeeeetnaeeeeeeees 4 50 4 9 Mapping Investment Account Types to FUNG ccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneecaeeeeeeeeeess 4 51 4 9 1 Specifications in Screen 2 ccccccccceccccceceeeeecetecencneeaaecaeeeseeeteeseesneeseanens 4 52 4 9 2 Operations on Fund Investment Account Specifications 00008 4 52 4 9 3 Fields in Fund Investment Account
56. Holiday Rule Prior Threshold Amount Book Closing From Date Exchange Rate Source Units For Corporate Action Select Capital Payout Rate Update IDS No SplivReverseSplitDetails JEEEEEIE vCategoryMap Merger Details 101 Fund ID A ISIN Code Ratio Parent Corporate Action Date ISIN Code Lot Size Fractions Allowed No No of Decimals Payment Lag Days Auto Initiation No Book Closing To Date Exchange Rate Date Payment Currency Select One Select No Include Prior Capital Redeemed Units Update SI FundCopy Child Apply CGT No gt Input by Authorized by DateTime DateTime Mod No Open Authorized 5 76 ORACLE Date of capital payout ID and ISIN code of the fund balances from which are being redeemed and paid out as a result of the capital payout The new par value per unit for the units being liquidated Whether fractional units are allowable as a result of the capital payout If you indicate so you can also specify the applicable number of decimals Whether the capital payout date must be moved forward or backward if it falls on a holiday Threshold amount Whether or not the capital payout process is to be automatically initiated on the corporate action date the Beginning of Day processes initiate the capital payout process in the system if automatic initiation is specified The boo
57. Italic type Functional foreign terms Validations for fields on a screen References to related Headings Users Manuals For emphasis Numbered Step by step procedures Bullet 1 5 2 Keyboard Conventions Convention Type of Information Keys All keys of the keyboard are represented in capital letters For example lt CTRL gt Shortcut All short cut keys are contained in brackets For example keys lt ALT SHIFT gt 1 6 Glossary of Icons This User Manual may refer to all or some of the following icons Icons Function Es Exit Add Row f Delete Row Pr Option List 1 7 Abbreviations and Acronyms The following acronyms and abbreviations are adhered to in this User Manual Abbreviation Meaning Acronym ADMIN User Administrator AGY The Agency Branch component of the system AMC Asset Management Company Tg ORACLE BOD Beginning of Day CDSC Contingent Deferred Sales Charge CGT Capital Gains Tax CIF Customer Information File EOD End of Day EPU Earnings per unit FC IS Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing FMG The Fund Manager component of the system FPADMIN Oracle FLEXCUBE Administrator ID Identification IHPP Inflation Hedged Pension Plan IPO Initial Public Offering LEP Life and Endowment Products LOI Letter of Intent NAV Net As
58. Number Reference Number Transaction Date Fund ID Entity ID Entity Name Transaction Currer 4 m r Event Code Mandatory Select the event for which the transaction entry should be retrieved From and To Dates DD MM YYYY Mandatory Specify a date range between which the transaction entry that you want to retrieve was entered into the system The To Date that you specify must be later than the From Date ae ORACLE Fetch UnLinked Trades Only Optional If this option is un checked system will retrieve only un reconciled trade entries If checked system will retrieve both un reconciled and partially reconciled trade entries This option is checked by default Bulk Reconcile On checking this option system will generate a single transaction for a selected event for a given period by adding up all the transactions that fall within the search criteria You can search for a particular transaction entry based on any of the following criteria e Trade Reference Number e Transaction Number e Fund ID e Entity Type e Entity ID e Transaction Reference Type e Transaction Sub Type e Payment Mode e Remarks entered for the transaction e Contact Identification details of the unit holder involved in the underlying transaction e Account details such as bank branch and account number After you have specified the search criteria details click on OK The required bank statement records that are located in the databa
59. Screen cccccceeteeeeeetteeeeetntteeeeeees 4 52 4 10 Maintaining Additional Information for FUNG 0 ccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeetteeeeereee 4 53 4 11 KYG Maintenance sterre ei lee deed eee 4 54 4 11 1 Fund Rules Summary SCree n ccccccccctccceeeeeeeeneeeeeteeeeeeeetenaaeeeeetenaneees 4 54 Other Fund Activities 2 2 54 23a alee ieke daea nianie 5 1 5 14 Associating Entities with FUNdS 0 2 0 cece eeneeee terete eee eetaeee eee taeeeeeeneeeeene 5 1 5 1 1 Fund Entity Maintenance Screen cccccccessseeeeeenseeeeeeeenteteeeeeaaeeeeeeenaas 5 2 5 1 2 Fields in Fund Entity Maintenance SCree n ccccccecceccsnseeeceeentteeeeeeenaes 5 2 5 1 3 Fund Entity Mapping Summary Screen ssseeiisseeeeenneeerenseeerrrnneeerennee 5 4 5 1 4 Authorizing Amended Fund Entity Mapping c cccccececeeeesteeeeeeentteteeeeeaes 5 7 IF COPYING AltriDUtes er EE E AENA N iecteeies 5 7 5 2 Agency Branch Backdating Setup eeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaeeeeseeeeaeeeeteenaeees 5 7 FET CNCR EO A E EE EEE A E AS 5 8 5 2 2 Fields in Agency Branch Backdating Setup Screen u eeeeseeeetettteeeeeeteee 5 8 5 2 3 Fund Agency Backdating Limit Summary Screen oiseeeeeneneeeennneeeenn 5 9 5 3 Maintaining Restrictions for Switch Transactions eeeeseeeeeeeeeeerreeeerrrresrrerreseee 5 12 O21 SCHOCKS EE T E E awa alae ee a ea a 5 13 9 9 2 Fields INTIS SCKOCN s s cctesih ccesunescadcsvan besaeeetebae EA ENAA 5 13 5
60. Setup This fund rule enables you to designate different fees or incentives that are levied during the processing of transactions as applicable for transactions in specific funds A simple mapping can be done where the appropriate fees or incentives called loads in the system may be tagged as applicable to the appropriate transaction types for the appropriate funds You can also designate the loads as applicable to certain reference types of transactions such as standing instructions policy transactions and so on The load details maintained will be attached to the funds using this maintenance screen Only authorized loads can be attached to a fund whose fund rules are not authorized To map loads to a fund use the Fund Load Setup screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the Fund Load tab from the Fund Demographics screen Fund Load X tof1 gt EE Fund ID 68467 Rule Effective Date 07 01 2014 Load ID Load To Price Select One From Entity Type To Entity Type Transaction Type Processing Frequency Allocation GL Account Code Debit Or Credit Select One Contra Account Code Round Off Down Up Round Off No of Decimals Priority Number Mandatory Select One Based On Income Select One VAT Applicable Select One Differential Fee No Send For GL Interface Select One Slab Basis Gross Amount Apply Indexation on CGT Nol Price Add In Select One Dependent Level Level ID FDAP income No D
61. Switch AffectLOI No Rule Effective Date Switch Impact ROA No Lead Time For Amount Verification Days Dividend Reinvestments x No ImpactROA Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized You can specify any of the following loading parameters that would be applicable for all funds in the group e The date from which the characteristics are effective in the Rule Effective Date field e The default period in days for the Letter of Intent facility availability Specify this in the Default LOI Period field e The threshold balance percentage of the holdings that must be maintained in an LOI investor account Redemption for such investors would not be allowed if the holdings in any funds of the load group falls below this percentage as a result of the redemption oy ORACLE This percentage is known as the escrow percentage Specify this in the Escrow Percentage field e For all funds in the group the applicability of a prior credit period for LOI fulfillment Indicate this in the Prior Credit Allow field If allowed also specify the prior credit period applicable by default in the Prior Credit Period field e The applicability of redemption and switch transactions affecting the LOI used up amount for all funds in the group in the Redemption Affect LOI and Switch Affect LOI fields e The applicability of standing instructions for investors investing in the group in the
62. Unit Holder Account e CIF e Investor Category Check Vendors Using this screen you can also associate a check vendor that is maintained as an entity in the system with those funds for which the vendor is designated to print checkbooks that are requested by investors availing the check writing facility 5 1 1 Fund Entity Maintenance Screen To map entities to a fund use the Fund Entity Mapping Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDFNENT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The Fund Entity Mapping Detail screen is displayed Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the fund and entity that you wish to map Fund Entity Mapping Detail New 5 Enter Query Fund Fund Name Short Umbrella Fund No ISIN No Fund ID teins Entity Type Name Entity ID Restriction Category Restrictive List No aia Restricted Transactions 1of1 Transaction Type Transaction Name Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized You can only map entities to a fund for which the latest rule is effective and all fund rules have been authorized When you enter a fund entity mapping in this screen you can save it by selecting the save option from the action menu 5 1 2 Fields in Fund Entity Maintenance Screen Umbrella Fund Man
63. a Fund Account record that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows Invoke the Fund Account Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified Click Search button All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Fund Account Detail screen is displayed Select Unlock Operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information Click Save to save your changes The Fund Account Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Fund Account Summary screen 5 9 4 3 Viewing Fund Account Record To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the Fund Account Mapping Summary screen as follows Invoke the Fund Account Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorized field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing t
64. after the expiry date After you have triggered the computation of commission data in the LOI Adjustment Processing screen you can use the LOI Non Fulfilment menu item in the Batch menu to obtain the actual report The report contains details of the actual commission due on each of the transactions without considering the letter of intent This amount must be recovered from the unit holder by the AMC The following details are displayed in the report for each letter of intent for any investor which is unfulfilled as on the next business date after the expiry date e LOI Number e Letter of intent amount agreed LOI amount e Letter of intent amount fulfilled used up amount e ID of the load group to which the fund belongs for which the LOI was set up for the investor e The funds in the load group e Transaction number for each transaction designated as an LOI transaction e Commission collected for the transaction e Actual commission that should have been collected had there been no letter of intent e The loss borne by the AMC which is computed as the difference between the commission collected and commission that should have been collected had there been no LOI The commission for each of the LOI transactions entered into during the LOI period is recomputed as if there had been no letter of intent For each transaction the actual commission collected and the commission that should have been collected without the LOI is on
65. an umbrella fund you must maintain at least three levels Creation of the hierarchy for an umbrella fund is facilitated by this fund rule Each umbrella fund has one sub fund associated with it and each sub fund has at least one share class associated with it This makes up a complete hierarchy Share Class Definition You can define the share classes that will be the last level in the hierarchy of funds Each share class will thus be uniquely identified in the system Setting up Sub funds and Share Classes Sub funds and share classes may be setup and the share classes may be mapped to the sub funds A rudimentary profile consisting of a system generated Fund ID Fund Name and Fund Short Name will be maintained for share class funds Maintaining Fund Families You can use the Fund Family Detail screen to maintain fund families and umbrella fund hierarchies The lower levels of the fund hierarchy for both Umbrella and non umbrella funds may be set up in this screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDFNDFM in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button ee ORACLE 2 5 1 Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of a new fund family FUNDFAMILY New 73 Enter Query Family ID Portfolio Type No RoICalc No Umbrella Type No Fund Family 4of1 Family ID Fami
66. and so forth Editing Fund Agency Backdating Limit You can modify the details of Fund Agency Backdating Limit that you have already entered into the system provided it has not subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows 1 Invoke the Fund Agency Backdating Limit Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorization Status field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the unauthorized option 3 Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified 4 Click Search button All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Fund Agency Backdating Limit Detail screen is displayed 6 Select Unlock Operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information 7 Click Save to save your changes The Fund Agency Backdating Limit Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Fund Agency Backdating Limit Summary screen r ORACLE 5 2 3 3 5 2 3 4 5 2 3 5 5 2 3 6 Viewing Fund Agency Backdating Limit To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the Fund Agency Backdating Limit Summary screen as follows
67. arrow button Specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields e The status of the record in the Authorization Status field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved e The status of the record in the Record Status field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records are retrieved e Fund ID Click Search button to view the records All the records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen on ORACLE Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner Press F7 Input the Fund ID Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can also search a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Fund ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID ends by numeric value 7 For example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Search by 17 The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172
68. authorize The Fund Rules Detail screen is displayed in amendment mode Select Unlock operation from the Action List to amend the record Amend the necessary information and click on Save to save the changes Note An amendment must be subsequently authorized so that the new rules come into effect on the new rule effective date You must specify a date that is either the current date or later The Fund Name and Fund Short Name cannot be altered for umbrella funds sub funds and share class funds during an amendment You will not be able to successfully amend the Specific Fund Price Date Setup if the Rule Effective Date is lesser than the Application Date While amending the Rule Effective Date will have to be GREATER than the Application Date If required fund rules may be amended on a business day with the new Rule Effective Date being the current date itself This feature is only available if your installation has spe cifically requested for it An exhaustive note on this feature is available in the Annexure You can amend the following basic details provided no transactions have been accepted for the fund and provided no fund price has been entered for the fund Start date provided no dividends have been generated in respect of the fund Fiscal start and end dates provided no dividends have been generated in respect of the fund Fund base currency provided the new fund base currency that you specify is neces
69. can indicate the minimum maximum holdings balance that is required for redemption switch or transfer transaction for a CIF or an individual unit holder in the fund The minimum holdings value can be specified either as an amount number of units or redeemable value of units i ORACLE Click on Minimum Maximum Holdings Check tab to maintain these details General Operating Rules Fund ID Rule Effective Date Basic Information Automatic Redemption Preferences Min Max Holding Check Advance Options Limit Order Processing Options Transaction Cancellation Period Check Writing Minimum Holdings Minimum Holdings Units Amount Minimum Holdings Apply Minimum Holdings Not Applicable For Indicator Min Lock In Period for Minimum Threshold Limit Gain Days Max Lock In Period for Gain Days Default Lock In Period for Gain Days As part of the minimum holdings options you can also indicate whether the holdings considered for validation are those of all unit holders under a CIF or for an individual unit holder Note The above check is not validated online during transaction capture or authorization When there are transactions into a fund violating the minimum holdings validation the system logs an exception in the Pre End of Day Check screen During the End of Day processes the system allocates the transactions logging the exceptions in respect of them Minimum Holdings Indicator Alphanumeric Optional In th
70. date on which the price used for allocation is declared Consequent to this first price date the system will arrive at the next price date by taking into consideration the price frequency The date you specify here should be the same as the Rule Effective Date If you wish to specify the first price date as a future date then you must indicate forward pricing a ORACLE Holiday Rule In the event of the price date being a holiday in the system indicate whether the next or previous working day is to be considered as the price date If the next working day is to be considered select Next Day If the previous working day is to be considered select Previous Day Dealing Lag In Days Indicate the lag period in days for the dealing date The lag value is interpreted in fund calendar days and is used to arrive at the dealing date for the fund price Dealing date is the number of business days based on the fund calendar prior to after the price date of the fund Dealing Rule Indicate the dealing rule to be applied while deriving the dealing date Dealing date for a transaction is derived based on the forward or backward lag with regard to the fund price date If the dealing rule is After then the dealing lag will be added to the price date If the dealing rule is Prior then the dealing lag will be deducted from the price date Cut off Day Optional You may choose to maintain cut off dates for fun
71. date should be greater than or equal to the the Transaction To Date It can also be a holiday as per the system Settlement Date Date Format Mandatory Enter a valid date as the settlement date The date entered should be greater than or equal to the Transaction From Date and should not be a fund currency or system holiday If the settlement date is a holiday in transaction currency then the system will update the next working day of the transaction currency as settlement date Price Date Date Format Mandatory Enter a valid date as the price date The date entered should be greater than or equal to the Transaction To Date but not a fund holiday After you authorize the maintenance the dealing date settlement date and price date for a transaction type will be displayed in the transaction if the transactions falls within the override period specified and if no transaction has been allotted within the override period Note There should not be any overlap in the trade cycles maintained The price date should be greater than or equal to the first price date maintained under General Operating Rules for the fund If holiday maintenance for the system calendar is not available system will use the default weekend holidays from the default maintenance The trade details will be default for both LEP transactions as well as system generated ones Ifa transaction is being reversed or a backdate
72. e Effective Date e Declared NAV Lot Click Search button to view the records All the records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner Press F7 Input the Fund Id and Effective Date Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can also search a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value Sar ORACLE 5 4 6 2 5 4 6 3 5 4 6 4 Example You can search the record for Fund ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID ends by numeric value 7 For example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Search by 17 The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth Editing Fund Price Record You can modify the details of Fund Price record that you have already entered into the system provided it has not subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows 1 Invoke the Fund Price Summary screen from
73. fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Fund CPMF Detail screen is displayed e Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database Authorizing Fund CPMF Record An unauthorized Fund CPMF record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the Fund CPMF Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Fund CPMF Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List When a checker authorizes a transaction details of validation if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Amending Fund CPMF Record After a Fund CPMF r
74. for the new Load Group Characteristics Maintenance mapping You can however change the details of the new maintenance Non fulfillment of Letter of Intent If an investor does not bring in the investment amount promised in a letter of intent before the expiry of the letter of intent it constitutes non fulfilment and the AMC can recover the applicable commission that would have been due without the letter of intent The system monitors the fulfilment of letters of intent The following facilities are available in the system Prior Warning Report On the date that marks the beginning of the start of the lead time period for the load group a prior warning report is generated by the system during the Beginning of Day BOD process This report contains information about those letters of intent that have not been fulfilled as on that date For instance if the letter of intent expires on 15 June 2002 and the lead time specified for the load group is 10 days a BOD process is executed on 5 June 2002 to ascertain whether the investor has satisfied the letter of intent amount agreed upon This verification is performed for all letters of intent The report identifies and displays the following information for each letter of intent for any investor which is unfulfilled as on the date that marks the beginning of the lead time period e LOI Number e LOI start date e LOI end date expiry date e LOl amount e Amount fulfilled or used
75. from the Action List to amend the record e Amend the necessary information and click on Save to save the changes Authorizing Amended Wrap Fund Record An amended Wrap Fund record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can be done only from Fund Manager Module and Agency Branch module The subsequent process of authorization is the same as that for normal transactions Copying Attributes If you want to create a new Wrap Fund record with the same attributes of an existing maintenance you can copy the attributes of an existing Wrap Fund record to a new one To copy the attributes e Retrieve the record whose attributes the new Wrap Fund record should inherit You can retrieve the record through the Summary screen or through the F7 F8 operation explained in the previous sections of this chapter e Click on Copy e Indicate the ID for the new Wrap Fund You can however change the details of the new record Maintaining Access Restrictions You can impose restrictions on funds when there is a necessity to control inflows into outflows from or both with regard to the funds For example when you change a fund from an open ended fund to a close ended fund or when limits on investment in a fund have been breached you will need to restrict further subscriptions to the fund You can impose restrictions on clients on the basis of the RPO Restricted Post O
76. held by an individual unit holder or a CIF in the fund for a redemption switch or transfer transaction Example For the Carey Bugle Growth Fund you have selected the Units option as the Minimum Holdings Indicator for redemption switch and transfer transactions You have also specified the Minimum Holdings Units value as 1000 The minimum holdings validation is required to be enforced for individual unit holders and not for CIFs Therefore the total number of units held by an individual unit holder in the Carey Bugle Growth Fund must equal or exceed 1000 units for a redemption switch or transfer transaction involving the unit holder A note on the minimum holdings validation If the Minimum Holdings Indicator selected is Lower of Amount Units the redeemable value of the specified Minimum Holdings Units is arrived at and compared with the Minimum Holdings Amount specified The lower of the two values is considered as the minimum holdings value against which the minimum holdings validation would be made Similarly if the Minimum Holdings Indicator selected is Higher of Amount Units the redeemable value of the specified Minimum Holdings Units is arrived at and compared with the Minimum Holdings Amount specified and the higher of the two values is considered as the minimum holdings value against which the minimum holdings validation would be made cal ORACLE Example For the Burton Carey Growth Fund you h
77. hierarchy is available For funds in which there is a daily declaration of dividend typically money market funds and in which redemption transactions would be requested across non taxable and taxable products you can select the FIFO Across Products option if required This feature is available only if your installation has specifically requested for it For Funds where IOF and IRRF taxes are applicable on the profits the ageing policy should selected to be IOF IRRF Optimization In case of Certificate Option funds i e if certificate issue is to be based on the choice of the investor at the time of transacting then the ageing policy can be specified as Hierarchy Maturity Date Date Mandatory Indicate the maturity date for the fund This field is only visible and enabled if the fund is close ended Money Market Fund Indicate if the fund is for money market 42 ORACLE Exchange Rate Source Optional You can specify the exchange rate source from which the exchange rate for cash dividends must be obtained By default the exchange rate source that you specify here is used for cash dividends Multiple Price Basis Optional You can use this field to indicate whether multiple price bases are allowed for the fund Check the box to indicate that multiple price bases are allowed If you select this option price bases other than the standard bases such as NAV and the Transaction Base Prices are also allowed for th
78. in the example below for various combinations Price ene Price Wee oe Price available on Frequency Month k Day Daily Price can be entered from Sunday to Sat urday Weekly 3 Third day Tuesday of every week Fortnightly 1 4 Fourth day of the first week of the fort Price week night specified Fortnightly 4 Fourth day of the fortnight Price week not specified Monthly Price 4 2 Monday of fourth week of every month week speci fied Monthly Price 2 Second day of the month week not specified Quarterly 1 1 1 Sunday of first week of first month of every quarter Half Yearly 5 2 4 Fourth day of second week of fifth month of every half Yearly 9 3 5 Last day of third week of every Septem ber If the next specific price date so arrived at falls on a holiday in the specified calendar Fund or System the holiday rule defined for the specific price date is taken into account Accordingly the actual price date is taken as the next working day if the holiday rule is Next Day or the previous working day if the holiday rule is Previous Day 4 49 ORACLE 4 8 4 How Cut off Frequency is Considered The system determines the specific pricing cycle either current or subsequent to be used based on the cut off frequency and cut off days defined for the transaction type If the transaction date exceeds the cut off date the price date is moved t
79. is a part on ORACLE 3 4 Minimum Amount Subsequent Investments Numeric Mandatory if IRA investment is allowed for the fund Specify the minimum amount that can be contributed as an additional investment into this fund for a plan purchased in a product for which the fund forms part of the portfolio This limit cannot exceed the corresponding limit set for the product the portfolio of which the fund is a part Maximum Amount Additional Investment Numeric Mandatory if IRA investment is allowed for the fund Specify the maximum amount that can be contributed as an additional investment into this fund for a plan purchased in a product for which the fund forms part of the portfolio This limit cannot exceed the corresponding limit set for the product the portfolio of which the fund is a part Minimum Amount Withdrawal Numeric Mandatory if IRA investment is allowed for the fund Specify the minimum amount that can be withdrawn through a withdrawal transaction out of this fund for a plan purchased in a product for which the fund forms part of the portfolio This limit cannot exceed the corresponding limit set for the product the portfolio of which the fund is a part Maximum Amount Withdrawal Numeric Mandatory if IRA investment is allowed for the fund Specify the minimum amount that can be withdrawn through a withdrawal transaction out of this fund for a plan purchased in a product for which the fund forms part of the p
80. is as given below e Fund ID HFUND1 e Rule Effective Date 01 Jan 2009 e Group ID 8001 Represents EC CL methodology e Last Payment Date 31 Dec 2008 e Next Payment Date 31 Dec 2009 e Application Date 15 Jan 2009 Above setup indicates that the fund HFUND1 uses EC CL methodology for calculating performance fee If you want to change the PF calculation method for the fund from EC CL sri ORACLE to FR e g Group ID 8002 from 01 May 2009 onwards and period end processing is not required then you need to perform the steps given below 1 Amend the fund HFUND1 change the Group ID to 8002 which represent FR calculation methodology and specify the new Rule Effective Date for the fund as 01 May 2009 2 On BOD of 01 May 2009 system will update group Id for fund HFUND1 as 8002 3 From 01 May onwards the system starts applying performance fee based on FR methodology 4 On 31 Dec system executes the period end calculation based on FR methodology Case 2 In this scenario the performance fee needs to be crystallized using existing performance fee method 1 Create a new group ID that represents the new performance fee calculation method 2 Amend the fund rule and update Next Payment Date so that the system performs period end calculations as per the existing Group On BOD of new rule effective date the system updates the Next Payment Date 4 Before E
81. mergers you can specify more than one parent fund Click on the Add link to add a row Split Parent Ratio Numeric Mandatory Enter the split parent ratio The parent ratio must be less than the resultant child ratio Split Resultant Ratio Numeric Mandatory Enter the split resultant ratio The parent ratio must be less than the resultant child ratio Note For splits and mergers the parent ratio must not be greater than the child ratio For re verse splits the parent ratio must be greater than the child ratio The ratios you specify cannot be equal to or fall below zero ae ORACLE 5 13 10 Corporate Actions Summary Screen Invoke the Corporate Actions Maintenance Summary screen by typing UTSCOACT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Corporate Actions Maintanence Summary Authorized Open Corporate Action Date E Corporate Action Type Select v Fund ID a ISIN Code a3 Records per page 15 v Authorized Open Corporate Action Date Corporate Action Type Fund ID ISIN Code Serial Number You can perform the following operations in the Corporate Actions Maintenance Summary screen 5 13 10 1 Retrieving Record in Corporate Actions Summary screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows Specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields e The status of
82. new icon to enter the details of the mapping you wish for a particular product and fund After a share class fund has been mapped to a product the mapping must be authorized for it to be effective Authorization of such a mapping can be done in the Product Fund Mapping screen itself The mapping cannot be removed or deleted subsequently Product Fund Mapping Detail New 3 Enter Query Product ID Non Tax Fund s Mapped to this Product 1of1 Fund ID Fund Name Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Fields in this Screen Product ID Mandatory Select the non tax product to which the fund is mapped This specification can be made only once for a fund and once it is made it cannot be reversed or deleted a 88 ORACLE 5 11 Fund ID Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the share class fund that is to be mapped to a non taxable product Fund Name Upon selection of the fund id the associated fund name gets displayed However you are allowed to modify the same Wrap Fund Maintenance When an investor subscribes into a wrap fund the investment is channelled into the underlying investment funds that are associated with the wrap fund In Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing you can maintain details of wrap funds with the underlying funds and the respective split percentages using the Wrap Fund Maintenance Detail screen You can invoke thi
83. of the record in the Authorization Status field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved e The status of the record in the Record Status field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records are retrieved e Fund ID e Rule Effective Date of the fund e Fund name e AMC name e Latest Rule e ISIN No e Fund Ticker symbol eat ORACLE e Fund type e Whether fund is enabled or not e Hedge Fund e Whether the fund is an umbrella fund or not Click Search button to view the records All the records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner Press F7 Input the Fund Id Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can also search a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Fund ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID ends by numeric value 7 For example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Searc
84. on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Corporate Actions Detail screen is displayed in amendment mode Select Unlock operation from the Action List to amend the record e Amend the necessary information and click on Save to save the changes When you amend an authorized corporate action after it has been processed you can only alter the liquidation price lot size and book closing period for liquidations or the new unit par value book closing period and parent resultant ratio for splits reverse splits and mergers aot ORACLE The original corporate action is marked cancelled and a new record is created with a link to the original action record Also the book closing dates can be entered if required The exchange rate details such as the rate source and rate date can be amended provided the corporate action has not been processed When you amend an authorized corporate action before it has been processed the amendment operation is similar to an edit operation All the validations performed by the system when a new corporate actions record is initiated are applicable In this mode the corporate action can also be marked as cancelled in which case it will not be processed 5 13 10 7 Authorizing Amended Corporate Ac
85. option CDSC option in this field to identify the CDSC load This option will be available only when Fund chosen is CDSC applicable Fund If the ageing policy for the fund has been specified as IOF IRRF optimization in the General Operating Rules screen then the following additional options are available e IOF e Default IRRF e Optional IRRF The above options are provided under the criterion that the transaction type is redemption and price to load is set to No These options are applicable only for normal and systematic withdrawal ref types Note Optional IRRF can be maintained only for pension funds IOF load is applicable up to one year for pension funds and up to 30 days for non pension funds aao ORACLE Differential Fee Optional Select Yes in this field to indicate that the differential fee in the case of switch transactions for any fund is to be applicable Slab Basis Display only System displays the basis on which the slabs will be reckoned for an amount based load that you are designating as applicable for the fund The slabs must be reckoned on a gross amount net amount or on weighted average cost Price Add In Optional Select this option to indicate that the add in factor is to be applicable for computing the return value for the load for the selected transaction type The add in factor is used to arrive at the return value for a load at the time of allocation Level ID
86. order processing is allowed for the fund This option is intended for funds floated by your AMC If automatic processing is enabled for such funds the limit order transactions are automatically generated and allocated by the end of day processes according to the price and date options specified For third party funds where your AMC would proceed with limit order processing only after appropriate confirmation is received you could disable this option Pricing Rule Alphanumeric Optional Specify the option to be considered if the date on which the limit order is to be executed is a fund or system AMC holiday You could indicate that the transaction be generated prior to the holiday or following the holiday Select the appropriate option Prior or After in this field 3 80 ORACLE 3 6 6 7 Transaction Cancellation Period Section In this section you must maintain the options in the fund rules for processing cancellations of transactions Click on the Transaction Cancellation Period Tab to maintain the details General Operating Rules Fund ID Rule Effective Date Basic Information Automatic Redemption Preferences Min Max Holding Check Advance Options Limit Order Processing Options Transaction Cancellation Period Check Writing Transaction Cancellation Transaction Cancellation No Period Allowed Allow Switching in Cancellation Period Cancellation Price Basis 3 6 6 8 Fields in Transaction Cancellat
87. processed To authorize a record 1 2 Invoke the Price Date Change Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen ae ORACLE 5 6 2 6 5 6 2 7 5 6 3 5 7 5 Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Price Date Change Maintenance Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List You can also authorize in bulk by selecting the records that you wish to authorize and clicking on the Authorize button When a checker authorizes a record details of validation if any that were overridden by the maker of the record during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the record Amending Price Date Change Maintenance After a Price Date Change Maintenance is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization 1 Invoke the Price Date Change Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized rec
88. record should inherit You can retrieve the record through the Summary screen or through the F7 F8 operation explained in the previous sections of this chapter e Click on Copy e Indicate the ID for the new Fund CPMF record You can however change the details of the new record Setting up Fund Account Each of the funds floated by the AMC must maintain bank accounts that operate in the fund base currency and any or all of the fund transaction currencies These fund accounts can be maintained through the Fund Account Maintenance screen You can capture multiple bank accounts for a fund in the same currency however a default fund account must be designated for a particular currency You can also specify the account categories for each bank details Fund Account Maintenance Screen To set up the bank accounts for a fund use the Fund Account Input screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDFNDAC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The Fund Account Input screen is displayed Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the new fund account you wish to maintain Fund Account Input Detail New 453 Enter Query Fund ID Fund Base Currency Fund Identification Number Description Fund Name Account Detail 1of1 Bank Code Branch Code Account Number Accoun
89. specific price dates to be operable at a specific frequency for certain transaction types for a fund Setting up the specific price date is an optional fund rule and may be edited authorized or amended just as the other fund rules Amount Limits for IRA Transactions For funds that form part of the investment portfolio of retirement products that you offer to investors and in which you have opted to allow investment into retirement accounts IRA you can define the limits for the different kinds of transactions into such accounts that would apply to the fund This is an optional rule and must be maintained only in the event of IRA investment being allowed for the fund Additional Information Setup You can also maintain additional information for a fund if additional information heads have been maintained for the AMC to be applicable for funds Though maintenance of additional information is not strictly speaking a fund rule you can only maintain the information through the Fund Demographics screen when you are setting up a fund along with all the other fund rules Setting up Fund Rules You can set up the fund rules for a fund in the Fund Rules Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDFNDRLU in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The Fund Rules Detail screen is displayed ORACLE Fund Rules Detail D New 433 Enter Q
90. sufficient balance in the underlying fund Note By default this option will be No Track Dividend for Uncleared Transactions Optional Indicate whether dividend payment re investment should be tracked for an individual un cleared transaction If you select Yes dividend will be held back temporarily for subscription transactions whose cheques are not cleared as on the Dividend Declaration Date Dividend will be released when the payment is cleared Note By default this option will be No oe ORACLE Track Dividend for Blocked Transactions Optional Specify whether dividend payment should be tracked for a blocked transaction where some or all units are blocked at the time of dividend processing If you select Yes system will process the dividend as per the action selected in the Block Transaction Screen Note By default this option will be No Pay Ungenerated Reinvestments Optional Select Yes to indicate that in case the re investment results in zero units allotment the amount should be paid out to the investor If you select Yes then system executes the following steps e Converts the amount to be reinvested to the fund base currency e Divides the amount in fund base currency with the latest NAV for the fund This will result in the units expected to that could be allotted e Applies the rounding rule to the number of units If the number of
91. the Fund Demographics rule click Ok button Click on any of the links to invoke the corresponding setup screen for any of the other fund rules For instance to set up Corporate Actions for the fund click on the Corporate Actions link The name and ID of the fund is defaulted in each of the fund rule setup screen from the Fund Demographics record Choosing an Umbrella Fund If you are maintaining fund rules for an umbrella fund in the Fund Demographics screen select Yes in the Umbrella Fund drop down list and click Umb Fund option list which displays the hierarchy structure The fund you select is displayed in the Umbrella Fund field The Fund ID of the selected umbrella fund is populated in the Fund ID field of the main fund rule screen The same steps must be followed in the Summary Fund Rule screen when you are trying to retrieve the record of an umbrella fund List of Values Umb Fund FamilyID FundID FundName Fund Short Name FundLevel Fetch Values Search Results BUS OF FL Next Fund ID Family ID Fund Name Fund Short Name UM Family 2 F2 UM Family 3 F3 UMB FND2 u2 u1 U2U3S2 Umbri Fund 12 Umbri Fund 12 U1 U3 UMB FND3 u3 LIMENI 4 LIMENI 2 LIMFNI 2 LIMENI 2 lt i ala Ok Fund Level FA F2 F1 F3 U1 U2 a ORACLE 3 3 Fund Demographics Maintenance This is the entry point for setting up a fund in the system A rudimentary demographic profile is captured for th
92. the Maintained Transaction Details section It also contains the following data entry sections each of which can be invoked by clicking the appropriate tab 4 ORACLE 4 1 3 4 1 3 1 e Basic Information e Transaction Rules e Unit Holder Rules e Transaction Limits e Pricing e Policies Maintained Transaction Details Section The details of rules that have already been made for any transaction types if any are displayed in the Maintained Transaction Details section The following information is displayed in the box for each transaction type and clicking on the row of each transaction type will cause the transaction processing rules profile for that transaction type to be displayed in the lower portion of the screen and in each of the sections If you need to view all the details of a particular transaction processing rules profile for a transaction type in the fund click that transaction type in this box and the profile will be populated in the lower half of the screen and in the sections Checks Before you set up a Transaction Processing Rules profile record for a fund and transaction type it is desirable to ensure that the following information is already setup in the system e The fund already has an existing unauthorized Fund Rules profile record e The fund already has an existing unauthorized Shares Characteristics profile record Fields in Transaction Processing Rules Setup Screen Fund Information Section
93. the list of displayed records The Sub fund Share Class Maintenance Detail screen is displayed e Select Unlock Operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information e Click Save to save your changes The Sub fund Share Class Maintenance Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Sub fund Share Class Maintenance Summary screen Viewing Sub fund Share Class Maintenance To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the Sub fund Share Class Maintenance Summary screen as follows as ORACLE 2 7 6 2 7 7 2 7 8 Invoke the Sub fund Share Class Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Sub fund Share Class Maintenance Detail screen is displayed in View mode Deleting sub fund Share Class Maintenance You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered
94. the screen 5 Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Adhoc Price Detail screen is displayed in amendment mode Select Unlock operation from the Action List to amend the record 6 Amend the necessary information and click on Save to save the changes Authorizing Amended Adhoc Price Record An amended Adhoc Price record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can be done only from Fund Manager Module and Agency Branch module The subsequent process of authorization is the same as that for normal transactions Copying Attributes If you want to create a new Adhoc Price record with the same attributes of an existing one you can copy the attributes of an existing Adhoc Price record to a new one oat ORACLE 5 6 5 6 1 To copy the attributes 1 Retrieve the record whose attributes the new Adhoc Price record should inherit You can retrieve the record through the Summary screen or through the F7 F8 operation explained in the previous sections of this chapter Click on Copy Indicate the ID for the new Adhoc Price record You can however change the details of the new record Querying and Indicating Pricing Preference You may search for a record and indicate whether or not the Adhoc price entered for a transaction should be applied in the Price Date Change Maintenance Detail screen Price Date Change Detail Screen
95. to save the changes 5 12 2 7 Authorizing Amended FBC Access Restriction An amended FBC Access Restriction must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can be done only from Fund Manager Module The subsequent process of authorization is the same as that for normal records Fpa ORACLE 5 12 2 8 Copying Attributes 5 13 5 13 1 5 13 2 5 13 3 If you want to create a new FBC Access Restriction with the same attributes of an existing maintenance you can copy the attributes of an existing FBC Access Restriction to a new one To copy the attributes e Retrieve the record whose attributes the new FBC Access Restriction should inherit You can retrieve the record through the Summary screen or through the F7 F8 operation explained in the previous sections of this chapter e Click on Copy e Indicate the ID for the new FBC Access Restriction You can however change the details of the new restriction Corporate Actions for Fund The holdings of investors in a fund are affected by corporate actions that are declared and processed in respect of the fund such as liquidations mergers splits reverse splits dividends capital payouts side pocket creations side pocket mergers and so on These corporate actions are discussed below Liquidation This corporate action simply means the liquidation of the entire corpus of the fund on a date decided by the
96. transaction date e Only confirmed units are to be considered as on the transaction date e All units including unconfirmed units are to be considered as on the dealing date Note If the fund is a dividend equalization fund i e if you have checked the Dividend Equaliza tion Applicable option in the General Operating Rules for the fund you can maintain only the following options here All Units as on allocation date All units as on confirmed date All units as on dealing date If units for freeze holding is based on transaction dealing date then all the transactions backdated to the previous dividend cycle would be treated as old units G1 units If units for eae ORACLE freeze holding is based on allocation date then all the transactions backdated to the previous dividend cycle would be treated as new units G2 units Example Consider two dividend cycles the first from January 01 2010 to January 31 2010 and the second from February 01 2010 to February 28 2010 A subscription transaction S1 is captured on application date February 15 2010 with transaction date as January 15 2010 and allocation date as February 16 2010 For the second dividend units allotted in this transaction would be treated as G1 units if the units for freeze holding is based on transaction dealing date or G2 units if the units for freeze holding is based on allocation date First Dividend Declare Date Date Form
97. transactions neither exceeding a maximum limit of 999999999 999999 units Communication Mode Amount Units Limits Screen The volume ranges of an IPO or subscription transaction for each transaction type can be limited for each means of purchase or communication mode for a fund To set up these limits use the Limit for Communication Mode screen You can access this screen from the Transaction Processing Rules screen for each fund by clicking on the Max Min for Communication Mode link in the Transaction Limits section Transaction Processing Rules Details 1of1 F Communication Mode Minimum Amount Maximum Amount Minimum Units Maximum Units Disallow First Transaction When you save your specifications in this screen it will be closed and you will be returned to the main Transaction Processing Rules screen When you save the transaction processing rule record for the fund the specifications you have made in this screen are saved as part of the same record in the database You can also access this screen from the Amount Units Limits for Communication Mode menu item in the Maintenance menu category of the Fund Manager component If you have accessed the screen in this manner the limits defined here will supersede the limits defined in the Transaction Processing Rules profile for the fund and transaction type Checks Before you set up these limits for a fund it is desirable to ensure that the followin
98. type These parameters typically include the ranges of volumes allowed for each transaction type the range of periods and times for the processing of a transaction the processing policy for each transaction type and the base price definition types and factors You may enable or disable a transaction type as the requirement may be This is a mandatory fund rule and you must set it up before you authorize a fund Setting up the Amount Units Limits for Investor Categories The limits in the volume of investment for each category of investors can be setup using this fund rule This is a sub rule that you can maintain as part of the Transaction Processing Rules rule Setting up the Amount Units Limits for Communication Modes The limits in the volume of investment for each communication mode can be set up using this fund rule This is a sub rule that you can maintain as part of the Transaction Processing Rules rule Setting up the Amount Units Limits for Investment and Standing Instructions The limits in the volume of investment for initial investments and standing instructions can be set up using this fund rule This is a sub rule that you can maintain as part of the Transaction Processing Rules rule Fund Load Setup These rules govern the ways in which an applicable fee or incentive will impact the processing of transactions in the fund Setting up this rule is optional and you can set it up for a fund as and when required It is reco
99. units in the result of step 3 is greater than zero re investment transaction will be generated If the result is zero then the amount should be paid out to the investor in the unitholder preferred currency In case any specific preference has been set at the unitholder fund level then the respective currency will be used TDS Applicable for all UH Conditional You can enter a value in this field only if you have selected the Dividend Equalization Applicable option in the General Operating Rules for the fund The default value is No if you select Yes the system will distribute dividend after deducting the tax applicable for all unit holders who are entitled to dividend This is applicable even for the equalization amount FDAP Income Optional Check this box to indicate the dividends distributed in this fund are FDAP income Note The preference that you have maintained ate the unit holder level the Tax Deducted At Source field in the Unit Holder Maintenance screen will take precedence over the value maintained here For instance if you have unchecked the TDS option at the Unit holder level then all inflows to the unit holder will be done on a gross basis even if you have selected the TDS Applicable for all UH field at the fund level You are required to maintain a single WHT setup with single slab for the equaliza tion fund Tax on the gross dividend amount will be deducted based on this s
100. would be applicable for the fund or not by selecting an option from the drop down list The options are e Not Allowed e Historic NAV Based Sa ORACLE Refer to the chapter Generating Reports in Volume II of the Agency Branch User Manual for further information regarding investment simulation Amount Block Allowed Check this box to indicate that the amount block is allowed at the fund level Note You will be allowed to enter details in the Amount Block Maintenance screen provided this box is checked for the fund Moreover the amount blocked will not be available for re demption Allow Fee Calculation in Transaction Currency Optional If this field is checked then the field Fee Calculation Basis will be provided at the transaction level where you can indicate that load should be computed in terms of the transaction currency in addition to the fund base currency for the fund Block Priority Number Numeric Conditional The funds are selected in the ascending order of the priority number When blocking is done at UH CIF level across funds During Unblock funds will be selected in the reverse priority of Block This is field is not optional if check box Amount Block Allowed is Y it is mandatory If check box is N Block priority will be disabled Guaranteed Fund Mandatory Select the option Yes if you want the system to e Re compute the fund prices and adjust the units to the investors based
101. you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Fund Switch Restrict Detail screen is displayed 6 Select Unlock Operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information 7 Click Save to save your changes The Fund Switch Restrict Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Fund Switch Restrict Summary screen 5 3 3 3 Viewing Fund Switch Restrict Record To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the Fund Switch Restrict Summary screen as follows 1 Invoke the Fund Switch Restrict Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorized field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen 4 Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Fund Switch Restrict Detail screen is displayed in View mode 5 3 3 4 Deleting Fund Switch Restrict Record You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered 1 Invoke the Fund Switch Restrict Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select
102. 0 USD the base currency of the fund is USD The minimum holdings validation is required to be enforced for individual unit holders and not for CIFs Therefore the redeemable value of total number of units held by an individual unit holder in the Burton Carey Fund must exceed or equal 1200 USD for an IPO or subscription transaction in respect of a standing instruction involving the unit holder SI Minimum Holdings Units Numeric Mandatory if Minimum Holdings Indicator is specified Specify the minimum number of units required to be held by an individual unit holder or a CIF in the fund for an IPO or subscription transaction in respect of a standing instruction Example For the Carey Bugle Growth Fund you have selected the Units option as the Minimum Holdings Indicator for IPO or subscription transactions that would be generated in respect of standing instructions You have also specified the Minimum Holdings Units value as 1000 The minimum holdings validation is required to be enforced for individual unit holders and not for CIFs Therefore the total number of units held by an individual unit holder in the Carey Bugle Growth Fund must equal or exceed 1000 USD for an IPO or subscription transaction in respect of a standing instruction involving the unit holder A note on the minimum holdings validation If the Minimum Holdings Indicator selected is Lower of Amount Units the redeemable value of the specified Minimu
103. 00 365 If you indicate rounding off then applying normal rounding off rules the value reckoned would be 100 365 If you indicate rounding down or truncation then the value would be truncated as it is in the 3 4 decimal place and it would be reckoned as 100 364 San ORACLE 3 5 2 2 Maximum Registered Units Numeric Optional Enter a value to specify the maximum registered units for the fund A transaction can be allocated only if it does not breach the maximum registered units specified here or at the investor category level If breached system will calculate the balance in the fund at the fund level as well at the investor category level after considering the effect of the transaction to be allotted If any of the limits are breached the transaction will not be allocated and marked as error You can specify the limits at the fund investor category level in the Holding Limit for Investor Category screen This screen is explained in detail further in the chapter The Preferences Section In this section you can set up your preferences for the Foreign Investors limits and the frequency and lead times for Account Statements Account Statement Frequency Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the frequency with which the system should initiate the Account Statement processing from the options provided This is applicable only if Account Statement is required Account Statement Lead Time 3 Characters Maximum Numeric Man
104. 1 Hedge Fund Processing Rules You can specify the fund rules associated with hedge funds in Hedge Fund Processing Rules screen To invoke this screen click Hedge Fund button in Fund Rules detail screen You can click this button only if the related fund has been specified as a hedge fund Hedge Fund Details General Details Hedge Fund Type Hedge Fund Manager Transaction Generation Basis Performance Fee Details Group Id Computation Method Performance Fee Accrual Frequency Next Accrual Date Last Accrual Date Hurdle Rate Details Hurdle Rate Applicable Reset Hurdle Hurdle Calculation Method Day Basis Fund Linkage Details Investor Category Details Fund Linkage Details 1of1 Hedge Fund ID T Single Simple Fund Name Master Fund UH ID Description Description Payment Frequency Next Payment Date Last Payment Date Hurdle Type Hurdle Rate Type Rate Code Rate Basis Rate Percentage Unit Holder ID Find UH Find UH Fina UH Fields in Hedge Fund Processing Rules Screen Hedge Fund Type Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the type of the hedge fund from the drop down list provided The following options are available e Single Simple simple hedge fund is a regular fund with normal processing rules e Master Fund master feeder fund structure accepts assets from both foreign and domestic investors in the most tax and trading efficient manner possible For ma
105. 21 ORACLE 6 2 4 6 2 4 1 The following information is displayed in the box for each transaction type and clicking on the row of each transaction type will cause the group load mapping profile for that transaction type to be displayed in the lower portion of the screen and in each of the tabs Load ID Display Only The ID of the Load that has already been mapped to this transaction type for this load group is displayed here Loaded to Price Display Only If the load that has been mapped is loaded to price it is indicated here From and To Entities Display Only The From and To entities for the Load that has been mapped are displayed here Group Load Mapping Summary Screen You can perform the following operations in the Group Load Mapping Summary screen Retrieving Record in Group Load Mapping Summary Screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows Invoke the Group Load Mapping Summary screen by typing UTSGRPDF in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button and specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields e Group ID e Load ID e Rule Effective Date Click Search button to view the records All the records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detai
106. 3 3 Fund Switch Restrict Summary SCIe N c cccccccseceeceeetteeteeeeeneeteeeeenaas 5 17 5 4 Maintaining FUN Price seseriai siiani ei N E AE e a A EAA 5 20 5 4 1 Specifying Fund Price Fund Price Maintenance SCreen cccce 5 20 5 4 2 Fields in Fund Price Maintenance Screen sseeeeiisseeeenneeeererneeerennn 5 21 5 4 3 Maintaining Fund Price Transaction Details 00 cccccccssteeeceeenteeeeeeeeeaes 5 23 5 4 4 Maintaining Fund Price Components sesesisseeeiiseneeennnneeernnreeeenrnneeeeens 5 25 5 5 5 6 5 7 5 8 5 9 5 10 5 11 5 12 5 13 5 14 5 15 5 4 5 Maintaining Additional Information cccccccceceeeeeeentteeeeeetnneeeeeeetnaeeeeentaae 5 26 5 4 6 Fund Price Maintenance Summary SCIOCN cccceecccecce settee eeetnteeteeeenaes 5 27 Maintaining Adhoc Prices ticcc csictstccuhs iiei a e EEE Ee AAA REA EEA sigeia deasicced 5 30 5 5 1 Fields in Adhoc Price Dates Maintenance Detail Screen 0 0 5 30 5 5 2 Adhoc Price Dates Maintenance Summary Screen eeiissseeienneeeeennn 5 31 Querying and Indicating Pricing Preference eeessseeeersseeerrssseerrrsrrrrrrresrrrrressns 5 35 5 6 1 Price Date Change Detail Sereen esssrnssrrrnnenernnnnrnrinnnenerrnnnerennnnenna 5 35 5 6 2 Price Date Change Summary Sereen seeeeersieresrrnrneerrnnurrrinnneeerrnnnreea 5 36 5 0 3 Copying AltriDUlOS iari E EEEE EE aes E EEA Fi west idea lee 5 39 Indicating Non Availability of
107. 30 Apr 2009 amend the fund HFUND1 and specify the new Rule Effective Date for the fund as 01 May 2009 Change the Group ID to 8002 and Next Payment date to 31 Dec 2009 for new group 8002 oe ORACLE 4 On EOD of 30 Apr 2009 the system executes the period end calculation based on Group 8001 EC CL methodology 5 On BOD of 01 May 2009 the system updates group Id to 8002 FR methodology and Next Payment Date to 31 Dec 2009 for fund HFUND1 6 From 01 May 2009 onwards the system starts applying performance fee calculations based on Group Id 8002 FR methodology 5 15 4 Series Method of Performance Fee Calculation 5 16 In the series method of performance fee calculation a new series is created for a fund each time there are new subscribers for each pricing period during the performance fee period These series are maintained separately until the time they are consolidated with other series belonging to the same fund The consolidation for each of the subsequent series issued usually happens at the end of every accounting period For the consolidation to happen an incentive fee needs to be paid for each of the series including the series in which it is being merged which could be done quarterly half yearly or annually Note You need to manually create new fund series for each fund pricing period and also handle the consolidation of the fund series operationally
108. 4 as the basis for applicability of Rights of Accumulation for the LGROA group Since the value TA2 is higher than TA1 the value taken for identifying the loading slab for any new transactions for Mr White in the LGROA group is taken to be TA2 Ga ORACLE 6 1 2 The load slabs defined for the LGROA group of which the two funds are a part are as follows Slab From Amount To Amount Return Value 001 0 10000 5 002 10000 20000 4 003 20000 40000 3 004 40000 80000 2 005 80000 16000 1 006 160000 320000 0 25 Now for Mr White s subscription transaction of 10000 currency units on 02 01 2003 the amount considered for identifying the slab according to the ROA option chosen by the AMC for the LGROA group Transaction Amount TA2 10000 180000 190000 currency units This would fall in slab 006 for the fund and so the applicable return value percentage would be 0 25 Creating Load Groups In Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing you create a load group as follows Give the load group a unique identifier ID and identify the funds that will constitute the load group A fund can be mapped to more than one load group Indicate the load and transaction processing characteristics that would apply to transactions in any of the funds belonging to the group This includes specifying Letter of Intent LOI applicability and Rights of Accumulation ROA applicability If ROA is applic
109. 5 64 5 12 2 FBC Access Restriction Summary SCION ccccccceeseeeeteettteteeteenateees 5 67 Corporate Actions for Fund cecececececceceeeeeeeeeeeesecneaaeaaeceeeeeeeeeeeetessessnaeees 5 70 SASH LIQuidauOn ienaa ones aa ie tee a EE eaa a 5 70 5 13 2 Split and Reverse Split 2 2 ccccccceceeccccceceeceeeeseenneaaecaeceeseeneesteeseeseeanees 5 70 IIa MONO ON EEE idad uenerT aside getedateteatuathocteedhusatcedeautuae RES 5 70 9 13 4 Capital Payout ccs cet e te E wiie eae eta ait eel 5 71 5 13 5 Side Pocket Creation cccccsccccsessceececenesseetecnsesseseecanessnsusunaasentucdenadenasenaes 5 71 5 13 6 Side Pocket M rQer cccccesccccecseesncececernaceetevennansedeuenensceteneeasedeserneasedenens 5 71 5 13 7 Series FUN MOrge ones asu ia iaa iaraa i T Ear Aiai rra a 5 71 5 13 8 Maintaining Details for Corporate Actions essssesesisseeeeeenneeeeeennneennne 5 71 5 13 9 Fields in Corporate Action Maintenance Screen c ccccccccccseececcececseseeeees 5 86 5 13 10 Corporate Actions Summary Screen ssseeiisseeeieenseeerrnnreeernnnreeeennn 5 92 5 13 11 Processing Corporate Actions 00 cecccceeeteeeeeeeenne eee eeenaeeeeteenaeeeeeeeaaaes 5 95 5 13 12 Reports for Corporate ACtiOn ccccccceeeecnneeeeceeeeeeeeeenttetteenensneaaees 5 105 Performing Bank Reconciliation 0 cccecceecceeee eee eetee eter eenieeeeeeeeeeeeetnaeeeeeneee 5 108 5 14 1 Fields in Bank Reconciliation Screen
110. 6 1 8 8 An unauthorized Load Group Characteristics Maintenance must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the Load Group Characteristics Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Load Group Characteristics Maintenance Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List When a checker authorizes a transaction details of validation if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Amending Load Group Characteristics Maintenance After a Load Group Characteristics Maintenance is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization e Invoke the Load Group Characteristics Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized records
111. AGC17 and so forth Fund level Investment Components Ratio Maintenance Summary Authorized Fund ID a Advanced Search Reset Records per page 15 v 1 of 1 Authorized Open Fund ID Rule Effective Date Investment Component Percentage 3 8 3 2 Editing Fund Investment Component Record You can modify the details of a Fund Investment Component record that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows e Invoke the Fund Investment Component Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorization Status field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified e Click Search button All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen oe ORACLE 3 8 3 3 3 8 3 4 3 8 3 5 e Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Fund Investment Component Detail screen is displayed e Select Unlock Operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information e Click Save to save your changes The Fund Investment Component Detail screen is closed and the changes made are re
112. Amount Limit for IRA Transactions Fund Delivery Instructions Fund Investment Account SI Specific Information KYC Maintenance Hedge Funds Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open DateTime Authorized Checks Before you set up a Fund Demographics profile record it is desirable to ensure that the following information is already setup in the system e Fund Types must already be defined e Fund Families must already be defined e Currencies and Countries of Domicile must already be maintained and the Country Currency mapping must be defined so that each Country may be mapped to a default base currency e Entities such as AMC s Registrars and Trustees must already have a profile in the system Fields in Fund Demographics Setup Screen Existing Fund 1 Character Maximum Optional Choose Yes to indicate that the fund for which the record is being set up here is an existing fund i e the Rule Effective Date is earlier than the Application Date Umbrella Fund 1 Character Maximum Optional To enter a Fund Demographics Profile for an umbrella fund choose Yes This will enable the Umbrella Fund Details Fund ID 6 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory The Fund ID is a unique Identification for each Fund in the system Enter a unique value for the fund for which a Fund Demographics record is being set up If the record of an umbrella fund has been retrieved the Fund ID is defaulted to the Family ID
113. Book Closing From Date Book Closing To Date Exchange Rate Source Exchange Rate Date Units For Corporate Action Payment Currency Select Select One Capital Payout Rate Include Prior Capital Select Update IDS No Redeemed Units m Update SI SplitReverseSplitDetails MergeDetails invcategoryMap FundCopy Investor Category Map 1of1 gt Restricted Investor Category Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Restricted Investor Category Specify the category of the restricted investor The adjoining option list displays valid investor category codes and their names as maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one 20 ORACLE 5 13 8 8 Maintaining Fund Copy Details Click on the fund copy tab to maintain details for fund copy Corporate Actions Maintanence New 5 Enter Query Basic Information Corporate Action Type Select Corporate Action Date Corporate Action Status Unprocessed v Fund Information Fund ID ISIN Code Price Information Liquidation Price Lot Size Liquidation Price Lot Fractions Allowed New Unit Par Value No of Decimals Other Information Holiday Rule Payment Lag Days Threshold Amount Auto Initiation Book Closing From Date Book Closing To Date Exchange Rate Source Exchange Rate Date Units For Corporate Action Payment Currency Select Select One g
114. Confirmation of Corporate Actions You can print reports that you would need to send to investors listing details of either e Announcements of corporate actions a stipulated period of time before the corporate action date e Confirmation of processing the announced corporate action displaying the booking both debit and credit details which you would typically send to investors To obtain such announcement confirmation reports click on Corporate Actions in the Queries Reports menu and Announcement Confirmation Reports under it The Announcement Confirmation Report screen is opened In this screen you must specify the following as mandatory sorting parameters for report generation e Whether you require a corporate actions announcement report or a confirmation report e Whether you are generating the report as a batch activity or online e The language in which the report must appear in the Report Language field You could also print or view it as required by making appropriate specifications in the remaining fields of the generation screen as follows e Whether the report must reflect announcement confirmation details for all corporate actions liquidation split reverse split and merger or for a specific corporate action e For a specific corporate action serial number e For announcement reports the appropriate lag before the corporate action date and the lag type daily You can also specify the holiday rul
115. Detail screen is displayed in View mode Deleting a Fund Price Holiday Record You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered 1 2 3 4 Invoke the Fund Price Holiday Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Fund Price Holiday Detail screen is displayed Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered 1 2 3 Invoke the Fund Price Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen am ORACLE 5 7 2 5 5 7 2 6 4 Click Search All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Fund Price Detail screen is displayed 6 Select
116. First In First Out or P to signify Proportionate to specify the policy for allocation in case the maximum limit is reached for a given day This policy is with respect to the allocation percentage that is allowed against the fund corpus Carry Forward 1 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the manner in which the balance over redeemed quantity to be treated Choose from the list Allocation Lag 3 Characters Maximum Numeric Mandatory Enter a value to specify when the transaction should be allocated if the transaction is T T X where X signifies the number of lag days Lag can only be positive Allocation Lag Calendar Basis Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify whether the allocation lag days should be considered based on the holiday calendar for the fund the System calendar or the actual calendar ae ORACLE Check On Par with Cash Mandatory Select Yes in this field to indicate that all check Demand Draft transactions are to be treated on par with cash transactions If this is true then during allocation the check demand draft transactions will be taken for allocation for the same day The units allocated will be provisional and will be confirmed only after the check is cleared Credit Card On Par With Cash Mandatory Select Yes in this field to indicate that all credit card transactions to be treated on par with cash transactions If this is true then during allocation
117. Formula Screen If the Fund Price Component Screen is invoked from the Fund Price screen the Update button becomes active Click on this button to refresh the Component Value fields Fund Residency Restrictions This fund rule facilitates the maintenance of restrictions in respect of the nationalities of unit holders who must not be allowed to transact in the fund You can maintain a list of countries that must not be excluded from operating in the fund and all unit holders whose country of domicile is found in this list will be allowed to subscribe into the fund To set up the nationality restrictions for a fund use the Fund Residency Restriction screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the Fund Residency Restriction link from the Fund Demographics screen Fund Residency Restriction Fund ID Rule Effective Date 1of1 El Country Code E Checks Before you set up a Fund Residency Restriction profile record for a fund it is desirable to ensure that the following information is already setup in the system e The fund already has an existing unauthorized Fund Demographics profile record e The countries of domicile must be identified in the system in the Country Maintenance ae ORACLE 4 5 2 4 6 4 6 1 Fields in Fund Residency Restriction Screen Fund ID Display This field indicates the ID fund for which you are setting up the Fund Residency Restriction profile This inform
118. Fund ID To ISIN Code To Fund Name Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Checks Before you maintain switch restrictions in the Fund Switch Restrictions screen you must ensure that e The switching logic for the AMC has been maintained in the Single Entity Maintenance e Authorized fund rules have been maintained for the requisite funds Maintenance of switch restrictions is not a fund rule and can be done after the fund rules have been maintained Note For a fund you cannot maintain both a positive as well as a restrictive list Fields in this Screen Fund ID Alphanumeric Mandatory if ISIN Code is not entered Select the ID of the fund for which you are maintaining a restrictive or positive list of funds for switch transactions When the restrictive positive list is applied the fund you select here is considered the From Fund To select the fund you can either indicate the Fund ID or the ISIN Code of the fund When you select the fund the effective date of the fund is also displayed ote ORACLE ISIN Code Alphanumeric Mandatory if Fund ID is not entered Select the ISIN Code of the fund for which you are maintaining a restrictive or positive list of funds for switch transactions When the restrictive positive list is applied the fund you select here is considered the From Fund To select the fund you can either indicate the Fund ID or the ISIN
119. Holders Real NAV Lot E Declared NAV Lot Floor Price Ceiling Price FI Outstanding Units Amend Transactions Select Outstanding Units High Water Mark HWM ReflectIn Trading Select Hurdle Rate HWM Hurdle Fund Price Transaction Details Fund Price Components Additional Information Transaction Details 1of1 Effective Date Transaction Type Base Price Base Price Constant Allocation Vs Register Capital Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized After you have set up and authorized a fund you may enter the Fund Price on the Next Price Declare Date that you have specified in the General Operating Rules Subsequently you can 20 ORACLE 5 4 2 5 4 2 1 enter the Fund Price according to the price declare frequency that you have specified in the General Operating Rules for the fund Fields in Fund Price Maintenance Screen Fund ID 6 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the fund for which the price is being set from the options provided Effective Date Display Only The system date is displayed in this field It is deemed that the price entered in this screen is effective from the system date Fund Base Currency Display Only When the fund is selected the Fund Base Currency for the selected fund is picked up from the Fund Demographics profile and displayed here ISIN Code 12 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory
120. ID of the resultant fund in this field ISIN Code 12 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the ISIN Code of the fund for which you are maintaining a corporate action from the options provided If you specify the ISIN Code of a fund the ID of the fund is displayed in the Fund field In the case of liquidation specify the ISIN Code of the fund being liquidated For splits and reverse splits specify the ISIN Code of the child fund In the case of mergers you must specify the ISIN Code of the resultant fund in this field Price Information Section Liquidation Price Numeric Mandatory for Liquidation For liquidation specify the price at which the selected fund is to be liquidated It is the value at which units are redeemed for liquidation oer ORACLE Lot Size Numeric Mandatory for Liquidation Specify the lots for liquidation By default the lot is considered to be one You can alter this and specify the applicable lot size The liquidation price per lot is computed by the system based on the liquidation price and the lot size you specify Liquidation Price Lot The liquidation price per lot is computed by the system based on the liquidation price and the lot size you specify Fractions Allowed In this field you can specify if fractional balances as a result of processing the corporate action are allowable for the fund Check the box to indicate that fractional balances are allowed or leave it u
121. Inflows to indicate redemption transactions can be linked to unsettled inflow transactions Select the option NO to indicate redemption transactions can be linked to settled inflow transactions only Note This field by default will be set to NO If entry time loads are being applied as specified here and the loads are overridden at the time of transaction entry the overridden load values are applied Similarly if entry time loads are being applied and a unit holder deal has been specified for the unit holder the deal values are applied Note This feature is only available if your installation has specifically requested for it Full Outflow Check this box if you wish to allow full outflow of a fund By default this will be unchecked If this option is checked for a redemption transaction then partial redemption will not be allowed for the fund Note If this checked then the maturity date of a fund will not be displayed and the transaction mode will be defaulted as Percent and transaction value as 100 in the redemption screen 4 21 ORACLE Min Maturity Period Days Specify the minimum maturity period of the fund here During subscription transaction maturity date will be defaulted as the sum of the application date and the minimum maturity period specified here Max Maturity Period Days Specify the maximum maturity period applicable for the fund Note The
122. LE Auto Initiation You can use this field to indicate whether the corporate action must be executed manually or automatically Check this box to indicate automatic execution leave it unchecked to indicate manual execution If automatic execution is indicated the Beginning of Day processes execute the corporate action on the corporate action date If manual execution is indicated then you can manually trigger the execution on the corporate action date through the Corporate Action Processing screen By default this box is unchecked i e automatic initiation is not indicated You can change this if necessary and check the box to indicate automatic initiation Book Closing From and To Date Date Optional Specify the book closing dates between which transactions into the fund are suspended for processing the corporate action The corporate action date must fall within the book closing period Exchange Rate Source Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the exchange rate source from which the exchange rate would be derived for processing the corporate action for conversion from fund base currency to unit holder preferred currency By default the first source entry in the list is deemed to be the exchange rate source You can change this and specify the requisite source by choosing from the list Exchange Rate Date Date Format Mandatory Specify the date the exchange rate prevalent on which would be used for processing the co
123. Lower of Amount Units the minimum holdings value to be validated against is 800 USD Therefore the redeemable value of total number of units held by all unit holders under a CIF in the Burton Carey Fund must equal or exceed 800 USD for an IPO or subscription transaction in respect of a standing instruction involving a CIF If the Minimum Holdings Indicator were selected as Higher of Amount Units the higher value 1200 USD would be considered as the minimum holdings value against which the validation would be made Therefore the redeemable value of total number of units held by all unit holders under a CIF in the Burton Carey Fund would have to equal or exceed 1200 USD for an IPO or subscription transaction in respect of a standing instruction involving a CIF Amount Units Limit for Investor Category The volume ranges of a transaction for each transaction type can be limited for each investor category for a Fund The limits can be defined in terms of units or amount of the transaction type You can set up these limits as part of the Transaction Processing Rules profile for each fund and as such may be set up through that maintenance screen Transaction Processing Rules Units SI Minimum Holdings Not Applicable Indicator Amount Details 1of1 Investor Category Minimum Amount Step Amount Maximum Amount Minimum Units Step Units Maximum Units When you save your specifica
124. MC Funds within the same fund family e Ifthe switching logic for the AMC is Switch Within Funds of AMC the Within AMC option is selected in this field and cannot be changed The restrictive list will only be applicable for funds within the AMC e Ifthe switching logic for the AMC is Switch Within Funds of Fund Family the Within Fund Family option is selected in this field and cannot be changed The restrictive list will only be applicable for funds within the same fund family This field is not applicable for positive lists the switching logic of the AMC is defaulted here and cannot be changed Disabled Optional You can use this field to disable the fund switch restrictions being maintained in this screen Check this box to disable the restrictions or leave it unchecked to indicate that the restrictions are enabled aM ORACLE 5 3 2 1 To Fund ID Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the ID of the fund into which switch transactions from the selected from fund are disallowed if you are maintaining a restrictive list or allowed if you are maintaining a positive list When the restrictive positive list is applied the fund you select here is considered the To Fund To select the fund you can either indicate the Fund ID or the ISIN Code of the fund When you select the fund the short name of the fund is also displayed The funds available for selection in this field depend on the opti
125. OD of Next Payment Date amend the fund rule to map with the new Group ID and specify the next payment date and next accrual date 5 On EOD the system performs period end processing as per the existing Group ID 6 On BOD of New Rule Effective Date the system updates the Group ID with the new Group ID 7 From this date onwards the system calculates performance fee based on the new Group ID Example Assume that the existing Fund Rule setup is as given below e Fund ID HFUND1 e Rule Effective Date 01 Jan 2009 e Group ID 8001 Represents EC CL methodology e Last Payment Date 31 Dec 2008 e Next Payment Date 31 Dec 2009 e Application Date 15 Jan 2009 The above Fund Rule setup indicates that the fund HFUND1 is using EC CL methodology for calculating performance fee If you want to change the PF calculation method for the fund from EC CL to FR e g Group ID 8002 from 01 May 2009 onwards and want the system to process period end calculation using existing method 8001 then hen you need to perform the steps given below 1 Amend the fund HFUND1 specify the new Rule Effective Date for the fund as 16 Jan 2009 and change the Next Payment date to 30 Apr 2009 which represents next period end date Next Payment Date should be grater then new Rule Effective Date 2 On BOD of 16 Jan 2009 the system updates Next Payment Date as 30 Apr 2009 for fund HFUND1 3 Before EOD of
126. ORACLE Fund Setup User Guide Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing Release 12 0 3 0 0 Part No E53392 01 April 2014 Table of Contents About This Manual cccccesciscas cecoecciecaccsactessereete cccsveracectecaacasttavecnsacassaseecaeeenet 1 1 Tel aae ea E ETA atic A ON T I E aaa 1 1 12 Related DOCUMeEmMS ecceri deiri aiii aai ia A ia 1 1 To AUGEN oe r a E e A N 1 1 Tt ranza T E at SA A OAE 1 1 1 5 Conventions Used in this M nual ssie nenita e aa REE AEE ARER 1 2 1 5 1 General CONVENTIONS sirsiran ea aa iiia eaa iaa e a aiara 1 2 1 5 2 Keyboard Conventions sessiirirsiiiineriiiai iini iE EKE ANRE rE Peia 1 2 Wo Glossar o ICONS arara n A E EE A ARAR EA EREA AA ERE AA EATA a 1 2 1 7 Abbreviations and ACrOnNymMS seeeeesssesrsssserrsstttrrststtnttsstttttnttttntnssttnnnastennnnnne nnn 1 2 1 82 Getting Hen serre el ities T a a int ts 1 3 Setting Up Fund Hierarchies ccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeneeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 2 1 2 1 Introduction te cee elite hacen end EAEAN EAEE A EEA a 2 1 22 FUnd and INVeStor asnes a e a e a 2 1 2 3 SPT UPEN a EE E EA E T O gsbGede easbeeer eae eto oe 2 2 24 Setting up Fund Hierarchy aeie anaa EAEE EA EEA EOE AREE 2 2 2 5 Maintaining Fund Families ecesna T 2 2 2 5 1 Fields in Fund Family Maintenance Screen eeeiseeeeeienseeennsneerenreeeeen 2 3 2 5 2 Fund Family Summary Scre n ccccccececcecee cece ceeentneeeceeenaeeeeeeeaaeeeesennaas 2 4 2 5 3 Retrieving Record in Fund F
127. Optional Indicate the order in which the load is to be applied Load is computed based on the fund transaction amount and applied in the order of level id specified Note Level Id is not applicable for LTP loads No of Decimals 1 Character Maximum Numeric Mandatory Indicate the maximum number of decimals that would be reckoned for rounding precision for the load amount Mandatory Mandatory Select Mandatory or Optional to specify whether the load is mandatory or optional from the options provided VAT Applicable Mandatory Select Yes in this field to indicate that the Load to Price is applicable Therefore VAT Load to Price is dependent on Load to Price FDAP Income Optional Check this box to indicate the load maintenance is a FDAP income This field is applicable only when To Entity is Broker Agent Agency Branch AO IFA and From Entity is fund AMC Unit holder For other cases if you check this field then the system will display the warning message However if you wish to continue then the system will do the WHT deductions and processes ga ORACLE Send for GL Interface Optional Select Yes in this field to indicate that accounting entries due only to the selected load must be posted to the external asset management system for the fund Apply Indexation on CGT Optional If the load is a capital gains tax load you can use this field to indicate whether indexation is to b
128. Reinvestment is selected here by default and cannot be changed ois ORACLE Click Details button to invoke Corporate Actions screen Corporate Action Fund ID Rule Effective Date Dividend Declaration Daily X Corporate Action Type Frequency Default Distribution Mode Payout A C Transfer v Dividend Payment Frequency Daily v Tax ID Rounding Option ROUNDOFF Rounding Precision TDS Basis Each Dividend Dividend Exchange Rate PaymentDate Distribution Mode For Basis EPU Lot Preferences EPU Based on Components Retrict IDS For Unit Holder Units For Freeze Holding Select One Minimum Balance Forced Payout Reinvestment Allowed Look Ahead Processing First Dividend Declare Date Mock Dividend Special Dividend Yes v Pay Dividend During Redemption Compulsory Reinvestment Payment Lag Days For Retirement Account Reinvestment Price Basis Interest to be compounded for Default EPU to previous No the payment Period Declared EPU a Minimum Amount for Payment Action SelectOne v Override at Pay Time Auto Reinvestmentfor No Auto Reinvestmentfor Unclaimed Dividend Unclaimed Dividend When No Track Dividend For Uncleared No Balance Left Transaction Track Dividend for Blocked Pay Ungenerated No Transactions Reinvestments TDS Applicable for all UH Holiday Rule Prior Lead Times
129. SI Applicable field e The applicability of reinvestments for investors investing in the group in the Reinvestment Applicable field e The lead time if any for the verification of amounts for LOI or ROA applicability that is to apply to all funds in the group Specify this in the Lead Time for Amount Verification field For a fuller discussion of what Letters of Intent are and how an investor can opt to avail of the same refer the Managing Investor Accounts chapter Fields in Load Group Characteristics Screen The following fields are available for data entry in the Load Group Characteristics screen Group ID Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list select the group of funds for which you are setting up the common load and transaction processing characteristics for transactions Default LOI Period Days Numeric Optional Specify the default period in days for the Letter of Intent facility availability that would apply to all funds in the group Escrow Percentage Percentage Format Optional Specify the escrow percentage that is to apply to LOI investors who transact in the funds of the group For LOI investors the AMC stipulates a certain threshold percentage of holdings that must always be maintained A redemption transaction due to which the holdings balance in the funds of the group falls below this percentage will not be accepted This percentage is called an escrow percentage Prior Credit Period for LOI Days
130. Saturday the seventh day If the first specific price date is the rule effective date application date the next price date is arrived at based on the pricing frequency as follows Pricing Frequency Next price date Daily Last price date 1 calendar day Weekly Last price date 7 calendar days Fortnightly Last price date 14 calendar days Monthly Last price date 30 calendar days Quarterly Last price date 90 calendar days Half Yearly Last price date 180 calendar days Yearly Last price date incremented by one year If the next specific price date so arrived at falls on a holiday the holiday rule defined for the specific price date is taken into account Accordingly the actual price date is taken as the next working day if the holiday rule is After or the previous working day if the holiday rule is Prior 4 40 ORACLE Note The actual calendar is considered in arriving at the next price date in the logic discussed above Forward Pricing If the first specific price date is a date in the future forward pricing the next price date is arrived at based on the following factors e Pricing frequency that has been specified e Whether the frequency takes into account the Fund Holiday Calendar or System Holiday Calendar e The specified price day week or month e The holiday rule indicated for the specific pricing The next price date is arrived at as given
131. Select Outstanding Units High Water Mark HWM ReflectIn Trading Select Hurdle Rate HWM Hurdle Fund Price Transaction Details IESE Additional Information Fund Price Components 1of1 Component Description Component Value Commute Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Note Inthe Fund Price details screen you can compute values for additional components that you have specified in the Fund Formula screen for a fund which you have indicated not to be used for price computation and their appropriate values using the compute button This feature is only available if your installation has specifically requested for it For an exhaustive note on this feature refer the Annexure oe ORACLE 5 4 5 Maintaining Additional Information Fund Price Detail i New 4 Enter Query Fund ID Effective Date Fund Base Currency ISIN No NAV Computation Net Asset Value NAV Lot Total Assets Total Net Assets Formula Builder No of Unit Holders Real NAV Lot Declared NAV Lot Floor Price Ceiling Price FI Outstanding Units Amend Transactions Outstanding Units High Water Mark HWM Reflect In Trading Hurdle Rate HWM Hurdle Fund Price Transaction Details Fund Price Components jinn Additional Information Details A WAP l Label Code Field Value Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mo
132. Subscription Price and Previous high water mark Also assume that at the end of the first month the Gross NAV GNAV the NAV before deduction of incentive fee for GFUND1 has risen to US 1 100 and therefore the NAV will be US 1 080 net of US 20 20 incentive fee Assuming performance fee is 20 e NAV for GFUND1 is published at US 1 080 oe ORACLE 5 13 9 After the first pricing period you need to create one more fund say GFUND2 with NAV same as Lead Series Assume that at this time Investor B subscribes US 1 million for 1 000 Unit Series II at again US 1 000 HWM of GFUND2 each At the end of second month assuming that value of fund has risen by further 10 e GNAV of GFUND1 is now US 1 210 NAV US 1 168 and e GNAV of GFUND2 is now US 1 100 NAV US 1 080 After second pricing period you need to create one more fund with NAV same as Lead Series Let s say user create GFUND3 for creation of Series III as below Investor C subscribes US 1 million for 1 000 Series III Unit at again US 1 000 HWM of GFUND3 each At the end of the third month the GNAV has yet again risen by a further 10 so that e The GNAV per Share of the GFUND1 Lead Series is US 1 331 which translates to an NAV of US 1 264 80 e The GNAV of GFUND2 Series II is US 1 210 equaling an NAV of US 1 168 and e The GNAV for GFUND1 Series III is US 1 100 equaling an NAV of US 1 080 Thus at the end of the first quarter
133. The system does not provide any auto mated tasks to achieve this Maintaining Override Trade Cycles Date For Funds You can specify trade cycle dates that are different from the ones defined for a fund for transactions falling within a limited period known as the Override Period If you maintain these details for the transactions that take place within the period the system will use the dates you have maintained rather than the ones at the fund level This facility is available only for funds with specific fund prices and for the following events e Enrichment and Saving of UT Transactions e Generation of SI Transactions e Generation of Dividend Transactions e Redemption of Periodic Loads e Generation of UT transactions for LEP e Generation of Policy SI UT transactions anle ORACLE 5 16 1 You can define the alternate trade cycle dates and the override period in the Override Trade Cycle Date screen To invoke this screen type UTDTDCYU in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Override Trade Cycle Date New Enter Query Trade Cycle Date Override Fund ID Fund ISIN Transaction Type All Fund Name Transaction From Date Transaction To Date Dealing Date Settlement Date Price Date Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized You can maintain the following details here Fields in the Ove
134. a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Family ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A The system will fetch all the records whose Family ID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth at ORACLE 2 5 4 2 5 5 Search by 7 The system will fetch all the records whose Family ID ends by numeric value 7 For example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth Search by 17 The system will fetch all the records whose Family ID contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth Fund Family Summary Authorized Open Family ID az Umbrella Type Advanced Search Reset Records per page 15 v 1 of 1 Authorized Open Family ID Family Description FundLevel Immediate ParentID Umbrella Type LBL_UNIQI Editing Fund Family Record You can modify the details of a Fund Family record that you have already entered into the system provided it has not subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows Invoke the Fund Family Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorization Status field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the Unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record t
135. able you must also specify the method of computation applicable Map any required loads to the group in the Group Load Mapping screen Have the load group authorized by another user The Group Definition Summary screen can be used for this This screen can be accessed through the Group Definition Summary menu item in the Maintenance menu category in the Fund Manager component ORACLE 6 1 3 Creating Load Group To create a load group in the system use the FCIS Group Definition Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDGRPDF in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button FCIS Group Definition Detail New 7 Enter Query Group Definition Details LOI Transaction No Group ID Group Description ROA Applicable Yes Include Current Transaction No ForROA ROA Computation Methods Rule Effective Date Remarks Fund Available 1of1 Fund ID Fund Name Fund Identification Number Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized You must specify the following as mandatory information for the creation of a load group e A unique ID for the group and descriptive text qualifying the group in the Group and Description fields in the screen respectively e The date from which this rule is effective e Whether Rights of Accumulation ROA would be applicable fo
136. accepted by default a ORACLE e The TDS Basis field has a default specification Tax exempt and the field is locked for data entry e The option Restrict IDS for Unit Holder is selected and cannot be changed e The Default Distribution Mode field has the option Reinvestment selected and is locked for data entry Dividend Declaration Frequency Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the frequency with which the dividend is to be declared from the options provided Dividend Payment Frequency Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the frequency with which the declared dividends are to be paid As the system supports accumulation of dividends the payment could be for any dividend that has been declared earlier The Dividend Payment Frequency must not be less than Dividend Declaration Frequency Default Distribution Mode Mandatory If the Income Distribution Setup for the unit holder has not yet been specified the fund level default Unit Holder Distribution Mode to be considered for the unit holder can be specified here Any one of the options from the drop down list may be chosen The following values may be entered e Full Payout A C Transfer e Full Payout Check e Full Reinvestment into Source Unit Holder ID and Source Fund If the rules are being setup for a share class fund for which reinvestment is mandatory then this field is defaulted to Full Reinvestment and locked for data entry For stock dividends the option
137. actions like Standing Instructions etc Fields in FBC Access Restriction Screen Restriction Type Mandatory Specify the basis on which you wish to apply restrictions The options are Client and Fund Restriction Mandatory Choose Yes if you want to apply restrictions This prevents the users maintained in the list from performing the operation specified Choose No if you do not want to apply restrictions This ensures that only the users maintained in the list are allowed to perform the operation specified Fund Id Character Mandatory if Restriction Type is Fund Specify the fund ID if you have opted for restriction type Fund ae ORACLE Auto Auth Mandatory If you want the users maintained in the list to be able to authorize their own transactions choose Yes Else choose No If you choose Yes this selection will take precedence over the Auto Auth maintained in the Security Maintenance System RPO Code Character Mandatory if Restriction Type is Client Specify the RPO Code if you have opted for restriction type Client Apply to All Users Mandatory The option you choose here will define if all or only particular users can perform the operation that you have specified Choose No if you wish the restriction on operations to be applicable only to the users maintained in the list Choose Yes if you wish the restriction to be applicable to all
138. al Operating Rules screen Cut Off Days Enter the number of days after the price date beyond which the price date is moved to the next specific pricing cycle For Reporting Check this box to indicate the date entered is to be used for reporting purposes only In this case this date will not be used for the subsequent price date calculation Note You can check more than one Delete box and then click on the link Delete Click on the link Add to add to the transaction types for which you are maintaining the adhoc price date Click Ok button to save Adhoc Price Dates Maintenance Summary Screen You can perform the following operations in the Adhoc Price Dates Maintenance Summary screen You can invoke the Ad Hoc Price Summary screen by typing UTSAHPRWM in the a ORACLE field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Ad Hoc Price Summary Authorized Open SI No ai Fund ID Fund Identification Number GH Advanced Search Reset Records per page 15 v 1 of 1 Authorized Open SI No Fund ID Fund Identification Number Transaction Type Transaction Name Adhoc Pri 5 5 2 1 Retrieving Record in Adhoc Price Dates Maintenance Summary Screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows Invoke the summary screen and specify any or all of t
139. alue Lag for CPMF Bonus Credit Minimum Transaction Amount IRRF Load ID For CPMF CPMF Bonus Type Select One Fund Identification Number Lag Basis Select One Credit Bonus on Outflow No Load Description Applicable Account Types 1of1 Account Type Account Type Description Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Fund Details Fund ID Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the ID for the fund for which the CPMF rule is applicable Fund Identification Number Select the ISIN code of the fund for which the CPMF rule is applicable CPMF Details Section CPMF Bonus Applicable Mandatory Check this box if the CPMF bonus is applicable to investment made in this fund Default CPMFBonus Percentage Value Numeric Mandatory Specify the default percentage value of the CPMF bonus In case the CPMF bonus type is fixed this value will be the value used and it can not be changed CPMF Bonus Type Mandatory Select the type of CPMF Bonus the options being e Fixed e Defined oat ORACLE If the type selected is fixed then no changes can be made to the bonus at the transaction level Lag Basis Mandatory Select the lag basis from the drop down provided the options being e Transaction Date In this case the CPMF bonus will be credited on the transaction date as an EOD activity e User Defined User Defined ln this case lag is specified in Fund CPMF preference which w
140. amendment mode Select Unlock operation from the Action List to amend the record Amend the necessary information and click on Save to save the changes ay ORACLE 2 6 9 2 6 10 2 7 Authorizing Amended Share Class Definition Record An amended Share Class Definition record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can be done only from Fund Manager Module The subsequent process of authorization is the same as that for normal transactions Copying Attributes If you want to create a new Share Class Definition with the same attributes of an existing one you can copy the attributes of an existing Share Class Definition to a new one To copy the attributes e Retrieve the record whose attributes the new Share Class Definition should inherit You can retrieve the record through the Summary screen or through the F7 F8 operation explained in the previous sections of this chapter e Click on Copy e Indicate the ID for the new Share Class Definition You can however change the details of the new maintenance Mapping Sub Fund to Share Class All sub funds that come under any umbrella fund may be mapped to a share class in the system A share class fund is set up for each of these mapping relationships with a unique six character system generated Fund ID This mapping will complete the fund hierarchy for an umbrella fund You can perform this mappin
141. amily Summary Screen ssessisnseeenneeeeeenn 2 4 2 5 4 Editing Fund Family Record sineseeiieeriie ro EA rE E O E 2 5 2 5 5 Viewing Fund Family Record usssierieitisireerrreriiieiiereeiri reer seiii rinitit 2 5 2 5 6 Deleting Fund Family ROCOTO neretri ernieren tiri REE E T 2 6 2 5 7 Authorizing Fund Family Record sessseenserinnnnenrnnennrrnnnnrenrnnnrnnrrnnneernnne 2 6 2 5 8 Amending Fund Family Record sseessesseeeennnneeennnnneernnnneeerrnneeernnnseeenn 2 6 2 5 9 Authorizing Amended Fund Family R COIQ ccccccsccceessteeeeeetnsteeeeteas 2 7 2 5 10 Copying AttriDUteS rrera EOE A OAA EEA EAS 2 7 26 Share Class Definition iae Ee aeaa EA EE A EEEE E EE A 2 7 2 6 1 Fields in Share Class Definition Sereen s sessseiererrnnneerrnnnnnerrrnnreernnnna 2 8 2 6 2 Share Class Definition Summary Screen ooo ccc ent e ete eeeetetneeeeeneeee 2 8 2 6 3 Retrieving Record in Share Class Definition Summary Screen 04 2 8 2 6 4 Editing Share Class Definition Record cccccccceectetteeeettnneeeeeettntneeeetens 2 9 2 6 5 Viewing Share Class Definition ROCOI 0 cccsccccccttieteeeetnteeeeeeetnteeeeetens 2 9 2 6 6 Deleting Share Class Definition Record c ccccceese cette teeteeeteteeteeeanees 2 10 2 6 7 Authorizing Share Class Definition Record cccccceeeeeeteteteeeettnneeeeenees 2 10 2 6 8 Amending Share Class Definition Record cccccccteete eee eeeeneteeteennanees 2 10 2 6 9 Authorizi
142. an invoke this screen by clicking the Fund Formula Setup link from the Fund Demographics screen Fund Formula Setup Fund ID Rule Effective Date Used for Fund Price No Computation 1of1 Component ID Component Type Component Description Formula Fluctuation Default Value Price Basis Parent Bas No Checks Before you set up a Fund Formula record for a fund it is desirable to ensure that the following information is already setup in the system e The fund already has an existing unauthorized Fund Demographics profile record e The fund already has an existing unauthorized Shares Characteristics profile record oa ORACLE 4 4 2 4 4 2 1 4 4 3 e The fund already has an existing unauthorized Transaction Processing Rules profile record Entering Fund Formulae The following considerations must be kept in mind while entering Fund Formulae e Ifa formula is entered for a particular component the formula cannot contain the component itself as an operand For example if NAV is one of the components and a formula is being specified for NAV it cannot contain NAV as one of the factors e Acomponent cannot be part of the factor operand and result for any other component For example if the formula for the component NAV contains the component TxnBP01 as an operand then the formula for the component TxnBP01 cannot contain NAV as an operand e Once you enter a formula it must
143. and cannot be altered If di ORACLE the record retrieved is that of a share class then the unique six character system generated ID is displayed here and this cannot be altered Fund Short Name 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Enter the short name of the fund for which the Fund Demographics profile is being set up in this record If the record of an umbrella fund has been retrieved the Fund Short Name is defaulted to the Family ID and cannot be altered If the record retrieved is that of a share class then the Fund Short Name is defaulted to the name specified in the Sub Fund Share Class Mapping Fund Name 60 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Enter the name of the fund for which the Fund Demographics profile is being set up in this record If the record of an umbrella fund has been retrieved the Fund Name is defaulted to the Family Description and cannot be altered Multi Language Details Link Click Multi Language Details tab to access the Multi Language Details screen The following screen is invoked Multi Language Details Details 1of1 E Language Code Fund Name The Fund Name and the language specified in the Fund Demographics screen are displayed You can re enter the fund name in the languages shown in the screen Refer the chapter Maintaining Reference Information under Reference Information User Manual for information about Multiple language support Fund Start
144. ant to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized records 3 Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen 4 Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Fund Agency Backdating Limit Detail screen is displayed in amendment mode Select Unlock operation from the Action List to amend the record 6 Amend the necessary information and click on Save to save the changes Authorizing Amended Fund Agency Backdating Limit An amended Fund Agency Backdating Limit must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can be done only from Fund Manager Module and Agency Branch module The subsequent process of authorization is the same as that for normal transactions Copying Attributes If you want to create a new Fund Agency Backdating Limit with the same attributes of an existing one you can copy the attributes of an existing Fund Agency Backdating Limit to a new one To copy the attributes 1 Retrieve the record whose attributes the new Fund Agency Backdating Limit should inherit You can retrieve the record through the Summary screen or through the F7 F8 operation explained in the previous sections of this chapter 2 Click on Copy 3 Indicate the ID for t
145. ar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the backdating limits that you wish to maintain FUND AGENCY BACKDATING LIMIT New Enter Query Fund ID ISIN Code Fund Name Short Agency Details 1of1 AgentCode Agency Branch Code Transaction Type Backdating Period Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Checks Before you set up an Agency Branch Backdating limits profile record for a fund it is desirable to ensure that the following information is already setup in the system e The fund already has an existing unauthorized Fund Demographics profile record e The fund already has an existing unauthorized Shares Characteristics profile record e The fund already has an existing unauthorized Transaction Processing Rules profile record for the concerned transaction type Fields in Agency Branch Backdating Setup Screen Fund ID 6 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory The Fund ID is a unique identification for each Fund as defined in Fund Demographics Choose the fund from the list for which the Agency Branch backdating is being set up ISIN Code 12 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the ISIN Code of the fund for which you want to set up agency branch backdating from the options provided If you specify the ISIN Code
146. are retrieved Fund ID Transaction Type Transaction From Date Transaction To Date Dealing Date Settlement Date Price Date Click Search button to view the records All the records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner Press F7 Input the Fund ID Transaction Type andTransaction Date Press F8 alge ORACLE 5 16 2 2 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can also search a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Fund ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A System will fetch all the records whose Fund ID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 etc e Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Fund ID ends by numeric value 7 For example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 etc e Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Fund ID contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 etc Editing an Override Trade Cycle Date Record You can modify the details of an Override Trade Cycle Date record that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as foll
147. as a High Water Mark HWM has been reached and each of the Series of Unit have paid incentive fees the Series Il and Series III Unit can now be consolidated into the Lead Series This can be archived by using Corporate Action screen by choosing the Series Fund Merger option to merge GFUND2 Series II and GFUND3 Series III into GFNUD1 Lead Series as below e Units created for Investor B Lead Series NAV of GFUND2 NAV of GFUND1 Units allotted to Investor B Therefore Investor B s units are worth US 1 168 00 which equates to 923 466 units at the NAV per Lead Series at US 1 264 80 each e Units created for Investor C Lead Series NAV of GFUND3 NAV of GFUND71 Units allotted to Investor C Investor C will effectively liquidate his 1 000 Unit of US 1 080 000 and invest the proceeds of that liquidation into the Lead Series at US 1 264 80 per share to receive 853 890 Lead Series Unit Fields in Corporate Action Maintenance Screen Basic Information Section Corporate Action Type Mandatory From the drop down list select the type of corporate action for which you are maintaining the processing parameters in this screen The types available are liquidation split reverse split and merger oe ORACLE Corporation Action Date Date Mandatory Specify the date on which the corporate action falls due for processing This must be the same as the current date or a future date The implications for the f
148. ass Summary screen Retrieving Record in Sub fund Share Class Summary screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows Invoke the Sub Fund Share Class Summary screen by typing UTSSUBFN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button and specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields e The status of the record in the Authorization Status field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved e The status of the record in the Record Status field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records are retrieved e Share Class ID e Fund ld Click Search button to view the records All the records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner e Press F7 e Input the Share Class ID e Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can also search a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value anig ORACLE 2 7 4 2 7 5 Example You can search the record for Share Class ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A The system will fetch all the rec
149. at Optional Specify the first date for dividend declaration for the fund The system considers the first dividend date in arriving at the date for dividend processing as follows First dividend processing First Dividend Declare Date Dividend Declaration Frequency Dividend Payment Frequency The system also uses the first dividend declare date to arrive at the next dividend declare date applying the specified declaration frequency If you do not specify the first dividend declare date the fiscal year specified for the fund is used to determine the next dividend declare date Holiday Rule Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the rule to be applied if the dividend processing date falls on a holiday You can select either the PRIOR rule the previous working day is considered or the AFTER rule the next working day is considered for the dividend type The holiday rule you select here will be applicable to all dividend processing dates that have been arrived at using a frequency They are not applicable to dates arrived at using lead times or lag periods Pay Dividends During Redemption Optional Select this option to indicate that dividends may be paid during redemption Special Dividend Optional Select Yes in this field to indicate that special dividends are applicable for the fund This feature is only available if your installation has requested for it Mock Dividend Optional Select Yes in this field to i
150. ates based on the definitions in Pricing Frequency Definition screen Forward Pricing Not Applicable If you indicate forward pricing is not allowed you will be able to view the fields in the screen given above You must specify the following information in the Details section to set up a specific pricing date Price Day Date format Mandatory Indicate the specific date on which the price used for allocation is declared Consequent to this first price date the system will arrive at the next price date by taking into consideration the price frequency The date specified here must be the Rule Effective Date Future dates cannot be specified Price Month Specify the month when the price is to be user input ate ORACLE 4 8 2 1 Price Week Specify the month when the price is to be user input Price Frequency Definition Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the frequency at which the pricing dates will occur The adjoining option list displays the valid price frequency definition codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one In the option list you will find information on price frequency and the price frequency definition Automatic Generation of Prices for Funds with Specific Pricing Dates Choose one of the following options for automatic fund price generation from the drop down list e Auto Generate Fund Prices using the last available price and authorize the same e Auto Generate Fund Prices using the last
151. ation as follows Invoke the Share Class Definition Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorization Status field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the Unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified Click Search button All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Share Class Definition Detail screen is displayed Select Unlock Operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information Click Save to save your changes The Share Class Definition Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Share Class Definition Summary screen 2 6 5 Viewing Share Class Definition Record To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the Share Class Definition Summary screen as follows Invoke the Share Class Definition Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of t
152. ation is defaulted from the Fund Demographics screen Rule Effective Date Display The Rule Effective Date for the fund which you specified in the Fund Demographics screen is displayed here Country Code Optional Choose only the countries that you wish to allow for the fund from the option list When you do not choose any country all the countries are allowed for the fund Fund Sale Country Restrictions This fund rule facilitates the maintenance of restrictions in respect of the fund being allowed for sale or operations in certain countries You can maintain a list of countries as the only countries where the fund is allowed for sale To set up the country of sale restrictions for a fund use the Fund Sale Country Restriction screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the Fund Sale Country link from the Fund Demographics screen Fund Sale Country Fund ID Rule Effective Date 1of1 Country Code Checks Before you set up a Fund Sale Country Restriction profile record for a fund it is desirable to ensure that the following information is already setup in the system e The fund already has an existing unauthorized Fund Demographics profile record e The countries of domicile must be identified in the system in the Country Maintenance 09 ORACLE 4 6 2 4 7 4 7 1 Fields in Fund Sale Country Restriction Screen Fund ID Display This field indicates the ID fund for which you are s
153. authorizes a transaction details of validation if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Amending Fund Entity Mapping After a Fund Entity Mapping is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization e Invoke the Fund Entity Mapping Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized records e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Fund Entity Mapping Detail screen is displayed in amendment mode Select Unlock operation from the Action List to amend the record e Amend the necessary information and click on Save to save the changes Authorizing Amended Fund Entity Mapping An amended Fund Entity Mapping maintenance must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can be done only from Fund Manager Module and Agency Branch module The subsequent process of authorization is the same as that for normal tran
154. available price but do not authorize the same e Do not Auto Genertae Fund Prices Note As mentioned earlier if specific pricing has been defined for a fund the specific pricing parameters would take precedence over the pricing method and frequency defined in the General Operating Rules for the fund Also the prices for funds with specific pricing are only picked up on the specific pricing date the Price Day For such funds you may require fund price information on all working days of the selected calendar fund or system even though the price is picked up for transactions only on the specific pricing date You can indicate automatic generation of fund prices for such funds When you indicate automatic generation of fund prices the system uses the last available price for the fund and automatically generates the fund price for each working day You can specify the required option for automatic generation of prices in the Auto Generation of Fund Prices field Note Automatic generation of fund prices is available only for funds with specific pricing Automatic generation of fund prices takes place only for those funds with specific pricing for which the specific pricing frequency is any frequency other than Daily Details Section Transaction Type Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the type of transaction for which the specific pricing date is applicable for the fund First Price Date Indicate the specific
155. ave selected the Lower of Amount Units option as the Minimum Holdings Indicator for redemption switch and transfer transactions You have also specified the Minimum Holdings Amount value as 1200 USD and the Minimum Holdings Units value as 1000 units The minimum holdings validation is required to be enforced for CIFs and not for individual unit holders To arrive at the minimum holdings value against which the validation would be made the redeemable value of 1000 units is computed at the redemption price If the redemption price is 0 8 the redeemable value 1000 0 8 800 USD The redeemable value obtained 800 USD is compared with the Minimum Holdings Amount specified 1200 USD Since the Minimum Holdings Indicator chosen is Lower of Amount Units the minimum holdings value to be validated against is 800 USD Therefore the redeemable value of total number of units held by all unit holders under a CIF in the Burton Carey Fund must equal or exceed 800 USD for redemption switch or transfer transaction involving a CIF If the Minimum Holdings Indicator were selected as Higher of Amount Units the higher value 1200 USD would be considered as the minimum holdings value against which the validation would be made Therefore the redeemable value of total number of units held by all unit holders under a CIF in the Burton Carey Fund would have to equal or exceed 1200 USD for a redemption switch or transfer transaction
156. ay when the fund price is not available indicated in the field Fund Price Holiday In such a case you will be allowed to enter the fund price on the next working day even if it is a fund holiday oH ORACLE 5 7 2 5 7 2 1 Example The application dates of Transaction A and Transaction B mapped to FundA are the 16 and 17 of December 2004 respectively If the price of the fund is not available on both days Fund Price Maintenance can be skipped You will still be allowed to run EOD processes You can enter the prices applicable on the 16 and 17 on the 18 of December 2004 if available During allocation the system will use the fund price entered against the 16 of December for Transaction A and the 17 of December for Transaction B Note Bulk upload of fund prices will exclude all funds for which fund price is not available for the day The price for these funds will be accepted on the next working day and the effec tive date will be reflected as shown above The following batch processes will exclude all funds for which fund price is not available for the day Allocation Trading Trailer Commission Fund Price Holiday Maintenance Summary Screen You can invoke the Fund Price Holiday Maintenance Summary screen by typing UTSFPHOL in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Fund Price Holiday Maintenance Summary
157. be tested successfully for it to be saved and applied To test a formula click the Test button The Fund Price Component screen is opened and you must specify a component value that will be used in computing the results of the formula Definition of Additional Components with Fund Prices You can record additional components to be used for reporting along with the fund price such as tax information interim profit stock profit capital gains accumulated gains and so on For instance you may wish to include tax information as part of the Fund Price information but you may wish to indicate that the tax information you provide must not be used for actual price computation Note This feature is only available if your installation has specifically requested for it An ex haustive note on this feature is found in the Annexure The discussion in this chapter per tains only to definition of fund formula using components used in fund price computation Fields in Fund Formula Screen Fund ID Display This field indicates the ID fund for which you are setting up the Fund Formula This information is defaulted from the Fund Demographics screen Rule Effective Date Display The Rule Effective Date for the fund which you specified in the Fund Demographics screen is displayed here Used for Fund Price computation Indicate from the drop down list if the rule is for fund price computation or not eat ORACLE 4 4 3 1 F
158. billion he will have to consider entering two transactions neither exceeding a maximum limit of 999999999999 999 Minimum Units Numeric Mandatory Specify the minimum number of units that an investor who subscribes through the selected means of purchase can transact in this fund through an IPO or subscription transaction Maximum Units Numeric Mandatory Specify the maximum number of units that an investor who subscribes through the selected means of purchase can transact in this fund through an IPO or subscription transaction The maximum volume of a single transaction that is entered should never exceed or be equal to the figure of one billion in terms of units For example if the user wishes to enter a transaction of 1 5 billion units he will have to consider entering two transactions neither exceeding a maximum limit of 999999999 999999 units Disallow First Transaction Check this box to ensure that the users transacting in this fund are not allowed to communicate through the selected communication channels By default this box will be unchecked This option is applicable for the first subscription for the combination unit holder and fund Note Subscription transactions will be treated as initial purchase if the balance is zero for the combination of unit holder and fund e ORACLE 4 1 8 Ifthe client country parameter is set to SIRULEATFREQ for your bank please refer to Annexure for further d
159. bscription transactions to be redeemed are selected in the following order of priority e Not in the Lock in period for gains e Lower IOF percentage e Lower IRRF percentage e Greater number of days to change the IRRF slab Funds following the IRRF IOF taxation method need to be classified as Pension Funds and Non Pension Funds FIFO across products In money market funds in which there is a daily declaration of dividend the ordering of transactions for ageing in the event of redemption is based on the FIFO principle In addition the dividend due to the unit holder as a result of the transactions that has been distributed in the present payment cycle is also considered After the dividend computation is made and the appropriate tax deducted the transactions are ordered for ageing based on non taxable and taxable holdings of the unit holder across products in the following sequence 1 Units for which the retention period has expired and which have already gone through a minimum of one dividend cycle and are taxable 2 Units for which the retention period has expired and which have not gone through a single dividend cycle and are taxable 3 Units for which the retention period has expired and which have already gone through a minimum of one dividend cycle and are not taxable 4 Units for which the retention period has expired and which have not gone through a single dividend cycle and are taxable 5 Units for which
160. c Mandatory Indicate the maximum number of decimals that would be reckoned for rounding precision for the transaction base price Rounding Options for Base Price 1 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Indicate whether the base price value must be rounded off or truncated for the selected transaction type for the fund Rounding Precision for Unit Price 1 Character Maximum Numeric Mandatory Indicate the maximum number of decimals that would be reckoned for rounding precision for the unit price for the selected transaction type Rounding Options for Unit Price Alphanumeric Mandatory Indicate the rounding options for the value of the unit price for the selected transaction type for the fund i ORACLE Choose Round Up to indicate rounding the value at the precision decimal place to the next higher numeral Choose Round Off to indicate normal rounding at the precision decimal Choose Round Down to indicate truncation of the value at the precision decimal place Example Let us suppose that the unit price computed for a subscription transaction is 10 561234 and that this value must be rounded to the 3 decimal place If you indicate rounding up then the value reckoned would be 10 562 If you indicate rounding off then applying normal rounding off rules the value reckoned would be 10 561 If you indicate rounding down or truncation then the value would be truncated as it is in the 3 4 deci
161. c ccccccceectceseeeeeteennteeeeeeeenanes 5 109 5 14 2 Fields in Bank Statement Search Option Frame 2 cscccceceeeeeeeeeees 5 110 5 14 3 Fields in Trade Search Option Section 00 1 2 ccccccccceeeeneeeeeceeeeeeeteeeetettees 5 113 5 14 4 Bank Reconciliation Summary Screen ccccceeeteteeteeeteeteeneeteetennaees 5 115 5 14 5 Authorizing Bank Reconciliation cc ceccetett ee cetneeeeteeeeeeeeetenaeeteeteenatens 5 118 Computing Performance Fee for Hedge Funds 0 ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeesnneeeeeeenaas 5 118 5 15 1 Processing Performance Fee PayMent ccccccsseecessieeeeeenteeteeeeenaees 5 119 5 15 2 Processing Performance Fee Accrual cccccccseceeeeenseeeeeeeennieeeeseenaas 5 120 5 15 3 Modifying Performance Fee Calculation Method ccccccccceceeteteees 5 120 5 15 4 Series Method of Performance Fee Calculation 0 ccccccccsecccsseeeeeeeeeees 5 122 5 16 Maintaining Override Trade Cycles Date For Funds cecsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 122 5 16 1 Fields in the Override Trade Cycle Date Screen ccccciccceeeetttteeeetees 9 123 5 16 2 Override Trade Cycle Date Summary Screen wo eect ttte eet tttteee ete 9 125 6 Setting UP Load Groups ccccccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 6 1 Gil Load Groups aee a aa e ees a Lagden cabarets tne dade da aa eee a tata aed aae adie 6 1 6 1 1 Rights Of ACCUMULATION eenias aa i A A O 6 1 6 1 2 Creating toad
162. cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeteeeeetteeteees 7 1 7 2 1 Features of IRA ProCeSSing ccccccesseeeceeenteeeeeeeentieeeceeeniieeeseesiaeeeeesenaaes 7 1 7 2 2 Maintenance for IRA Processing c ccccccssseeeeseenneeeeteeentaeeetseenaeeteesenaaes 7 2 2 3 Plans for TRA EEI ETE E E os ni ea ede bol eds 7 2 7 2 4 Investment Transactions in IRA PLANS 2 cccseceeceeceeeeeeeeetecteentaaeeneeeteess 7 2 8 Punction ID Glossary saccsceieic teats cesestztieccotets tcp etiegenee th ini eenei naien Eien 8 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 About This Manual Introduction Welcome to Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing a comprehensive mutual funds automation software from Oracle Financial Servicing Software Ltd This Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing User Manual helps you use the system to achieve optimum automation of all your mutual fund investor servicing processes It contains guidelines for specific tasks descriptions of various features and processes in the system and general information Related Documents The User Manual is organized in to various parts each discussing a component of the Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing system Audience This Fund Manager User Manual is intended for the Fund Administrator users and system operators in the AMC Organization This volume of the Fund Manager User manual is organized under the following chapter sequence About This Manual explains the structure aud
163. ccount are to be considered for ROA Any individual fund for which the AMC designates Rights of Accumulation as applicable are called ROA funds and any group of such funds is called an ROA group An investor that opts to avail of the Rights of Accumulation is called an ROA investor Also the investor can override the AMC option of availing ROA at a CIF account level Interpreting the history of investments The interpretation of the past investments of an investor in the case of Rights of Accumulation for any ROA group of funds would be based on any of the following aspects at the AMC choice e Option 1 The total amount invested by the investor in all the funds in an ROA group of the AMC as on the transaction date e Option 2 The product of the current holdings in all funds of the ROA group and the prevalent NAV for each fund in the ROA group on the transaction date e Option 3 The product of the current holdings in all funds of the ROA group and the prevalent subscription price for each fund in the ROA group on the transaction date e Option 4 Option 1 or 2 depending upon which of the two values is higher e Option 5 Option 1 or 3 depending upon which of the two values is higher oal ORACLE e Option 6 The total value of the transactions entered into on the current business day in all individual funds as well as funds forming part of a load group or a plan or policy portfolio This option is known as th
164. cessing Options Transaction Cancellation Period Check Writing Automatic Redemption No Minimum Balance Type Allowed Elapsed Days Minimum Balance Automatic Redemption Allowed Optional Select Yes in this screen to indicate that Automatic Redemption is to be allowed for the fund This is applicable only for Open Ended funds When the balance the unit holder falls below a defined minimum level then the investor will be intimated about it and will be provided with some lead time to either increase the balance above the minimum level or redeem all his units After the elapsed lead time if the unit holder balance still lies below the defined minimum level then the automatic redemption of those units will be done If automatic redemption is allowed for the fund and this box is checked the following fields are enabled Elapsed Days 7 Characters Maximum Numeric Optional Enter the number of days from the date of intimation after which Automatic Redemption will be initiated This is the lead time provided to the investor Minimum Balance Type 1 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Enter the type of Minimum balance amount units to be maintained for Automatic Redemption Choose from list Minimum Balance Numeric Optional Enter the minimum balance in amounts units based on what balance type has been specified above to be maintained for Automatic Redemption Specifying Minimum Maximum Holdings Check You
165. ch in notice period The criteria based flat percentage or amount based load can be setup for transactions which breached the notice period based on this indicator Note There is no change in deriving dealing date logic The system will not re validate the trans action for any changes in the holiday calendar post transaction save Transaction Threshold Amount Specify a threshold amount for redemption type transaction On saving a redemption transaction the system will display a warning message if the transaction amount in fund base currency is greater than the maintained threshold amount wee ORACLE 4 1 8 2 In case of unit based transaction units applied and latest available NAV will be used to derive the basis value for comparison The system will use the par value if latest NAV is not available Similarly for multi currency transaction to derive the basis value for comparison the transaction base currency is converted to fund base currency based on the transaction exchange rate If transaction s exchange rate is not available then the system will use the latest available exchange rate as per project allocation logic The system will not validate the transaction value with maintained threshold amount if the exchange rate is not available SI Specific Info Section In this section you can maintain the rules for standing instruction generation that are to be applicable for the fund You can maintain the followi
166. cified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner Press F7 Input the Fund Id Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can also search a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Fund ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID ends by numeric value 7 For example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Search by 17 The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth You can use the Summary screen for authorizing or deleting in bulk Select the records and authorize using the Authorize button or delete using Delete button Editing Price Date Change Maintenance You can modify the details of Price Date Change Maintenance that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows 1 Invoke the Price Date C
167. closing period that signifies the dates between which transactions into the fund are suspended for processing the liquidation The exchange rate source applicable and the exchange rate date 5 13 8 2 Maintaining Details for Split For fund splits you must maintain the details mentioned below in the Corporate Actions Maintenance screen Select the Split option in the Corporate Action Type field Date of split ID and ISIN code of the resultant or child fund Specify this in the Resultant Fund section in the screen If a new resultant fund is to be created by the split click on the Create Fund link to create the new fund Corporate Actions Maintanence New t amp 3 Enter Query Basic Information Corporate Action Type Select Corporate Action Date Corporate Action Status Unprocessed X Fund Information Fund ID ISIN Code Price Information Liquidation Price Lot Size Liquidation Price Lot Fractions Allowed No New Unit Par Value No of Decimals Other Information Holiday Rule Prior Payment Lag Days Threshold Amount Auto Initiation No Book Closing From Date Book Closing To Date Exchange Rate Source Exchange Rate Date Units For Corporate Action Payment Currency Select Select One Capital Payout Rate Include Prior Capital Select M Update IDS No Redeemed Units Update SI No C MergeDetails InvCategoryMap FundCopy Fund ID Rat
168. cord is physically deleted from the system database Authorizing Fund Agency Backdating Limit An unauthorized Fund Agency Backdating Limit must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record 1 Invoke the Fund Agency Backdating Limit Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen 4 Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Fund Agency Backdating Limit Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List When a checker authorizes a transaction details of validation if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Amending Fund Agency Backdating Limit After a Fund Agency Backdating Limit is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization on ORACLE 5 2 3 7 5 2 3 8 5 3 1 Invoke the Fund Agency Backdating Limit Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you w
169. cord that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Fund Investment Component Detail screen is displayed e Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database Authorizing a Fund Investment Component Record e An unauthorized Fund Investment Component record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the Fund Investment Component Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Fund Investment Component Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List When a checker authorizes a transaction details of validation if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction TOR ORACLE 3 8 3 6 Amending Fund Investment Component Record After a Fund Investment Component record is authorized it can be modified u
170. cords that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Corporate Actions Detail screen is displayed in View mode oe ORACLE 5 13 10 4 Deleting Corporate Actions Record You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered e Invoke the Corporate Actions Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Corporate Actions Detail screen is displayed e Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database 5 13 10 5 Authorizing Corporate Actions Record An unauthorized Corporate Actions record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e In
171. corporate actions that fall due either on the current date or on the next working day Click the Fetch Corporate Action button to submit the background job that performs the validations and then click on the View Corporate Action Results button to display the results in the list portion of the screen The following details are displayed for each check e Messages in respect of performing the validation e Whether the message is a standard one or is specific to the corporate action e Whether the resolution of the message is critical to the execution of the corporate action Those validations marked critical must be resolved for successful execution of the corporate action e The number count for the message e Toview the message details for each validation click the list box alongside the message row 20 ORACLE Click on the Details button the Corporate Actions Online Check Details screen is opened Corporate Actions Fund Online Check In the Corporate Actions Online Check Details screen you can view information on the following e Code e Fund e Sub Count For more information about the pre processing validations refer the section titled Pre processing Validations in this chapter 5 13 11 3 Executing Corporate Actions Manually To recall you can manually execute a corporate action on the corporate action date in the Corporate Action Processing screen You can invoke the Corporate Actio
172. d CPMF Detail screen is displayed Select Unlock Operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information Click Save to save your changes The Fund CPMF Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Fund CPMF Summary screen 5 8 1 3 Viewing Fund CPMF Record To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the Fund CPMF Summary screen as follows Invoke the Fund CPMF Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorized field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Fund CPMF Detail screen is displayed in View mode 5 8 1 4 Deleting Fund CPMF Record You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered Invoke the Fund CPMF Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion ov ORACLE 5 8 1 5 5 8 1 6 5 8 1 7 5 8 1 8 e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding
173. d Fund in which Switch In transaction type should be Critical maintained Fund in which fraction is not allowed but rounding rules Critical for units is not TRUNCATE 5 13 11 6 System Processing for Corporate Actions Liquidation During execution the corporate actions procedure picks up all liquidations whose corporate action date is the same as the current date and with status as unprocessed or error Subsequently the pre processing checks are performed The liquidation procedure is then executed which performs the following actions e Balances of all unit holders balances in the current fund as of a date less than the action date are picked up and full redemptions in the fund are generated in respect of these unit holders e lf areversal or an amendment has been done after original processing a reversal transaction is generated for all transactions for the day with a reference type indicating liquidation e Any underlying standing instructions for the unit holders are marked as Cancelled if any reversal has been done after original processing the original SI status is restored 37104 ORACLE Any unexecuted limit orders for the unit holders are marked as EXPIRED and the limit status for underlying limit orders is marked as ungenerated Fund Split Reverse Split During execution the corporate actions procedure picks up all splits or reverse splits as applicable whose cor
174. d Select the Entity Type from the list given in the drop down menu The options in the list are similar to those in the From Entity Type field list ey ORACLE Mandatory Mandatory Select Mandatory or Optional to specify whether the load is mandatory or optional from the options provided Priority Number 5 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Enter a value to specify the priority number in case of optional loads For a mandatory load the priority number is set to 0 and for an optional load the priority number should be unique i e for a given load group no more than one load can have the same priority number GL Account Code Alphanumeric Optional Specify the code that will be used to map this load to its corresponding charge code in the external system When transaction information is exported to an external system if separate books of accounts are to be posted for different loads this code will be used to identify this load information in the export data Contra Account Code Alphanumeric Optional Specify the code that will be used to identify the second leg of accounting entries for any transaction in the event of exporting of transaction information to an external system Send for GL Interface Optional Select Yes in this field to indicate that accounting entries due only to the selected load must be posted to the external asset management system for the load group Debit or Credit Optional Ind
175. d details maintained for the product under which the plan was purchased will apply to the plan You can however make appropriate changes as necessary to the guidelines when you maintain the details of the plan in the system Investment Transactions in IRA Plans An investor who subscribes to a retirement plan subscribes an initial amount which may or may not be increased during the tenor of the plan Contributing additional investments during the tenor of the plan can increase in the investment amount provided additional investments are allowed for the product in which the plan is purchased If the product involves a product type for which premiums are also applicable the investment can also be increased by premiums Therefore the following inflow investments could occur into an IRA plan e An initial investment e Additional investment if allowed for the product in which the plan is subscribed e Premiums if premiums are allowed for the product in which the plan is subscribed Earnings from the investment could be availed through partial or complete withdrawals or through annuities provided withdrawals and annuities are applicable for the product in which the plan is subscribed You can enter and process each of these transactions in the system Each of the transactions when requested could be directed into any of the funds opted for by the investor in the product under which the plan was purchased All the transaction processi
176. d No Open Authorized Label Code Enter the label of the additional information field Field Value Enter the value in this field Based on the entity add info mapping all mapped additional information is displayed here 0 ORACLE 5 4 6 Fund Price Maintenance Summary Screen You can perform the following operations in the Fund Price Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTSFPRIC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Fund Price Summary Authorized Open Fund ID a Effective Date Declared NAV Lot az Search Advanced Search Reset Records per page 15 v 10f1 Authorized Open FundiD Effective Date Declared NAV Lot Amend Transactions Real NAV Lot Total Net As 5 4 6 1 Retrieving Record in the Fund Price Maintenance Summary Screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows Invoke the Fund Price Summary screen by typing UTSFPRIC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields e The status of the record in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved e The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records are retrieved e Fund ID
177. d Redemption e SER Series Method Description The description associated with the computation method selected gets displayed here Performance Fee Numeric Optional Specify the percentage of the fund value that needs to be given as the performance fee Accrual Frequency Optional Select the frequency of accrual of performance fee from the options provided in the drop down list e Daily e Weekly e Monthly e Quarterly e Yearly Payment Frequency Optional Select the frequency of payment of performance fee from the options provided in the drop down list e Monthly e Quarterly e Half yearly e Yearly Next Accrual Date Date Optional Specify the date on which the accrual of the performance fee should happen next You need to specify this value only once during initial fund setup 388 ORACLE 3 7 1 2 For subsequent accruals this date gets displayed automatically based on the accrual frequency Next Payment Date Date Optional Specify the date on which the payment of the performance fee should happen next You need to specify this value only once during initial fund setup For subsequent payments this date gets displayed automatically based on the accrual frequency Last Accrual Date The system automatically displays the date on which performance fee accrual happened last Last Payment Date The system automatically displays the date on which performance fee was paid last Hurdle Rate Details S
178. d here You can also maintain the rounding precision pattern for allocation of units in this screen To set up the Shares Characteristics rule for a fund use the Shares Characteristics screen You can invoke this screen by clicking Shares Characteristics tab from the Fund Rules screen Shares Characteristics Basic Information Fund ID Rule Effective Date ScripBased Certificate Option Rounding Precision For Units Unit Par Value Max No Of Unit Holders Rounding Option For Units Round Off Max Registered Capital E EPPEN Certificate Required For Block No Min Registered Capital Maximum Registered Units Preferences Alc Statement Lead Time Print Holding Statement No Account statement frequency Daily Print Account Statement No Foreign Investors Limit Limit By Amount Limit Allowed No Limit Value Certificate Details Standard Lot Start Issue No Prefix DNR Code Start DNR No Min Cert Denomination Holding Limit for Investor Category Checks Prefix Code Last Issue No Last DNR No Max Cert Denomination User Override Allowed No Before you set up a Shares Characteristics profile record for a fund it is desirable to ensure that the fund already has an existing unauthorized Fund Rules profile record ORACLE 3 5 2 3 5 2 1 Fields in Shares Characteristics Setup Screen Basic Information Section Fund ID Display This fiel
179. d indicates the ID fund for which you are setting up the Shares Characteristics profile This information is defaulted from the Fund Demographics screen Rule Effective Date Display The Rule Effective Date for the fund which you specified in the Fund Demographics screen is displayed here Scrip Based Alphanumeric Mandatory In this field you can designate the applicability of certificate issue for investment in the fund According to the option you select here you can e Designate that certificate issue for the fund is mandatory This means that certificates must be issued to unit holders for transactions in the fund To indicate this choose the Scrip Based option in this field e Designate that certificate issue is not mandatory for the fund This means that certificates are not required to be issued to unit holders for transactions in the fund To indicate this choose the Scrip Less option in this field If you do so the fund is a scrip less fund and you can designate that certificates must be issued only for block transactions if so needed by checking the Certificate Required For Block check box in this screen e Designate that certificate issue is to be based on the choice of the investor at the time of transacting In such a case certificates will be issued only if the investor specifically requests for certificates at the time of entering into a transaction To indicate this select Certificate Option in t
180. d that you have previously entered Invoke the Fund Entity Mapping Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Fund Entity Mapping Detail screen is displayed Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database 5 1 3 5 Authorizing Fund Entity Mapping An unauthorized Fund Entity Mapping must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record Invoke the Fund Entity Mapping Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen a0 ORACLE 5 1 3 6 5 2 e Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Fund Entity Mapping Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List When a checker
181. d that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified e Click Search button All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Group Load Mapping Detail screen is displayed e Select Unlock Operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information e Click Save to save your changes The Group Load Mapping Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Group Load Summary screen 6 2 4 3 Viewing Group Load Mapping To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the Group Load Mapping Summary screen as follows e Invoke the Group Load Mapping Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Gres ORACLE Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retriev
182. d transaction entered the system will pick up the relevant override trade cycle maintenance based on the type and date of the transaction Existing override trade cycle maintenances can be closed only if there are no non reversed or unauthorized transactions in the system ale ORACLE 5 16 2 Override Trade Cycle Date Summary Screen Invoke the Override Trade Cycle Date Summary screen by typing UTSTDCYL in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Override Trade Cycle Date Summary Transaction From Date Es Transaction To Date Authorized Open Fund ID B Transaction Type Dealing Date e Settlement Date Price Date Advanced Search Records per page 15 v 1 of 1 Authorized Open FundID Transaction Type Transaction From Date Transaction To Date Dealing Date Sett You can perform the following operations in the Override Trade Cycle Date Summary screen 5 16 2 1 Retrieving Record in Override Trade Cycle Date Summary screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows Specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields The status of the record in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records
183. datory Enter a lead time in days This lead time is to prompt the Registrar that the processing of Account Statement should happen within this lead time Print Account Statement Optional Select Yes in this field to indicate that the Account Statement is to be printed for the fund that is being set up Print Holdings Statement Optional Select Yes in this field to indicate that the Holdings Statement is to be printed for the fund that is being set up Foreign Investors Limit Section Limit Allowed Mandatory Select Yes in this field to indicate the fund that is being set up is allows Foreign Investors to invest in the fund Limit By Mandatory Choose Amount if the foreign investors limit is in terms of a flat Amount or choose Percentage if the limit is to be defined in terms of percentage of Registered Capital oa ORACLE 3 5 2 3 Limit Value Numeric Optional Enter a value to specify the percentage of fund corpus that foreigners are allowed to hold This could be either a percentage of Fund Corpus or a flat Amount If it is a percentage then it cannot be greater than 100 If this is entered as a flat amount then it should never exceed or be equal to the figure of one hundred trillion Certificate Details Section For funds in which certificate generation is mandatory or is at the option of the unit holder you must specify the details of the certificate denominations as ma
184. datory Select Yes if the fund for which you wish to maintain the fund entity association is an umbrella fund a ORACLE Fund ID 6 Character Maximum Mandatory Select the fund for which you want to map entities from the options provided If you specify the fund the ISIN Code of the selected fund is displayed in the ISIN Code field You can also map all the funds to an entity by selecting All option from the option list If you have selected the All option then any new fund created in the system will be automatically mapped to this entity You will not be able to map individual fund to this entity Similarly if individual fund is mapped to an entity then the system will not allow you to map all the funds to the same entity Entity Type Alphanumeric Mandatory You can use this field to indicate the type of entity that is to be associated with the selected fund You can associate any of the following entities e Agent e Investor e Individual Investor Categories e Corporate Investor Categories e Check Vendor e Clearing Agent e CIF Number e Broker If you are maintaining a restrictive positive list of CIFs that you wish to disallow allow to transact into the specified fund you must select the CIF Number option in this field If you select the CIF Number option you can also specify the appropriate restriction category and any remarks in the Restriction Category and Remarks fields Entity ID 12 C
185. ding instructions too If a reversal or an amendment has been done after original processing a reversal transaction is generated for all transactions for the day with a reference type indicating split or reverse split Fractional units if any that result from the processing of the corporate action are computed When the new fund is not the same as the old fund The system checks that the new fund is an authorized fund in the system with no existing holdings The fund rule of the new fund is amended and the par value changed to reflect the latest split reverse split ratio values Balances of all unit holders balances in the old fund as of a date less than the action date are picked up Unit based switch transactions are initiated for the unit holders Any underlying standing instructions for the unit holders in the old fund are marked as expired if any reversal has been done after original processing the original SI status is restored Any unexecuted limit orders for the unit holders in the old fund are marked as EXPIRED and the limit status for underlying limit orders is marked as ungenerated The corporate action is processed after checking the holiday rules for all the funds If a reversal or an amendment has been done after original processing a reversal transaction is generated for all transactions for the day with a reference type indicating split or reverse split a 108 ORACLE Fractional unit
186. ds All the records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner Press F7 Input the Group ID Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can also search a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Group ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A The system will fetch all the records whose Group ID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 The system will fetch all the records whose Group ID ends by numeric value 7 For example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Search by 17 The system will fetch all the records whose Group ID contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth SUMMARY Authorized Group ID a Advanced Search L Reset Records perpage 15 v 1 ofa Authorized Open Group ID Rule Effective Date Default LOI Period Days Escrow Percentage Prior Credit Perio Bile ORACLE 6 1 8 2 Editing Load Group Characteristics Maintenance You can modify the details of a Load Group Characteristics Maintenance that you have already entered into the system
187. ds to facilitate ease of operation Cut off Week Specify the cut off week for funds Cut off Month Specify the cut off month for funds Cut off Frequency Optional Select the transaction cut off date options for different frequencies from the options in the drop down list e Daily Based on Price Date e Weekly e Fortnightly e Monthly e Quarterly e Half Yearly e Yearly Cut off Frequency Definition Optional Specify the frequency at which the cut off should take place by choosing one of the following from the drop down list e Based on weekend and weekday e Based on Month Day ORACLE 4 8 2 2 User Defined Price Date Section Price Date If you choose the option User Defined you should specify the price dates You can specify the Price Dates in the Details section by clicking on the option list This is enabled only when the Pricing Frequency Definition option is User Defined In all cases if the next price date falls on a holiday the holiday rule set for the specific date setup is applied to arrive at the next price date You can also specify the last day of the cycle month quarter half year or year as the price date To do this check the option Based on last specified day of the cycle Prices are made available on the last day of the cycle that you specify You can specify any weekday from Sunday to Saturday as the last day For instance if you have specified a monthly frequency enabled th
188. dy entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows e Invoke the FBC Access Restriction Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified e Click Search button or press F8 All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The FBC Access Restriction Detail screen is displayed e Select Unlock Operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information e Click Save to save your changes The FBC Access Restriction Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the FBC Access Restriction Summary screen 5 12 2 3 Viewing FBC Access Restriction To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the FBC Access Restriction Summary screen as follows e Invoke the FBC Access Restriction Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorized field You can also view all records that are either una
189. e Based on last specified day of the cycle option and specified Sunday as the last day prices are made available on the last Sunday of each month Note The prices that are generated will be used for reporting only You will however be allowed to Edit Amend the Unauthorized Authorized fund price that is generated if any Adhoc Price Dates are maintained that day Specifying Price Date Options for Different Frequencies You can specify the price date options for different frequencies according to the guidelines in the table below Pricing Price Frequency Price Day Price Week Month Remarks Daily Prices will be made availa ble on all days of the chosen cal endar Weekly Any day from Prices will be Sunday to Satur picked up as day on the speci fied price day Fortnightly Any day from Either the first Prices will be Sunday to Satur week or the picked up as day for the second week on the speci selected week of the fortnight fied price day Monthly Any day from the Prices will be based on 48t to the 31 of picked up as month day the month on the speci fied price day ve ORACLE 4 8 2 3 eae Price Day Price Week Huon Remarks Monthly Any day from Any week from Prices will be based on Sunday to Satur the first to the picked up as week and day for the last week of on the speci weekday selected week the month fied price day Quarterly Any day from A
190. e Exchange Rate Date Units For Corporate Action Payment Currency Select Select One Capital Payout Rate Include Prior Capital Select Update IDS fal Redeemed Units oe Update SI No SplivReverseSpiitDetalls MergeDetails InvCategoryMap FundCopy Fund ID Ratio Parent Child ISIN Code Split Parent Ratio Split Resultant Ratio Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the relevant corporate action 5 13 8 1 Maintaining Details for Liquidation For fund liquidations you must maintain the details mentioned below in the Corporate Actions Maintenance Detail screen Select the Liquidation option in the Corporate Action Type field e Date of liquidation e ID and ISIN code of the fund that is being liquidated e Price at which the fund will be liquidated e Lot size When you specify the lot size the liquidation price per lot is computed by the system e Whether the liquidation date must be moved forward or backward if it falls on a holiday e Payment lag if any for the liquidation e Threshold amount e Whether or not the liquidation process must be automatically initiated on the liquidation date the Beginning of Day processes initiate the liquidation process in the system if automatic initiation is specified aia ORACLE The book
191. e is carried out as follows 1 Ifthe current application date is greater than or equal to next accrual date the Performance Fee Accrual Process batch gets executed 2 The rule mapped for the event Period End in Group Rule maintenance for a given group Id is used for performance fee accrual calculations 3 Once accrual processing gets completed the system updates the Last Accrual date as current application date and Next Accrual date as current application date accrual frequency for the fund rule Note Accruals are performed only for reporting purpose and there will be no impact on transac tion processing or further performance fee calculation Modifying Performance Fee Calculation Method If you wish to change the performance fee calculation method for a given fund you need to perform the steps given below Two scenarios are explained based on the crystallization of the performance fee Case 1 In this scenario the crystallization of the performance fee is not required using existing performance fee method 1 Create a new group ID that represents the new performance fee calculation method 2 Amend the fund rule to replace the old Group ID with the new Group ID 3 OnBOD of new rule effective date the system updates the fund rule with newly mapped group and starts accruing and applying performance fee based on this new method Example Assume that the existing Fund Rule setup
192. e Action List When a checker authorizes a transaction details of validation if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Amending Load Group Maintenance After a Load Group Maintenance is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization e Invoke the Load Group Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized records e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Load Group Maintenance Detail screen is displayed in amendment mode Select Unlock operation from the Action List to amend the record e Amend the necessary information and click on Save to save the changes Authorizing Amended Load Group Maintenance An amended Load Group Maintenance must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can be done only from Fund Manager Module The subsequent process of authorization is the same as that
193. e Date Ar Sag ORACLE 3 6 6 12 Fields in FATCA Information FATCA Applicable Alphanumeric Optional Select Yes or No to indicate whether FATCA is applicable However the system defaults the value No FATCA Classification Alphanumeric Select the classification of FATCA from the adjoining option list FATCA Classification is mandatory if FATCA Applicable is Yes FATCA Reason Alphanumeric Optional Specify the reason for FATCA classification Employer ID Number Alphanumeric Specify the employer ID number The Employer ID Number is mandatory if the FATCA Applicable is Yes FATCA Effective Date Date Format Specify the FATCA Effective Date if FATCA is applicable FATCA Effective Date cannot be lesser than the fund start date FATCA Sponsor Type Mandatory Select the type of FATCA sponsor from the drop down list Following are the options available in the drop down list e Sponsoring Entity e Sponsored Sponsoring Entity Type Alphanumeric 8 Characters Mandatory Specify the sponsoring Entity type You can also select the valid sponsoring entity type from the adjoining option list Sponsoring Entity ID Alphanumeric 8 Characters Mandatory Specify the sponsoring Entity ID You can also select the valid sponsoring entity ID from the adjoining option list Global Intermediary Identification Number Alphanumeric 16 Characters Optional Specify the global intermediary identificati
194. e Fund Demographics screen is displayed here Category Character optional Enter one of the valid investor categories During unitholder amendment the system will validate if the amendment breaches the limit set up at the investor category level System will not allow the amendment if the limits are breached and displays an appropriate error message You can click add icon to add details on Investor Category Similarly you can click delete icon to delete the details The allocation of the following transactions will be impacted e IPO Subscription e Subscription e Transfer e Switch In System will check if any limit has been set for the maximum registered capital at the fund level as well as fund investor category level If yes system will calculate the balance in the fund at the fund level as well as investor category level after considering the effect of the transaction to be allotted If any of the limit is breached the transaction will not be allocated and marked as error This transaction will get picked up in the subsequent EODs and may or may not be allotted based on the holding on that day The validation for the balances will aoe ORACLE 3 6 3 6 1 always be made for the latest fund rule only regardless of the transaction being backdated or current dated General Operating Rules Maintenance This fund rule facilitates the maintenance of guidelines that will govern the operation of the fund with respect to
195. e Fund Rules Detail screen General Operating Rules Fund ID Rule Effective Date ERR Automatic Redemption Preferences Min Max Holding Check Advance Options Limit Order Processing Options Transaction Cancellation Period Check Writing Post Priced Yes Maturity Date Next Price Declare Date Retain IPO Balance No Price Declare Frequency Allow Rejections Before No No of Decimals for NAV Allocation Rounding Options for Round Off Allotment On Check No NAV Clearing NAV Lot Ageing Policy FIFO Money Market Fund No VAT Percentage Multiple Price Basis No Exchange Rate Source Cancel Instruction Ageing Date Transaction Date Investment Simulation Not Allowed Amount Block Allowed No Block Priority Number Guaranteed Fund vo Dividend Equalization Applicable Allow Fee Calculation In No Transaction Currency lo Checks Before you set up a General Operating Rules profile record for a fund it is desirable to ensure that the fund already has an existing unauthorized profile record ORACLE 3 6 6 3 6 6 1 Fields in General Operating Rules Setup Screen Maintaining Basic Information Fund ID Display This field indicates the ID fund for which you are setting up the General Operating Rules profile This information is defaulted from the Fund Demographics screen Rule Effective Date Display The Rule Effective Date for the fund which you
196. e across funds such as in the case of Rights of Accumulation and also load patterns for Letter of Intent investors This is also typical in the case of loads that are applied to funds that form part of a investment product or policy plan portfolio Rights of Accumulation The AMC may give investors benefits based on the history of their investment in the funds of the AMC This benefit would typically be a fee benefit such as reduced transaction charges or reduced commissions and is offered based on the history of investments This benefit facility given to the investor is known as the Rights of Accumulation facility Investors are given the option of availing of the Rights of Accumulation at their discretion Thus when an investor transacts in a fund of the AMC the history of the investor s transactions in the fund is considered when the fee is applied for the transaction if the investor has chosen to avail of the Rights of Accumulation facility The AMC reserves the discretion to interpret the history of investment of each investor on the basis of which the Rights of Accumulation benefit would be available Also the AMC reserves the discretion to identify a single fund or a group of funds for which it would offer the Rights of Accumulation facility to investors as well as the method of interpretation of investments to be applicable for each group The AMC can also specify whether the holdings across all the investors under a CIF a
197. e applied on capital gains tax computation for transactions in this fund Select this option to indicate application of indexation Leave it unchecked to indicate that indexation is not applicable Dependent Level Optional Indicate the dependent level for the selected load if any In case the load has a dependent level then load will be applied on the difference between the transaction amount and the sum of all dependent level load amounts without considering all recursive levels Note The dependent level Id must be less than the Level Id The dependent level Id is not ap plicable for LTP loads Details Section Ref Type Optional To designate a load as being applicable for a reference transaction type for the selected fund select the reference type from the Available Reference Types box and move it to the Mapped Reference Types box using the arrows If loads are to be designated applicable to reference types for a fund you must set up an individual fund load mapping record in this screen for each reference type for the fund just as you do for each transaction type Example If the AMC wants a fee to be charged on subscription transaction but not on reinvestment transaction it can map only subscription transaction in the Ref Type field and not the reinvestment Note It must be remembered that while mapping a load to a reference transaction type the sys tem does not support the mapping of the Ref Type 68
198. e current day transactions value Depending upon the option chosen by the AMC for each ROA group of funds any new transaction for the investor in the ROA group would take into consideration the value of the past investments when the slab for loading is considered The following example will make this clearer For instance let us suppose that an ROA investor Mr Colin White would like to invest 10000 currency units in the Carey Bugle Growth Fund which is part of an ROA group of funds known as LGROA on 02 01 2003 Before 02 01 2003 he has invested in the LGROA group of funds of which the Carey Bugle fund is a constituent as follows Fund of ROA group Present holdings Total amount invested in LGROA units ROA group TA1 Carey Bugle Growth Fund 10000 100000 CBGF Farley Income Fund FIF 5000 50000 15000 sum 150000 sum The worth of the holdings in the LGROA group in terms of NAV prevalent on 02 01 2003 Fund Present holdings NAV on 02 Total worth of units 01 2003 holdings TA2 CBGF 10000 12 120000 FIF 5000 12 60000 15000 sum 180000 sum The worth of the holdings in the LGROA group in terms of subscription prices on 02 01 2003 Fund Present holdings Subscription price Total worth of units on 02 01 2003 holdings TA3 CBGF 10000 11 110000 FIF 5000 12 60000 15000 sum 170000 sum The AMC has chosen Option
199. e fund Cancel Instruction Optional You can use this field to indicate whether standing instructions defined in respect of a unit holder in the fund are to be cancelled If you select this option the standing instructions for the transaction are cancelled including those that are to be generated after an automatic redemption occurs Select the Standing Instruction option in this field to indicate cancellation of standing instructions If this option has been chosen in the General Operating Rules the automatic redemption process generates redemption transactions for unit holders in the fund with the Cancel Instruction option automatically set If this option is set for an outflow transaction such as redemption switch or transfer the End of Day process cancels all standing instructions irrespective of the transaction type for the unit holder in the fund after the outflow transactions involving the unit holder have been allocated for the day Ageing Date Indicate the ageing basis for the fund Based on the ageing date specified here ageing for period based loads are calculated The options available are e Confirmation Date e Dealing Date e Transaction Date By default the ageing date is the transaction date You are allowed to specify the ageing basis if you are creating a new fund You cannot modify this value post authorization of the fund Investment Simulation Method Specify if the investment simulation option
200. e fund 15 In the Lead Times section specify the lead times for freeze holdings book closing directors meeting and dividend payment as applicable for cash dividends for the fund Setting up Rules for Stock Dividend for Fund To set up the guidelines for a stock dividend for a fund in the Corporate Actions screen Me ORACLE 3 4 5 1 The ID of the fund and the Rule Effective Date are filled in from the Fund Demographics screen 2 Inthe Corporate Action type field select Stock Dividend The following information is considered by default for stock dividends 3 Since stock dividends are exempt from tax the TDS Basis field has a default value tax exempt and is locked for data entry 4 Income Distribution Setup options are not applicable for unit holders eligible for stock dividends and the option Restrict IDS for Unit Holders is selected and cannot be changed Also the distribution mode for such dividends is taken by default to be Reinvestment 5 EPU components are not applicable for stock dividends 6 Specify the frequencies for declaration and payment of dividend in the Dividend Declaration Frequency and Dividend Payment Frequency fields respectively 7 Specify the rounding rules for dividend in the Rounding Options and Rounding Precision fields 8 Specify the basis upon which exchange rate for dividend will be obtained in the Dividend Exchange Rate Basis field 9 Specify the first divid
201. e fund is displayed in the Fund field Rule Effective Date Date Format Mandatory Specify the date from which the fund is effective as a wrap fund in the system This rule effective date is different from the effective date of the actual fund in the system which is specified in the Fund Demographics profile for the fund Fund Investment Details Fund ID Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the ID of the underlying investment fund from the drop down list The list contains authorized funds in the system Split Percentage 5 Characters Maximum Numeric with 8 decimal places Specify the percentage limit for investment into the selected underlying fund This percentage must not exceed one hundred percent Wrap Fund Summary Screen Invoke the Wrap Fund Maintenance Summary screen by typing UTSWRFND in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Wrap Fund Maintenance Summary Authorized Open Wrap Fund laJ ISIN No Rule Effective Date a Advanced Search Records per page 15 v 1 of 1 Authorized Open Wrap Fund ISIN No Rule Effective Date You can perform the following operations in the Wrap Fund Maintenance Summary screen ooo ORACLE 5 11 2 1 Retrieving Record in Wrap Fund Summary screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows Specify any or all of the following details in the correspond
202. e fund that includes the following basic details and lays down a basis for defining other important rules and details for the fund The Name of the fund and the unique ID that must be used by the system to identify the fund The Start Date and the Rule Effective Date The Start Date is the date after which the fund is open for transactions The Rule Effective Date is the date after which the fund rule that is defined is effective Also the dates of the Fiscal Year that includes the Rule Effective Date are captured The Type and Class of the fund and the Family of Funds that it must operate under The AMC that floats the fund and other entities that the fund will interact with such as Registrar and Trustee The Country of Domicile of the fund and the base currency that the fund will be denominated in A prospectus for the fund if any The tax ID for the fund Any additional details such as the registration address ticker symbol in the stock exchange and CUSIP number of the fund The ISIN code for the fund Whether IRA transactions are allowed for the fund Whether the fund is suspended for transactions of all types Transactions of all types both those entered through the Transaction Detail screens as well as system generated and uploaded transactions into suspended funds are not allowed Whether the fund is a hedge fund A fund will not be identified within the system unless it has a Fund Demographics profile record and all other
203. e printed after every transaction Otherwise this can be user initiated after allocation of the transaction Acknowledgment Note Required Mandatory Select Yes in this field to indicate that the Acknowledgment Slip is to be printed after every transaction Otherwise this can be printed only at the User s request Cross Branching Allowed Optional You can use this field to indicate whether transactions of the selected type can be entered from a different branch 4 20 ORACLE Apply Entry Time Load Optional For exit fee loads applied on outflow transactions such as redemption switch out and transfer you can choose to apply the return values prevalent at the time of initiation of the inflow subscription or IPO transaction being aged or the return values prevalent at the time of the outflow transaction To indicate that the entry load values must be applied select Yes in this field To indicate that exit load values must be applied select No in this field Confirmation Lag 3 Characters Maximum Numeric Mandatory Enter a value to specify when the redemption transaction should be picked for confirmation after allocation T X where X signifies the number of lag days Lag can only be positive The confirmation lag can be defined to be applicable to both AMC as well as Distributor installations Link to Unsettled Inflows Optional Select the option YES against the field Link to Unsettled
204. e reckoned would be 10 562 If you indicate rounding off then applying normal rounding off rules the value reckoned would be 10 561 If you indicate rounding down or truncation then the value would be truncated as it is in the 3 decimal place and it would be reckoned as 10 561 No of Decimals 1 Character Maximum Numeric Mandatory Indicate the maximum number of decimals that would be reckoned for rounding precision for the load amount Differential Fee Optional Select Yes in this field to indicate that the differential fee in the case of switch transactions for any fund is to be applicable for the load group Price Add In Optional Select this option to indicate that the add in factor is to be applicable for computing the return value for the load for the selected transaction type The add in factor is used to arrive at the return value for a load at the time of allocation Indexation on CGT Optional Select this option to indicate that the indexation of CGT is applicable for the selected transaction type For more information refer the chapter The Allocation Process in the Allocation User Manual Group Load Mapping View Section When you enter the Group ID the Rule Effective Date and the transaction type for the selected load group the details of the setups that have already been made for any transaction types if any are displayed in the Fund Loads Mapped to the Transaction box 6
205. e retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Fund Price Detail screen is displayed in View mode Deleting Fund Price Record You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered 1 Invoke the Fund Price Summary screen from the Browser oe ORACLE 5 4 6 5 5 4 6 6 5 4 6 7 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion 3 Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen 4 Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Fund Price Detail screen is displayed 6 Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database Authorizing Fund Price Record An unauthorized Fund Price record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record 1 Invoke the Fund Price Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search butt
206. e summary screen and specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields e The status of the record in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved e The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records are retrieved oa ORACLE 5 2 3 2 Fund ID Click Search button to view the records All the records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner Press F7 Input the Fund Id Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can also search a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Fund ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows Search by A The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth Search by 7 The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID ends by numeric value 7 For example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth Search by 17 The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17
207. e tested successfully before it can be saved and applied If it is not tested successfully you must either modify the formula or enter a fresh one Fund Price Detail i New 9 Enter Query Fund ID Effective Date Fund Base Currency ISIN No NAV Computation V Net Asset Value NAV Lot Total Assets Total Net Assets Formula Builder No of Unit Holders Real NAV Lot T Declared NAV Lot Floor Price Ceiling Price CO FI Outstanding Units Amend Transactions Select _ Outstanding Units High Water Mark HWM ReflectIn Trading Select Hurdle Rate HWM Hurdle Fund Price Transaction Details Fund Price Components Additional Information Transaction Details 1of1 Effective Date Transaction Type Base Price Base Price Constant Allocation Vs Register Capital Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized oat ORACLE 4 4 4 1 4 5 4 5 1 Fields in Fund Price Component Screen Component Description 10 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Display It displays the components as given in the Fund Formula Screen The Component defines the Net Asset Value and Base Price for the transactions Component Value Numeric Display Click on the Compute button It displays the component values after computing the formulae from the Fund Formula Screen You will be allowed to edit this field if the Component Type has been User Entered in the Fund
208. e to be used if the date of extraction arrived by subtracting the lag from the action date falls on a holiday After making your specifications click the Run Report button The report details are displayed in the Report Data Viewer screen Liquidation Announcement Report Details The following details are displayed for liquidation announcement reports e Date on which the announcement report is being printed e ID ofthe unit holder receiving payment due to the liquidation The name and address street city and zip code are also displayed e ID name and ISIN of the fund being liquidated The base currency of the fund is also displayed e Total number of units held by the unit holder in the fund being liquidated e Liquidation Declaration Date which is the corporate action date for the liquidation e Liquidation ratio displays the payment per unit due to the liquidation e Liquidation price the payment per unit expressed in the fund base currency Liquidation Confirmation Report Details The following details are displayed for liquidation confirmation reports e Date on which the confirmation report is being printed e Corporate action number for the liquidation 37103 ORACLE ID of the unit holder receiving payment due to the liquidation The name and address street city and zip code are also displayed ID name and ISIN of the fund being liquidated The base currency of the fund is also displayed Total number of units he
209. e two types of dividend that can be processed for a fund e Cash Dividend e Stock Dividend 219 ORACLE 3 4 3 3 4 4 In the case of cash dividends the unit holders receive the dividend in monetary form If an income distribution setup record is defined for an investor then the dividend received is reinvested according to the framework of the same Cash dividends could be declared for capital gains or income In the case of stock dividends the unit holders receive dividend in the form of units in addition to their holdings as on the record date which are reinvested in the same fund In Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing you can define an individual corporate actions record for each of the dividend types in the Corporate Actions screen For a fund if both cash and stock dividends are declared a separate Corporate Actions profile must be set up for each of the dividend types Refer the chapter Dividend Maintenance in the Fund Manager User Manual for information about the static maintenance for processing dividends in the system Setting up Rules for Cash Dividend for Fund To set up the guidelines for a cash dividend for a fund in the Corporate Actions screen 1 The ID of the fund and the Rule Effective Date are filled in from the Fund Demographics screen 2 Inthe Corporate Action type field select Cash Dividend If you are defining a cash dividend for capital gains choose Cash Dividend Capital Gains For a ca
210. ecifying Cut off date for Different Frequencies You can specify the transaction cut off date options for different frequencies according to the guidelines in the table below a Cut off Day Cut off Week Cut off Month requency Weekly Any day from Sunday to Saturday Ar ORACLE cutar Cut off Day Cut off Week Cut off Month Frequency Fortnightly Any day from Sunday Either the first week to Saturday for the or the second week of selected week the fortnight Monthly Any day from the 1 to ased on the 31 of the month month day Monthly Any day from Sunday Any week from the based on to Saturday for the first to the last week of week and selected week the month weekday Quarterly Any day from Sunday Any week from the Any month from the to Saturday for the first to the last week of first to the third month selected week the selected month of the quarter Half Yearly Any day from Sunday Any week from the Any month from the to Saturday for the first to the last week of first to the sixth month selected week the selected month of the half year Yearly Any day from Sunday Any week from the Any month from the to Saturday for the first to the last week of first to the twelfth selected week the selected month month of the year OK 4 8 3 How pricing frequency is considered Without Forward Pricing Sunday is considered the first day of the week and
211. ecord is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization e Invoke the Fund CPMF Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized records e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Fund CPMF Detail screen is displayed in amendment mode Select Unlock operation from the Action List to amend the record e Amend the necessary information and click on Save to save the changes Authorizing Amended Fund CPMF Record An amended Fund CPMF record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can be done only from Fund Manager Module and Agency Branch module The subsequent process of authorization is the same as that for normal transactions Copying Attributes If you want to create a new Fund CPMF record with the same attributes of an existing maintenance you can copy the attributes of an existing Fund CPMF record to a new one oat ORACLE 5 9 5 9 1 5 9 2 To copy the attributes e Retrieve the record whose attributes the new Fund CPMF
212. ecting this option This feature is only available if your installation has requested for it Applicable Account Types Select one or more account types for which fund transfer is allowed If you do not select any particular option then all account types will be allowed The validation of this rule will happen during the save of Standing Instruction as well as the different transactions including subscription and redemption Unit Holder Rules Section The limits on the number of transactions allowed for a unit holder in this transaction type and in this fund are captured in this section Transaction Processing Rules Fund ID Rule Effective Date Basic Info Transaction Rules Unit Holder Rules Transaction Limit Pricing Policies SI Specific Info SI Rules For Frequency Frequency Select One Free Limit Cycle Basis Transaction Start Date Basis Limit 4 Characters Maximum Numeric Mandatory Enter a value to specify the number of transactions that are allowed for a unit holder You can restrict the unit holder from operating more than the specified limit for transactions Frequency Mandatory This is to specify the frequency with which a unit holder can carry out any number of transactions within the limit specified earlier iii ORACLE 4 1 3 5 Cycle Basis Provided the frequency selected is yearly you are allowed to specify the period basis during which the free transactions will be applicable The optio
213. ection Hurdle rate is the minimum fund returns necessary for a hedge fund manager to start collecting performance fees The hurdle rate is usually tied to a benchmark rate such as LIBOR In this section you can specify details related to hurdle rates used for performance fee calculation The values you specify here are not applicable for side pocket type of hedge funds Hurdle Rate Applicable Optional Select the option to indicate whether hurdle rate is applicable for performance fee calculation Select Yes to indicate that hurdle rate needs to be considered for performance fee calculation and No to indicate otherwise Hurdle Type Optional Select the type of hurdle from the options provided in the drop down list The following options are available e Cumulative e Non cumulative Reset Hurdle Optional Select Yes to indicate that the hurdle rate needs to be reset and No to indicate otherwise Hurdle rate gets reset if the fund price at the end of the performance fee calculation fee period is greater than the total of High Water Mark and hurdle rate Note This is applicable only for Cumulative type of hurdles Tay ORACLE 3 7 2 Hurdle Rate Type Optional Select the type of hurdle rate from the options provided in the drop down list The following options are available e Fixed e Variable e Semi variable Calculation Method Optional Select the method to be used for calcu
214. ed e The frequency at which the transaction will be processed and the times periods and date ranges during which it may be processed i ORACLE e The limits on the number of transactions allowed for a unit holder in the fund e The volume ranges of the transaction both in amount and units and the volumes allowed for specific investor categories in the fund Transaction Processing Rules Fund ID Rule Effective Date Basic info EERIE Unit Holder Rules Transaction Limit Pricing Policies SI Specific Info SI Rules For Frequency Start Period End Period Holding Period No Counter Applicable Enforce Holding Period No Start Time HH24 MI SS End Time HH24 MI SS Cut Off Time HH24 Ml Details 1of1 E Applicable Account Types Start Period 3 Characters Maximum Numeric Mandatory Enter a value to specify the Start Period within the frequency mentioned above Within a particular frequency you have an option to restrict it to a particular period End Period 3 Characters Maximum Numeric Mandatory Enter a value to specify the End Period within the frequency mentioned above Example Transaction Frequency is WEEKLY Start Period is 2 and End Period is 5 This means that the Fund is open for this transaction from second day till the fifth day of the week The End period has to be within the Transaction Frequency i e it can take values up to 7 weekly and not greater than that Transaction Sta
215. ed and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Group Load Mapping Detail screen is displayed in View mode 6 2 4 4 Deleting Group Load Mapping You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered Invoke the Group Load Mapping Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Group Load Mapping Detail screen is displayed Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database 6 2 4 5 Authorizing Group Load Mapping 6 2 4 6 An unauthorized Group Load Mapping must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record Invoke the Group Load Mapping Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the
216. edgment of their holdings in terms of the number of units held and their prevalent value Such funds are termed scrip less funds Funds could also be grouped together based on common investment options either as fund families or as umbrella funds Sometimes asset managers create a tree structure of associated funds which may be similar in their investment options Investors are allowed to invest in any level of the tree structure Such fund structures are called umbrella funds a ORACLE 2 3 2 4 2 5 Setting up Fund In Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing you set up a fund in the system as follows 1 First you set up any necessary fund hierarchies either fund families or umbrella funds 2 You setup the different guidelines according to which any investment in the funds will be processed 3 Have another user authorize the fund Setting up Fund Hierarchy The system provides the facility of maintaining and processing umbrella funds as well as non umbrella type of fund families Therefore a hierarchy of funds may be set up with fund rule profiles at each level except the lowest level Before you actually set up a fund in the system you must first set up the kind of hierarchy that you require You can do so by setting up the following Fund Families First you set up the lowest levels in the fund hierarchy The fund families created here may be designated either as umbrella funds or non umbrella funds For
217. ediate Parent Family is displayed here from the Fund Family Maintenance and this cannot be altered AMC Mandatory Specify the AMC that this Fund will be operative in You can make your choice by using the drop down list Registrar 6 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the Registrar for the fund being set up from the options provided Trustee 6 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the Trustee for the fund being set up from the options provided Minimum Holding Period Numeric Optional Enter the lock in period for the investors investing in a Money Market Mutual Fund Fund Suspended Optional You can use this field to suspend a fund for transactions of all types Check this box to indicate that the fund is suspended for transactions Transactions of all types both those entered through the Transaction Detail screens as well as system generated and uploaded transactions into suspended funds are not allowed If a fund is suspended transactions of all types are not allowed into the fund If a fund is not suspended transactions of specific types that have been suspended for the fund in the Transaction Processing Rules if any are not allowed Brokers Mandatory Optional Select Yes in this field to indicate that brokers are to be mandatory for the given Fund If not select No in this field Fund Enabled Mandatory This field may be used to enable or disable a fund By default when yo
218. em should perform The options are e Clear If you choose this option system will confirm the units e Reject If you choose this option system will pass a reversal to the original transaction e No Action If you do not specify any payment action here system will not take any action The entry will be reconciled The transaction will neither be cleared nor rejected irrespective of the cheque status If the status of the cheque in bank feed is Debit Received Reject Status Awaited or Rejected then you can select the option Reject If the status of the cheque in the bank feed is Credit Received you will be allowed to select the Clear action Computing Performance Fee for Hedge Funds Hedge fund managers charge the investors a fee called performance fee which is a percentage of the gains received by the investor As investors enter and exit hedge funds at different points in time the performance gains received by them also differ accordingly Hence the performance fee calculations are carried out using a special accounting methodology called equalization accounting which ensures that the fund manager is paid the correct performance fee and also that the fees are fairly allocated between each investor in the fund The investors also receive profit only for the period during which they stay invested in the fund aeg ORACLE 5 15 1 The following performance fee calculation methods are suppo
219. end declaration date for the fund in the First Dividend Declare Date field 10 Specify the units to be considered for the record date freeze holdings for dividend eligibility in the Units for Freeze Holding field 11 If look ahead dividend processing for holidays is to be applicable for stock dividends for the fund select the Look Ahead Processing option 12 Specify a lag period for dividend payment if necessary in the Payment Lag field 13 Specify a lag period for reinvestments if necessary in the Reinvestment Lag field 14 Specify the holiday rule to be applicable for stock dividends for the fund 15 In the Lead Times section specify the lead times for freeze holdings book closing directors meeting and dividend payment as applicable for stock dividends for the fund Fields in Corporate Actions Screen Fund ID Display This field indicates the ID fund for which you are setting up the Corporate Actions profile This information is defaulted from the Fund Demographics screen Rule Effective Date Display The Rule Effective Date for the fund which you specified in the Fund Demographics screen is displayed here Corporate Action Type Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the type of corporate action for which this rule is being set up It could be either a cash dividend or a stock dividend It could be either a cash dividend for income or capital gains earnings For stock dividends the following information is
220. er change the details of the new maintenance Indicating Non Availability of Fund Price You can indicate the non availability of a fund price in the Fund Price Holiday Maintenance Detail screen o ga ORACLE 5 7 1 Fields in Fund Price Holiday Maintenance Detail Screen You can invoke the Fund Price Holiday Maintenance Detail screen by typing UTDFPHOL in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The Fund Price Holiday Maintenance Detail screen is displayed Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the holiday maintenance you wish to maintain for a fund price FUND PRICE HOLIDAY MAINTENANCE New 5 Enter Query Fund ID ISIN Code Fund Name Short Fund Price Holiday Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Enter the following information in this screen Fund Id Select the Id of the fund for which you want to specify the day on which the price will not be available ISIN Code The Fund ISIN of the fund you have chosen will be displayed You could alternatively choose the ISIN Code and the corresponding Fund Id will be displayed Fund Price Holiday Specify the date on which the fund price will not be available Note You will not be allowed to enter the price of a fund on the application date if the same falls on a d
221. er than zero Maximum Number of Unit Holders 10 Characters Maximum Numeric Mandatory Enter a value to specify the Upper limit i e Maximum Number of unit holders beyond which the system will disable the fund and await action from the fund Manager At any point of time when the fund is enabled the number of unit holders cannot go above this value This value must not be lower than or equal to Zero Unit Par Value Currency Mandatory Enter the Par Value for the fund Normally this will be the base price for Initial Public Offer IPO period However you can change the base price for IPO Rounding Precision for Units 1 Character Maximum Numeric Mandatory Specify the decimal value or negative value for the units and the units would be reckoned for rounding precision Rounding Option for Units Alphanumeric Mandatory Indicate the rounding options for the value of the number of allotted units designated for the fund Choose Round Up to indicate rounding the value at the precision decimal place to the next higher numeral Choose Round Off to indicate normal rounding at the precision decimal Choose Round Down to indicate truncation of the value at the precision decimal place Example Let us suppose that the number of allotted units reckoned for a subscription transaction is 100 36497 and that this value must be rounded to the 3 decimal place If you indicate rounding up then the value reckoned would be 1
222. er the CIF is considered for validation if the check is to apply at CIF level ote ORACLE Minimum Holdings Apply For Alphanumeric Mandatory if Minimum Holdings Indicator is specified In this field indicate whether the minimum holdings check is applicable for CIFs or for individual unit holders If the check is to apply at CIF level the redeemable value of the total number of units held by all unit holders under the CIF in the fund is considered for validation Minimum Holdings Amount Numeric Mandatory if Minimum Holdings Indicator is specified Specify the minimum redeemable value of holdings in the fund for a redemption switch or transfer transaction involving a CIF or individual unit holder Example For the Royal Trust Growth Fund you have selected the Amount option as the Minimum Holdings Indicator for redemption switch and transfer transactions You have also specified the Minimum Holdings Amount value as 1200 USD the fund base currency is USD The minimum holdings validation is required to be enforced for individual unit holders and not for CIFs Therefore the redeemable value of total number of units held by an individual unit holder in the Royal Trust Growth Fund must exceed or equal 1200 USD for a redemption switch or transfer transaction involving the unit holder Minimum Holdings Units Numeric Mandatory if Minimum Holdings Indicator is specified Specify the minimum number of units required to be
223. es or unit holders in the Fund Entity Maintenance screen in the Fund Manager component of the system At the transaction entry or upload including adjustment transactions standing instructions entry or upload or income distribution setup the unit holders in a restricted list or belonging to the restricted categories cannot be specified For an allowed list at the transaction entry or upload including adjustment transactions standing instructions entry or upload or income distribution setup the unit holders in the allowed list or belonging to the allowed categories can be specified If you maintain neither a restrictive nor an allowed list all customers are allowed to transact in the fund CIFs You might need to restrict certain CIFs from a restricted category from transacting in a fund You can maintain such restrictions in the Fund Entity Maintenance screen You can disallow CIFs belonging to a restricted category a restrictive list or you might require maintaining a list of CIFs that are allowed to transact in a fund a positive list The system checks the CIF number specified for any transaction that is entered in the Transaction Detail screens as well as in the Standing Instructions Detail screen to see if any restrictions have been maintained that would entail disallowing the specified CIF from transacting into the fund The restrictions if any applicable at the following levels would be enforced al ORACLE e
224. es a transaction details of validation if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Amending Sub fund Share Class Maintenance After a Sub fund Share Class Maintenance is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization Invoke the Sub fund Share Class Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized records Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen alo ORACLE e Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Sub fund Share Class Maintenance screen is displayed in amendment mode Select Unlock operation from the Action List to amend the record e Amend the necessary information and click on Save to save the changes 2 7 9 Authorizing Amended Sub fund Share Class Maintenance An amended Sub fund Share Class Maintenance must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can be done only from Fund Manager Module and Agency Branch module The subse
225. es of an existing maintenance you can copy the attributes of an existing Bank Reconciliation record to a new one To copy the attributes Retrieve the record whose attributes the new Bank Reconciliation record should inherit You can retrieve the record through the Summary screen or through the F7 F8 operation explained in the previous sections of this chapter Click on Copy Indicate the ID for the new Bank Reconciliation record You can however change the details of the new record Se ORACLE 5 14 5 Authorizing Bank Reconciliation 9 15 To authorize reconciled and un reconciled entries choose the operation Authorize and the desired Reconcile Entry in the Bank Reconciliation Summary screen and enter the search criteria When you click Ok button records satisfying the search criteria that you have entered are displayed Bank Reconciliation Summary Auth Status Open Select v Statement Number a3 Statement Date amp ReConciliation Status aii Fund ID az Drawee Bank a Drawee Branch a From Date e To Date e Bank a Payment Mode a Advanced Search Reset Records per page 15 v of 4 Auth Status Open Event Code Status Statement Number Statement Date Stmnt Reflinst Ref ReConciliatior 4 Check the option Select against the entry which you wish to authorize While authorizing the reconciled records you can specify the payment action the syst
226. essed To authorize a record 1 Invoke the Adhoc Price Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen 4 Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Adhoc Price Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List When a checker authorizes a transaction details of validation if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Amending Adhoc Price Record After an Adhoc Price record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization 1 Invoke the Adhoc Price Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized records 3 Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen 4 Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of
227. etails The Pricing section In this section you can set up the pricing details such as the basis of price definition the base price factor the number of decimals for the price the price lag and the back dating limits Transaction Processing Rules Fund ID Rule Effective Date Basic Info Transaction Rules Unit Holder Rules Transaction Limit IN Policies SI Specific info S Rules For Frequency Back Dating Allowed Yes Back Dating Limit Base Price Definition Declared NAV Lot Rounding Options For Round Off Base Price Rounding Options For Round Off Unit Price Payment Lag Days Price Lag Calendar Basis Actual Calendar Rounding Precision For Base Price Price Lag Rounding Precision For Units Rounding Options For Round Off Future Date Limit Units No of Decimals Fluctuation Base Price Factor Payment Lag Calendar Actual Calendar Basis Base Price Definition Mandatory Select the Base Price definition for the transaction from the options provided The Unit Price will be calculated based on this price and loads defined for this transaction Base Price Factor Numeric Mandatory Enter a value to specify the Percentage of Base Price value that is defined above This percentage will be applied to the price arrived from the above calculations to arrive at the Base Price for this transaction type for the fund Rounding Precision for Base Price 1 Character Maximum Numeri
228. etails 1 of 1 EE i Ref Type a Checks Before you set up a Fund Load mapping profile record for a fund it is desirable to ensure that the following information is already setup in the system e The fund already has an existing unauthorized Fund Demographics profile record e The fund already has an existing unauthorized Shares Characteristics profile record e The fund already has an existing unauthorized Transaction Processing Rules profile record for the appropriate Transaction Type e The fees incentives Loads that are to be applied must already have been identified in the system and have existing authorized profiles as maintained in the Loads Maintenance Aa ORACLE 4 3 2 e The system does not support the mapping of the Ref Type 68 Funding Repayment to any load Fields in Fund Load Setup Screen Fund ID Display This field indicates the ID fund for which you are setting up the Fund Load Setup profile This information is defaulted from the Fund Demographics screen Rule Effective Date Display The Rule Effective Date for the fund which you specified in the Fund Demographics screen is displayed here Load ID Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the name of the Load fee incentive that must be applied for the selected Fund You may make your choice from the options provided in the drop down list Note Loads defined as price basis loads cannot be mapped to a fund in the Fund Load Set
229. etting up the Fund Sale Country Restriction profile This information is defaulted from the Fund Demographics screen Rule Effective Date Display The Rule Effective Date for the fund which you specified in the Fund Demographics screen is displayed here Country Code Optional Choose only the countries that you wish to allow for the fund from the option list When you do not choose any country all the countries are allowed for the fund Fund Transaction Currency Restrictions This fund rule facilitates the maintenance of restrictions in respect of the currencies that may be used in a transaction You can maintain a list of currencies that will be exclusively allowed as valid transaction currencies and all other currencies will not be accepted in the process of the transaction To set up the transaction currency restrictions for a fund use the Fund Transaction Currency Restriction screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the Fund Transaction Currencies link from the Fund Rules screen Fund Transaction Currencies Fund ID Rule Effective Date 1of1 E Currency Code Checks Before you set up a Fund Transaction Currency Restriction profile record for a fund it is desirable to ensure that the following information is already setup in the system e The fund already has an existing unauthorized Fund Demographics profile record e The currencies must be identified in the system in the Currency Maintenance
230. etup 220 ORACLE The Lead Times section Book Closing 3 Characters Maximum Numeric Mandatory Enter a lead time in days The Registrar must enter the book closing dates within this lead time from the time the dividend information is declared The Book Closing From and To Dates together signify the period within which no change will be allowed to a unit holder s balances in a fund This means that any transaction that has been entered within these dates will not be allocated for the unit holder Freeze Holding 3 Characters Maximum Numeric Mandatory Enter a lead time in days The Registrar must enter the Freeze Holdings Date within this lead time from the time the dividend information is declared The Freeze Holding Date is the date on which the balances held by all unit holders in the fund will be consolidated Board Meeting 3 Characters Maximum Numeric Mandatory Enter a lead time in days The Registrar must enter the Board Meeting Date within this lead time before the time the dividend information is declared This is captured for information purposes only Dividend Payment 3 Characters Maximum Numeric Mandatory Enter a lead time in days The Registrar must enter the Dividend Payment Date within this lead time from the time the dividend information is declared Each of the lead times must be less than the Dividend Declaration Frequency For example if the Dividend Declaration Frequency is WEEKLY the B
231. f and alphanumeric value For example You can search the record for Fund ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A System will fetch all the records whose Fund ID starts from Alphabet A Ex AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 etc e Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Fund ID ends by numeric value T Ex AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 etc e Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Fund ID contains the numeric value 17 Ex GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 etc Editing a Fund Price Holiday Record You can modify the details of Fund Price Holiday record that you have already entered into the system provided it has not subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows 1 Invoke the Fund Price Holiday Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorization Status field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the unauthorized option 3 Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified 4 Click Search All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Fund Price Holiday Maintenance Detail screen is displayed 6 Select Unlock Ope
232. ffice Code For example in case of an investor who is deceased you may allow redemptions only if his address is known You can also restrict any further subscriptions to his account You can restrict the operations setup for a fund broker or a client to specific users The restrictions and the list of specific users can be maintained through the FBC Access Foa ORACLE 5 12 1 Restriction Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDFAR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button FBC Access Restriction Detail New 3 Enter Query Restriction Type Fund Restriction Yes FundID Auto Auth Yes RPO Code Apply to All Users Select Operation User Details 10f1 User ID User Name Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the restrictions that you wish to maintain Note Restrictions on a broker are placed only when the broker has retired or has deceased You can do this through broker disabling in the Broker Maintenance screen following which the system will not allow the broker to access any transaction policy or unit holder account The restrictions that are placed on any fund or client here do not apply to the system generated trans
233. fied funds The merger ratio could result in fractional balances in the new fund and in the event of the AMC not allowing such fractional balances the fractions are redeemed and the proceeds paid out to the unit holders 30 ORACLE 5 13 4 5 13 5 5 13 6 5 13 7 5 13 8 Capital Payout A capital payout liquidates a preset percentage of unit balances due to transactions in a fund the proceeds of which are paid out the corresponding unit holders with balances in the fund due to the transactions The percentage of balances liquidated could include units as of the price date of the transaction all units transaction date all or confirmed units or allocation date all or confirmed units Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing provides the facility of maintaining the corporate actions mentioned above and processing them in respect of a fund Side Pocket Creation Side pockets are special type of accounts used in hedge funds to separate illiquid assets from other more liquid investments Once an investment enters a side pocket account only the present participants in the hedge fund will be entitled to a share of it Future investors will not receive a share of the proceeds in the event the asset s returns get realized During side pocket creation percentage wise redemption transactions are generated for all unit holders based on the split percentage specified in the corporate action Unit wise subscription transaction
234. flected in the Fund Investment Component Summary screen Viewing Fund Investment Component Record To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the Fund Investment Component Summary screen as follows e Invoke the Fund Investment Component Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Fund Investment Component Detail screen is displayed in View mode Deleting a Fund Investment Component Record You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered e Invoke the Fund Investment Component Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the re
235. for normal transactions e ORACLE Copying Attributes If you want to create a new Load Group Maintenance with the same attributes as that of an existing maintenance you can copy the attributes of an existing Load Group Maintenance to a new one To copy the attributes e Retrieve the record whose attributes the new Load Group Maintenance should inherit You can retrieve the record through the Summary screen or through the F7 F8 operation explained in the previous sections of this chapter e Click on Copy e Indicate the ID for the new Load Group Maintenance You can however change the details of the new maintenance Load Group Characteristics Screen To specify the load and transaction processing characteristics that would apply to transactions in funds in a load group use the Group Characteristics Detail screen Invoke this screen by typing UTDGRPCH in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the group that you are defining Group Characteristics Detail New 9 Enter Query Group Characteristics Details Prior Credit Allowed For LO No v Group ID SI Applicable For LOI No Default LOI Period Days Reinvestment Applicable For No Escrow Percentage wo Prior Credit Period For LOI Redemption Affect LOI No Days
236. fund The proceeds of such liquidation are paid out to the investors The date of liquidation is intimated to the investors in advance so that they may redeem their holdings prior to the liquidation date if so desired Split and Reverse Split The split corporate action involves the splitting of unit balances of a parent fund into a child fund It results in an increase in the total outstanding holdings in the fund However both the par value and the price per unit decrease according to the split ratio The reverse split corporate action results in a decrease in the total outstanding holdings in the fund However both the par value and the price per unit increase according to the split ratio The split or reverse split ratio could result in fractional balances in the new fund and in the event of the AMC not allowing such fractional balances the fractions are redeemed and the proceeds paid out to the unit holders Merger A merger involves the merging of unit balances from one or more parent funds into a resultant fund It can be put through either according to a predetermined user input ratio or a system derived ratio of parent fund s to the resultant fund If you wish the system to derive the merger ratio you should specify the fund s being merged Parent Fund and the fund into which the merger is happening Resultant Fund The system will derive the merger ratio based on the available net asset values of the speci
237. g in the Sub Fund Share Class Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDSUBFN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button a1 ORACLE 2 7 1 2 7 2 Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the Mapping Sub Fund Share Class Detail New Enter Query Fund ID Fund Name Fund Name Short Share Class ID Share Class Description Umbrella Fund Fund Description Sub Fund ID Family Description Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Checks Before you actually map a sub fund to a share class the following information must be already set up in the system e The umbrella funds up to sub fund level must already be set up in the Fund Family Maintenance i e the fund family umbrella fund and sub fund e The share classes must be defined in the Share Class Definition maintenance Fields in Sub Fund Share Class Maintenance Screen Umbrella Fund Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the umbrella fund that incorporates the sub funds for which a share class mapping must be done from the options in the list All the sub funds that are set up with the selected umbrella fund as parent will be populated in the Sub Fund list in the lower portion of the screen Sub Fund ID Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the umbrella fund that incorporates the
238. g information is already setup in the system e The fund already has an existing unauthorized Fund Demographics profile record e The fund already has an existing unauthorized Shares Characteristics profile record e The fund already has an existing unauthorized Transaction Processing Rules profile record In fact this fund rule can be accessed through the Transaction Processing Rules screen itself Fields in Communication Mode Amount Units Limit Communication Mode 2 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list select the means of purchase or communication mode for which you are setting up the transaction limits You can set up the limits for any of the following modes from the list e Direct in Person 4 a ORACLE e E Mail e Internet e Registered Investment Advisor e Registered Dealer e Savings Plan e Telephone Minimum Amount Numeric Mandatory Specify the minimum amount that an investor who subscribes through the selected means of purchase can transact in this fund through an IPO or subscription transaction Maximum Amount Numeric Mandatory Specify the maximum amount that an investor who subscribes through the selected means of purchase can transact in this fund through an IPO or subscription transaction The maximum volume of a single transaction that is entered should never exceed or be equal to the figure of one trillion For example if the user wishes to enter a transaction of 1 5
239. g logic is similar to dividend Price date freeze holdings Allocation date Capital Payout Rate Percentage Mandatory for Capital Payouts For capital payouts specify the percentage of units in the fund that are to be liquidated as a result of processing the payout Payment Currency Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify whether the capital payout amount is paid in the default currency of the unit holders or the base currency of the fund in respect of which the payout is being processed Include Prior Capital Redeemed Units Optional Specify whether prior capital redeemed units are to be redeemed as a result of the capital payout Update IDS Optional If you choose this option the system updates the income distribution setup of the parent Fund Id with that of the resultant Fund Id For a successful update you should choose No for the Restrict IDS for the Unit Holder option for the resultant Fund Id in the Corporate Actions screen in Fund Rules Maintenance Update SI Optional If you choose this option the system changes the Fund Id of the following from the parent Fund Id to the resultant Fund Id e Standing Instructions for all types of Unit Trust transactions e Policy Premium details e Policy Annuity Details ap ORACLE e Policy Recurring Switch details Examples e Merger of Fund 1 into Fund 2 Let us assume Fund 1 is being merged into Fund 2 and both are available in the asset allocation fo
240. g period Insufficient Account Balance Optional You can use this field to indicate whether insufficient balance in this fund in the account of a unit holder using the check writing facility must be validated for Check this box to indicate validating of insufficient balance situations Stop Payment Request on Check Optional You can use this field to indicate whether a stop payment request can be applied on a check issued by a unit holder availing check writing facility for this fund Check this box to indicate that a stop payment can be applied Minimum and Maximum Check Amount Violation Optional You can use this field to indicate whether a violation of the minimum and maximum check amounts by a unit holder using the check writing facility in this fund must be validated for Check this box to indicate validating of violation of the maximum and minimum check amounts FATCA Information Section In this section you can capture the details regarding Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act Click on FATCA Information tab to maintain the details General Operating Rules Fund ID 122 Rule Effective Date 08 20 2014 Basic Information Automatic Redemption Preferences Min Max Holding Check Advance Options Limit Order Processing Options Transaction Cancellation Period Check riting FATCA Applicable No Employer ID Number FATCA Classification a EIN m Classification Description FATCA Reason pa FATCA Effectiv
241. ge at which withdrawals are required The contribution made by an investor into an IRA plan is directed into the specific fund opted for by the investor in the underlying portfolio of funds defined for the product under which the plan was purchased The income derived from investment into the product portfolio could be reinvested back into the portfolio or received as payment The income could be taxed under applicable laws or tax sheltered depending upon the tax laws of the country and the guidelines of the plan This chapter explains the manner in which you can configure Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing to process investment in IRA plans for an investor Features of IRA Processing In Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing you can maintain and process investments into IRA s for an investor This would involve the following processes You can maintain the different types of retirement products offered by your organization Each type can be characterized by different attributes You can define patterns of investment in IRA s and fund portfolios for each product by applying the specifications made for a product type Investment transactions into IRA s can also be processed such as the initial investment additional investments premiums and partial or complete withdrawals Distribution of the income derived from investment into the funds portfolio is also managed in the system You can configure the system to process the inco
242. h by 17 The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth Fund Rules Summary Authorized Fund ID Open Rule Effective Date es Fund Name Fund Type a AMC ID Fund Enabled Latest Rule X ISIN No LH a s a aa ove ove Fund Ticker Symbol ai Umbrella Fund Hedge Fund EZAN Em Advanced Search Records per page 15 v Authorized Open Status Fund ID Rule Effective Date Fund Name Fund Name Short Fund Class Fund T m r 4 55 ORACLE 4 11 1 2 Editing Fund Rules Record You can modify the details of a Fund Rules record that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows Invoke the Fund Rules Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified Click Search button All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed rec
243. hange Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the unauthorized option 3 Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified 4 Click Search button All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen oer ORACLE 5 Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Price Date Change Maintenance Detail screen is displayed Select Unlock Operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information Click Save to save your changes The Price Date Change Maintenance Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Price Date Change Maintenance Summary screen 5 6 2 3 Viewing Price Date Change Maintenance 5 6 2 4 5 6 2 5 To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the Price Date Change Maintenance Summary screen as follows 1 2 Invoke the Price Date Change Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorized field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Autho
244. hanumeric Mandatory Select the ID of the load group for which the group load mapping profile is being set up from the options provided Rule Effective Date Date Mandatory Specify the Rule Effective Date for the load group for which the group load mapping profile is being set up from the options provided Transaction Type Alphanumeric Mandatory This is to indicate the transaction type for which the loads are being defined Select the Transaction Type from the list given in the drop down menu Ref Type Optional To designate a load as being applicable for a reference transaction type for the selected load group select the reference type from the Available Reference Types box and move it to the Mapped Reference Types box using the arrows If loads are to be designated applicable to reference types for a load group you must set up an individual group load mapping record in this screen for each reference type for the load group just as you do for each transaction type Note It must be remembered that while mapping a load to a reference transaction type the sys tem does not support the mapping of the Ref Type 68 Funding Repayment to any load Load ID Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the name of the Load fee incentive that must be applied for the selected load group You may make your choice from the options provided in the drop down list 9 18 ORACLE Processing Frequency Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify
245. haracter Numeric Mandatory Select the code of the entity that is to be allowed to operate this fund from the options provided It could be an agent or a check vendor who is designated to print checkbooks that are requested by investors availing the check writing facility it could also be a unit holder individual or corporate investor category or a clearing agent Restrictive List Optional Use this field to indicate whether you are maintaining a list of allowed entity associations for the fund or a restrictive one Check this box to indicate a restricted list leave it unchecked to indicate an allowed list If you maintain a restrictive list only the entities that you specify are restricted from transacting in the selected fund If you maintain an allowed list only the entities that you specify are allowed to transact in the selected fund Based on the installation setup the system validates Broker fund mapping in one the following ways e If any broker or brokerage is mapped to a fund and the restrictive list value is selected as No then only those brokers and the sub brokers are allowed to transact in the fund If any broker or brokerage is mapped to a fund and the restricted list is listed as Yes a ORACLE then all the brokers apart from the disallowed list are allowed to in the fund unless you map the sub brokers of the disallowed brokers to a particular fund e If any broker or broke
246. haracter Maximum Optional Check this box to indicate that direct debits are applicable for the account Account Category Optional From the drop down list select the category to which the account belongs The available options are e Pay In e Pay Out e NPI Trust Note Only those accounts that operate in the fund base currency can be specified as an NPI Trust account For a given Fund ID and Fund Base Currency combination only account can be maintained as NPI Trust account Default Account Optional You must designate one default account for each currency which would be deemed to be the default fund account in the selected currency for the fund oat ORACLE 5 9 4 5 9 4 1 Fund Account Summary Screen Invoke the Fund Account Input Summary screen by typing UTSFNDAC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Fund Account Input Summary Authorized Fund ID a Advanced Search Records per page 15 v ee a Authorized Open Status Fund ID Account Number Account Name Branch Bank Account Currency Close You can perform the following operations in the Fund Account Input Summary screen Retrieving Record in Fund Account Summary Screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows Specify any or all of the following details in the corresp
247. hat is to be modified Click Search button All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Fund Family Detail screen is displayed Select Unlock Operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information Click Save to save your changes The Fund Family Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Fund Family Summary screen Only maker can edit his unauthorized records Viewing Fund Family Record To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the Fund Family Summary screen as follows Invoke the Fund Family Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen an ORACLE 2 5 6 2 5 7 2 5 8 Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Fund Family Detail screen is displayed in View mode Deleting Fund Family Record
248. he Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Fund Account Detail screen is displayed in View mode 5 9 4 4 Deleting Fund Account Record You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered Invoke the Fund Account Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion 280 ORACLE 5 9 4 5 5 9 4 6 5 9 4 7 5 9 4 8 e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Fund Account Detail screen is displayed e Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database Authorizing Fund Account Record An unauthorized Fund Account record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the Fund Account Summary screen from the Browser e Select t
249. he details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Fund Price Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List When a checker authorizes a transaction details of validation if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Amending a Fund Price Holiday Record After a Fund Price record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization 1 Invoke the Fund Price Holiday Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized records 3 Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen 4 Click Search All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen ORACLE 5 7 2 7 5 8 5 Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Fund Price Holiday Maintenance Detail screen is displayed in amendment mode Select Unlock operation from the Action List to amend the record
250. he details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen ea ORACLE 2 6 6 2 6 7 2 6 8 Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Share Class Definition Detail screen is displayed in View mode Deleting Share Class Definition Record You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered Invoke the Share Class Definition Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Share Class Definition Detail screen is displayed Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database Authorizing Share Class Definition Record An unauthorized Share Class Definition record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record Invoke the Share Class Definition Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that y
251. he following details in the corresponding fields e The status of the record in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved e The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records are retrieved e SINo e Fund ID e Fund Identification Number Click Search button to view the records All the records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner Press F7 Input the Fund ID Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can also search a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Fund ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows oe ORACLE e Search by A The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID ends by numeric value 7 For example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Search by 17 The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so fo
252. he new Fund Agency Backdating Limit You can however change the details of the new maintenance Maintaining Restrictions for Switch Transactions Switch transactions are governed by the switching policy indicated for the AMC Accordingly switch transactions could either be allowed between funds within the AMC or between funds within the same fund family In the case of Distributors no switching logic might be indicated For a fund you might require to disallow switch transactions into a few selected funds a restrictive list or you might require maintaining a list of funds into which switch transactions are allowed a positive list Typically a restrictive list could be required if the switching logic indicated for the AMC entails no restrictions on switch transactions You can maintain such restrictive or positive lists for a fund in the Fund Switch Restrict Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDFNSWR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button ol ORACLE 5 3 1 5 3 2 Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the lists on switch transactions Fund Switch Restrict Detail New 3 Enter Query Fund Switch Restriction Fund ID Restrictive List No ISIN Code Limit Restrictive List To Select One Disabled No Fund Switch Restriction 1of1 To
253. he status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Fund Account Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List When a checker authorizes a transaction details of validation if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Amending Fund Account Record After a Fund Account record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization e Invoke the Fund Account Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized records e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Fund Account Detail screen is dis
254. he status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Override Trade Cycle Date screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List 5 16 2 6 Amending an Override Trade Cycle Date Record After an Override Trade Cycle Date record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization e Invoke the Override Trade Cycle Date Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized records e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Override Trade Cycle Date screen is displayed in amendment mode Select Unlock operation from the Action List to amend the record e Amend the necessary information and click on Save to save the changes 5 16 2 7 Authorizing an
255. he unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Wrap Fund Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List oe ORACLE 5 11 2 6 5 11 2 7 5 11 2 8 5 12 When a checker authorizes a transaction details of validation if any that were over ridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Amending Wrap Fund record After a Wrap Fund record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization e Invoke the Wrap Fund Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized records e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Wrap Fund Detail screen is displayed in amendment mode Select Unlock operation
256. heck Funds with minimum registered capital greater than zero If the minimum registered capital of the fund exceeds zero an appropriate message is displayed This is a mandatory check and processing of the corporate action cannot continue if it is unsuccessful Maintenance of Switch Out transaction type for the From fund For corporate actions involving different parent and resultant funds the system checks that the Switch Out transaction type has been maintained and is allowable for the From fund This is a mandatory check and processing of the corporate action cannot continue if it is unsuccessful Maintenance of Switch In transaction type for the To fund For corporate actions involving different parent and resultant funds the system checks that the Switch In transaction type has been maintained and is allowable for the To fund This is a mandatory check and processing of the corporate action cannot continue if it is unsuccessful Funds for which fractional balances are not allowed with rounding rules other than truncate In case fractional units need to be paid out in the resulting fund the system checks that the rounding options in the General Operating Rules must be set to truncate If this has not been set for the resultant fund for the Switch In transaction type an appropriate warning message is displayed This is a mandatory check and processing of the corporate action cannot continue if it i
257. hese are trades captured on Day 100 10 27 UH Fund Redeems Redeems Proceeds in ID ID Units ZAR UH1 F100 100 1027 00 ZAR UH5 F100 2498 651 25661 15 ZAR Therefore the balance of the investors in Fund F100 will be UH Fund Balance in ID ID Units UH1 F100 899 460 UH2 F100 1998 921 UH3 F100 2998 381 UH4 F100 3498 111 UH5 F100 0 UH6 F100 1499 190 Let us assume that a Fund Manager revises an interim forecast of 11 instead of 10 Consequently all the trades that are unitized during the current fiscal year of the fund will be considered for impact and the units will be recomputed based on the new prices Day 0 gt 10 ZAR Day 1 gt 10 003 ZAR Day 2 gt 10 006 ZAR Day 3 10 009 ZAR 3 38 ORACLE Day 4 gt 10 012 ZAR Day 5 gt 10 015 ZAR Day 100 10 30 ZAR Day 101 10 3030 ZAR Day 102 10 3060 ZAR Day 103 10 3090 ZAR After subscription the adjustment for the investors in F100 will be UH Fund ID ID Balance in Units UH1 F100 999 1008 Difference in units 0 3595 UH2 F100 1998 2020 Difference in units 0 7190 UH3 F100 2997 3020 Difference in units 1 0784 UH4 F100 3496 8530 Difference in Units 1 2582 UH5 F100 2497 7520 Difference in Units 0 8987 UH6 F100 1498 6510 Difference in units 0 5392 The adjustment due to redemption will be UH Fund ID ID Balance
258. his field Such funds are known in the system as certificate option funds You can specify the details of certificate issue for the fund in the Certificate Details tab in this screen Certificate Required For Block Optional For scrip less funds select Yes in this field to indicate that certificates must be issued to investors for block transactions in the fund Minimum Registered Capital Currency Mandatory Enter an amount to specify the lower limit of Fund Corpus beyond which the system will disable the fund and await action from the Fund Manager At any point of time when the fund is enabled the fund corpus registered capital cannot go below this value Maximum Registered Capital Currency Mandatory Enter an amount to specify the Upper limit of Fund Corpus beyond which the system will disable the fund and await action from the Fund Manager At any point of time when the Fund is enabled the fund corpus registered capital cannot go above this value wee ORACLE This upper limit must be below the figure of ten thousand trillion at any point of time Minimum Number of Unit Holders 10 Characters Maximum Numeric Mandatory Enter a value to specify the lower limit i e Minimum Number of unit holders beyond which the system will disable the fund and await action from the Fund Manager At any point of time when the fund is enabled the number of unit holders cannot fall below this value This value must not be low
259. his investment is distributed to the investors either in the form of dividends when a dividend is declared by the fund administrators or in the form of capital appreciation when the investors sell their holdings back to the fund Funds can be of various types depending upon their processing guidelines their expected returns for the investor pricing guidelines and so on Therefore funds will differ widely in any or all of these characteristics Funds differ widely in any or all of the following e Operational guidelines e Investment offer patterns e The structure of the fees and other loads that are charged or the incentives that are given e Pricing policies The price of the fund on a given business day is known as the NAV Net Asset Value for the fund It is a measure of the net worth of a single asset or unit in the fund It is also the rate that is available to the investors at which they may buy into the fund or sell out of the fund at any given time The fund price is a reflection of the value of the assets in the fund and so it is rarely constant Depending upon the frequency at which the fund administrators declare this price funds may be accordingly either pre priced or post priced e Certificate guidelines Some funds give investors certificates representing their holdings in the money pool Such funds are known as scrip based certificate based or simply certificate funds Some funds only give the investors an acknowl
260. ial transactions and standing instructions transactions e The limits for transactions accepted through different means of purchase e The final rounding precision patterns for transaction base prices and unit prices e The final rounding precision for the computation of units for each transaction type e The rules for gross or net processing modes for IPO subscription and redemption transactions for a fund e The payments lag if any to be applicable for redemption payouts e The minimum holdings required for standing instruction transactions in the fund To set up the Transaction Processing Rules for a fund use the Transaction Processing Rules screen You can invoke this screen by clicking Transaction Processing Rules tab from the Fund Rules screen Transaction Processing Rules Rule Effective Date Fund ID SB transaction Rules Unit Holder Rules Transaction Limit Pricing Policies SI Specific Info SI Rules For Frequency Transaction Type Start Date Transaction Frequency Select One End Date Transaction Enabled Yes Net Amount Gross Amount Net Unit Gross Unit Restrict Sale to Investor Yes Transaction Suspended No Maximum IPO Issue Size Allow Systematic Plans Yes The screen displays the details of the fund for which the rules are being set up in the Fund Information section and the details of all Transaction Processing Rules already maintained for any transaction type in
261. ibutes If you want to create a new Fund Family with the same attributes of an existing one you can copy the attributes of an existing Fund Family to a new one To copy the attributes e Retrieve the record whose attributes the new Fund Family should inherit You can retrieve the record through the Summary screen or through the F7 F8 operation explained in the previous sections of this chapter e Click on Copy e Indicate the ID for the new Fund Family You can however change the details of the new maintenance Share Class Definition The share classes are the last or lowest level in the umbrella fund hierarchy Each share class is uniquely identified in this screen with a unique ID You can maintain any number of share class types as are necessary To maintain share classes use the Share Class Definition Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDSCDEF in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the share class Share Class Definition New 73 Enter Query Share Class ID Share Class Description Reinvestment Mandatory No Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized at ORACLE 2 6 1 2 6 2 2 6 3 Fields in Share Class Definition Screen Share Class ID 2 Characters Maximum Alphanume
262. ic Redemption Preferences Min Max Holding Check MAREBBE Limit Order Processing Options Transaction Cancellation Period Check Writing Maintain Trading Box No CDSC Fund CDSC Applicable for No Reinvestment First Switches Performance Fee Interest Rate Threshold EUSD Scope Include Holding Period Yes Fields in Advance Option Maintenance Maintain Trading Box Select Yes in this field to indicate to the system that the trading functions must be enabled for the fund This means that for the fund all trading transactions and the relevant processing are allowed If you specify No then you will not be able to use the trading functions and effect trading transactions in the fund Refer the Suspense Accounts Statutory Accounts and Trading chapter in the Fund Manager User Manual for a fuller discussion of the trading functions available in the FC IS system CDSC Fund Optional If Contingent Deferred Sales Charge CDSC is applicable for transactions in this fund then specify the CDSC calculation method to be used for the fund The options are e LOCOM Lower of cost or Market Value e Market Price Market appreciation method e Class B CDSC Class B method e Not Applicable CDSC not applicable CDSC Applicable for Switches Optional Select Yes in this field to indicate that the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge CDSC must be applicable to switch or exchange transactions Reinvestments
263. icate whether the applied load would result in a debit or credit for the funds in the load group This data is captured for information purposes only and has no processing implications in the system database This is to be used in case of an interface with an Asset Management system where details for calculation of NAV would need to be uploaded Based on Income Optional If the load is a Capital Gains Tax and it is to be applied based on the gross amount after allocation choose the Capital Gains Gross option in this field for such a load Slab Basis Alphanumeric Optional Indicate the basis on which the slabs will be reckoned for an amount based load that you are designating as applicable for the load group You can indicate that the slabs must be reckoned on a gross amount or a net 6 20 ORACLE 6 2 3 Round Off Down Up Mandatory Indicate the rounding options for the load amount for the selected transaction type for the load group e Choose Round Up to indicate rounding the value at the precision decimal place to the next higher numeral e Choose Round Off to indicate normal rounding at the precision decimal e Choose Round Down to indicate truncation of the value at the precision decimal place For example Let us suppose that the load amount computed for a subscription transaction is 10 561234 and that this value must be rounded to the 3 decimal place If you indicate rounding up then the valu
264. icking on the adjoining arrow button Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the adhoc price maintenance Ad Hoc Price Detail New 753 Enter Query Fund ID Fund Identification Number Adhoc Price Date Maintenance 1of1 Transaction Type Adhoc Price Date Cut Off Days For Reporting ii Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Tag ORACLE 5 5 1 1 5 5 1 2 5 5 2 In the Adhoc Price Dates Maintenance section specify the following Fund Details Section Fund Id Select the fund id of the fund for which ad hoc price dates have to be maintained from the option list provided Fund Identification Number Select the fund identification number of the fund for which ad hoc price dates have to be maintained from the option list provided The Fund Identification Number of the fund you have chosen will be displayed when you choose the Fund Id You could alternatively choose the Fund Identification Number of the fund and the Fund Id will be displayed Adhoc Price Dates Maintenances You can specify the following in this section Transaction Type Choose the transaction type for which you want to maintain adhoc price dates Adhoc Price Date Specify the adhoc price date The date you enter cannot be earlier than Application Date and the Next Price Date maintained in the Gener
265. icy for Fund A subscription transaction entered into by an investor into any fund can be tracked till the units resulting from the transaction have been cleared in full from the unit holder account of the investor This is known as ageing Each fund may have a different approach to ageing a transaction The approaches followed in Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing are presented below FIFO First In First Out In this approach in a scrip less fund the unit balance resulting from the earliest transactions of the unit holder in the fund would be considered for redemption Ageing based on Transaction Receipts In this approach in a scrip less fund the unit balance resulting from any earlier transaction chosen by the unit holder based on the receipt presented for the same would be considered for redemption ea ORACLE 3 6 2 Hierarchy If the AMC services distributors according to a service level agreement and the distributor books are maintained at the AMC the option of ageing transactions received from the distributors according to the hierarchy agreed to is available The allocation process updates the balances at a unit holder and fund level The distributor books are a reflection of the underlying hierarchy holdings based on the AMC Distributor agreement IOF IRRF Optimization If a fund has IRRF IOF taxes applicable provided the fund holding is redeemed within a stipulated time then the IRRF IOF based funds and the su
266. ield You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Load Group Characteristics Maintenance Detail screen is displayed in View mode 6 1 8 4 Deleting Load Group Characteristics Maintenance You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered Invoke the Load Group Characteristics Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Load Group Characteristics Maintenance Detail screen is displayed Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database anka ORACLE 6 1 8 5 Authorizing Load Group Characteristics Maintenance 6 1 8 6 6 1 8 7
267. ience organization and Chapter 1 related documents of this manual Fund Setup Setting up Fund Hierarchies explains funds and investors Chapter 2 setting up fund hierarchies maintaining fund families share class defini tion mapping sub funds to share class Fund Setup Setting up Fund Rules I explains the concept of a fund Chapter 3 rule setting up of a fund rule maintenance of various components and corporate actions Fund Setup Setting up Fund Rules II explains the maintenance of Chapter 4 transaction processing rules and various restrictions and rules such as Fund Residency restriction Fund Setup Other Fund Activities explains other fund activities such as enablers associating entities with funds maintaining fund prices ad hoc prices etc Fund Setup Setting up Load Groups explains how you can set up groups Chapter 6 of funds with common applicable loads Fund Setup Maintenance for IRA Products explains how you can set up Chapter 7 retirement investment products in the system Chapter 8 Function ID Glossary has alphabetical listing of Function Screen ID s used in the module with page references for quick navigation t1 ORACLE 1 5 Conventions Used in this Manual Before you begin using this User Manual it is important to understand the typographical conventions used in it 1 5 1 General Conventions Convention Type of Information
268. ification number is defaulted on selection of the Fund Id Load Group Summary Screen You can perform the following operations in the Load group Summary screen Retrieving Record in Load Group Summary Screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows Invoke the FCIS Load Group Maintenance Summary screen by typing UTSLDGRP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button and specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields e The status of the record in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved e The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records are retrieved e Group ID e Rule Effective Date Click Search button to view the records All the records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner e Press F7 e Input the Group ID e Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can also search a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Group ID by using the combination of and al
269. ill be defaulted in transaction screen This can be changed at transaction level e Trigger Based In this case CPMF bonus is credited on the day of uploading basis amount for that transaction Lag for CPMF Bonus Credit Numeric Mandatory If Lag basis is transaction date or trigger based lag will not be captured If Lag basis is user defined then the Lag for CPMF Bonus Credit will be captured Credit Bonus on Outflow Mandatory Check this option to ensure that the CPMF credit takes place even if the subscribed units have been redeemed partially or fully IRRF Load for CPMF Alphanumeric Optional Indicate the IRRF load to be applied to the CPMF bonus in which case the net amount will be credited to the investor after taking into consideration the tax amount Minimum Transaction Amount Numeric Mandatory Specify the minimum amount that is required to be available for the CPMF bonus to be considered in case the application amount is less than the amount specified here the bonus will not be calculated Note The minimum transaction amount should be specified in the fund base currency Available Account Types All the available account types will be displayed here for selection Applicable Account Types Select the account types from the list of available account types for which the CPMF bonus will be applicable 48 ORACLE 5 8 1 Fund CPMF Summary Screen Invoke the Fund CPMF Setup Summary screen by t
270. illion at any point of time High Water Mark HWM The high water mark as per the price date gets displayed here Reflect in Trading Choose this option if you wish to make this fund price applicable for an investor who maintains a trading account under this fund Hurdle Rate The hurdle rate as per the price date specified in Hedge Funds Processing Rules screen gets displayed here HWM Hurdle The sum of High Water Mark HWM and the hurdle rate rounded based on the price rounding method gets displayed here Maintaining Fund Price Transaction Details After you have specified the price details click Ok button The Transaction Details link is enabled which when clicked invokes the Fund Transaction Details to be displayed in the lower section of the screen 8 ORACLE The Fund Price details for all the given transaction types are displayed in the Fund Price Transaction Details section Fund Price Detail New 73 Enter Query Fund ID Effective Date Fund Base Currency ISIN No NAV Computation J Net Asset Value NAV Lot Total Assets Total Net Assets C Formula Builder No of Unit Holders Real NAV Lot a Declared NAV Lot Floor Price Ceiling Price FI Outstanding Units Amend Transactions Select Outstanding Units High Water Mark HWM Reflect in Trading Select Hurdle Rate HWM Hurdle E Fund Price Components Additional Information Transaction Details 1of1
271. in payout NPI that you want to retrieve from selected fund bank account records uploaded into the system Statement Number Alphanumeric Optional Enter the number of the statement which you want to retrieve Statement Transaction Code Alphanumeric Optional Enter the code of the transaction as printed on the statement Statement Ref Instrument Ref Alphanumeric Optional If you want to search based on a particular bank entry enter the statement reference number Else if you wish to search based on a particular instrument enter the instrument reference number og ORACLE Fund ID Alphanumeric Optional Enter the ID of the fund involved in the transaction Drawee Bank Optional Specify the name of the bank where the payment instrument is drawn if the mode of payment is Check Credit Card Debit Card or Draft In case of Transfer specify the transfer bank code Drawee Branch Optional Specify the branch of the selected bank where the payment is drawn if the mode of payment is Check or Draft In case of Transfer specify the transfer branch code Payment Mode Enter the mode of payment for the transaction Location Code Optional Enter the location code After you have specified the fund account and statement details click on OK The required bank statement records that are located in the database are displayed in the lower grid The following details are displayed for each bank statement record in the Find Results
272. ing Price should be greater than the Fund Price i e Fund Price should be between Floor Price and the Ceiling Price Foreign Investors Outstanding Units Numeric Display Displays the number of Foreign Investors Outstanding Units for the fund that is also calculated by the system The units displayed prior to allocation are of the previous period and post allocation the Foreign Investors units will form the balance for the effective day The Foreign Investors Outstanding Units should always be below the figure of one hundred trillion at any point of time Amend Transactions This option allows you to reverse and recreate transactions affected by amending the Fund Price or merely updating the price Only after you select this option the transactions included during authorization of the Fund Price are affected The system will not reverse and recreate the transactions if any underlying child transaction has been created from the old transaction mee ORACLE 5 4 3 The details specified below are displayed if the related fund is a Hedge Fund Outstanding Units Numeric Display This displays the number of Total Outstanding Units for the fund that is calculated by the system The units displayed prior to allocation are of the previous period Post allocation the outstanding units will become the balances for the effective day The Total Outstanding Units should never exceed or be equal to the figure of ten thousand tr
273. ing fields e The status of the record in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved e The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records are retrieved e Wrap Fund e ISIN No e Rule Effective Date Click Search button to view the records All the records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner Press F7 Input the Wrap Fund Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can also search a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Wrap Fund by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A System will fetch all the records whose Wrap Fund starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 etc e Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Wrap Fund ends by numeric value 7 For example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 etc e Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Wrap Fund contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 etc 11 2 2 Editing Wrap Fund Record You can modify the details of a Wra
274. ing on the adjoining arrow button Fund Entity Mapping Summary Authorized Open Fund ID a Entity Type Entity ID Custom Values Setup Advanced Search Records per page 15 v 1 of 1 mm EI Authorized Open Status Fund ID Entity Type Entity ID Custom Values Setup Restriction Category Rema 4 m r You can perform the following operations in the Fund Entity Mapping Summary Screen 4 ORACLE 5 1 3 1 5 1 3 2 Retrieving Record in Fund Entity Mapping Summary Screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows Invoke the Fund Entity Mapping Summary screen by typing UTSFNENT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields e The status of the record in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved e The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records are retrieved e Fund ID e Entity Type e Entity Id e Custom Values Setup Click Search button to view the records All the records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner
275. interim several times and the actual rate of growth is published at the end of the year If you choose the option Yes for Guaranteed Funds the system will e Re compute the fund prices and adjust the units to the investors based on the re forecasted rates during interim periods and actual rate growth during annual rate declaration time e Share the residual units of investors who have left before interim annual rate declaration time among the existing investors Example Let us assume that a Fund F100 is launched with the price of 10 ZAR with the forecasted rate of 10 per annum Consequently 10 10 100 365 0 0027 will be the increase in price till a new rate is declared Please note that the price used here is an example and not the exact formulae as such Day 0 gt 10 ZAR Day 1 gt 10 0027 ZAR Day 2 gt 10 0054 ZAR Day 3 gt 10 0081 ZAR Day 4 gt 10 0108 ZAR Day 5 gt 10 0135 ZAR Day 100 10 27 ZAR Day 101 10 2727 ZAR Day 102 10 2754 ZAR Day 103 10 2781 ZAR and so on If an investor invests on Day 2 the transaction will get unitized using the price 10 0054 oat ORACLE Assume these are trades captured on Day 2 10 0054 UH Fund Subscription Amount in D lID ZAR Unie UH1 F100 10 000 999 460 UH2 F100 20 000 1998 92 1 UH3 F100 30 000 2998 38 1 UH4 F100 35 000 3498 111 UH5 F100 25 000 2498 65 1 UH6 F100 15 000 1499 19 0 Assume t
276. involving a CIF Min Holdings Threshold limit Numeric Specify the percentage value to be applied on minimum balance amount or units setup here Min Lock in Period for Gain Days Numeric Optional Specify the minimum lock in period applicable for the fund During subscription transaction the lock in period specified at the transaction level should be equal ot or greater than the minimum period indicated here Max Lock in Period for Gain Days Numeric Optional Specify the maximum lock in period beyond which if the subscription is redeemed gains would be passed over to the Unitholder and so IOF and IRRF taxes will be applicable This should be greater than or equal to the Min Lock in Period Note When a transaction is redeemed within the Lock In period redemption happens at the low est applicable NAV as on date of Subscription or on the date of Redemption Default Lock in Period for Gain Days Numeric Optional Specify the default lock in period within which if the subscription is redeemed no gains would be passed over to the Unitholder and so IOF and IRRF taxes will not be applicable 348 ORACLE Note The default lock in period should be within the minimum and maximum lock in period 3 6 6 4 Specifying Advance Options 3 6 6 5 Click on Advance Options tab to maintain specify advance options General Operating Rules Fund ID Rule Effective Date Basic Information Automat
277. involving transactions in the fund the holdings validation cannot be set If you choose either of the last two options Lower of Amount Units or Higher of Amount Units you must specify the applicable minimum amount in the Minimum Holdings Amount field as well as the applicable minimum number of units in the Minimum Holdings Units field Also in either case the redeemable value of the total number of units held by all investors under the CIF is considered for validation if the check is to apply at CIF level SI Minimum Holdings Apply For Alphanumeric Mandatory if Minimum Holdings Indicator is specified In this field indicate whether the minimum holdings check is applicable for CIFs or for individual unit holders If the check is to apply at CIF level the redeemable value of the total number of units held by all investors under the CIF in the fund is considered for validation 10 ORACLE SI Minimum Holdings Amount Numeric Mandatory if Minimum Holdings Indicator is specified Specify the minimum redeemable value of holdings in the fund for an IPO or subscription transaction in respect of a standing instruction involving a CIF or individual unit holder Example For the Royal Trust Growth Fund you have selected the Amount option as the Minimum Holdings Indicator for IPO or subscription transactions that would be generated in respect of standing instructions You have also specified the Minimum Holdings Amount value as 120
278. io Parent Child ISIN Code Split Parent Ratio Split Resultant Ratio Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized ID and ISIN code of the parent fund Click on the Split Details link to invoke the Split Details screen where you can specify the parent fund details The split parent ratio for the split The parent ratio must be less than the resultant child ratio The split Resultant Ration for the split The parent ratio must be less than the resultant child ratio Whether fractional units are allowable as a result of the split If you indicate so you can also specify the applicable number of decimals The new par value per unit for the units being split aS ORACLE e Whether the split date must be moved forward or backward if it falls on a holiday e Payment lag if any for the split e Threshold amount e Whether or not the split process must be automatically initiated on the split date the Beginning of Day processes initiate the split process in the system if automatic initiation is specified e The book closing period that signifies the dates between which transactions into the fund are suspended for processing the split e The exchange rate source applicable and the exchange rate date e Whether the units to be considered for the split are to be considered as of the transaction date allocation date or price date 5 13 8 3 Maintaining Details for Reverse Split The details you mai
279. ion switch in and transfer Transaction Suspended Optional You can use this field to suspend transactions of specific types for a fund Check this box to indicate that the transactions of the selected type are suspended for the fund The suspension would be enforced for transactions of the specific type both entered through the Transaction Detail screens as well as system generated and uploaded transactions Note If the fund is suspended as specified in the Fund Demographics transactions of all types are not allowed into the fund If the fund is not suspended transactions of specific types that have been suspended for the fund in the Transaction Processing Rules if any are not allowed Maximum IPO Issue Size Numeric Optional Specify the maximum issue size for IPO transactions in the fund This value places a restriction on the total IPO order value for the fund If the total order value units exceed the maximum issue size the number of allocated units is computed as follows Quantity allotted Quantity applied Maximum issue size Total order value Allow Systematic Plans Optional By default this indicator would remain checked Uncheck this if you do not wish to allow systematic investment plans This indicator would be allowed for capture for IPO Subscription Subscription Redemption Transfer and Switch type of transactions Transaction Rules Section In this section the following details may be captur
280. ion Period Maintenance Transaction Cancellation Period You can specify a number of calendar days that represents a period from the date of transaction within which cancellations are allowed Transaction Cancellation Allowed You can specify whether cancellation is allowed for the fund Choose Yes if you wish to allow cancellation or else choose No Allow Switching in Cancellation Period You can specify if you wish to allow switch transactions any time within the cancellation period Choose Yes to allow switches in the holdings due to the transaction else choose No Cancellation Price Basis You can specify the price basis to be followed for cancellations The price basis could be NAV for a single pricing fund For other type of funds the basis could be Bid or Offer Price The current market value computation as well as the cancellation amount would depend on the bid offer NAV 3 6 6 9 Check Writing Options Section e inthis section you can specify the rules that govern check writing for the fund such as Whether check writing is allowed to investors for this fund The limits on the amount for a check The minimum period for which units must be held in the investor account for the fund before they are redeemed by a check Whether the unit holder can close the account through a redemption check Ifthe fund is a retirement fund whether check facility can be made available for
281. ional Indicate the threshold dividend amount in fund base currency If Investor has chosen the cash option for dividend payment and the dividend income in the current processing cycle is more than threshold dividend amount then dividend income can be paid out 3 24 ORACLE If Unit holder has chosen distribution mode as a combination of cash and reinvestment and the cash portion of dividend amount net of tax is less than Minimum Amount for Payment then system will generate a single reinvestment transaction for the total dividend income Action on Minimum Amount Validation Optional Select the options from list e Reinvest Reinvest the dividend if it falls below minimum amount for payment e Hold No additional processing is required and Dividend amount is neither be paid out nor reinvested Override at Pay Time Optional Indicate whether Minimum Amount for Payment can be overridden during dividend payment processing Auto Reinvestment for Unclaimed Dividend Optional If you select Yes system will automatically reinvest when dividend is unclaimed i e dividend check is not encashed within the expiry date Note By default this option will be No Auto Reinvestment for Unclaimed Dividend When No Balance Left Optional If you select Yes then system will automatically reinvest when dividend is unclaimed i e dividend check is not encashed within the expiry date and when the unit holder does not have
282. is displayed here Forward Pricing Applicable You can use this field to indicate whether forward specific pricing is applicable for the fund To select this option choose Yes ante ORACLE When you opt for forward pricing you should choose the User Defined option for Price Frequency and define the price dates in the Details section in the Pricing Frequency Definition screen You may if you choose also maintain a Cut off frequency If forward pricing is applicable then you must also indicate the parameters given below in addition to the pricing frequency and the holiday rule e Whether the pricing frequency is applied based on the system calendar fund calendar or actual calendar e The specific day on which the price would be made available Note Forward specific pricing can be indicated only for post priced funds Calendar Basis Alphanumeric Mandatory In this field you can indicate whether the pricing frequency takes into consideration the fund calendar system calendar or the actual calendar Pricing Frequency Select the frequency at which the pricing dates will occur from the options in the drop down list e Daily e Weekly e Fortnightly e Monthly e Quarterly e Half Yearly e Yearly If you choose an option other than daily you must define the frequency of pricing for the fund in Pricing Frequency Definition screen The frequency of fund price input and allocations will happen on d
283. is the first specific price date being 15th January 2002 The declared price on this date is 12 45 for IPO and 12 34 for subscription All IPO and subscription transactions that have been entered into the Carey Bugle Fund from the 15t January 2002 till the 15th January 2002 will be allocated on 15t January 2002 using the prices 12 45 and 12 34 respectively 4st Any IPO or subscription transactions entered between 1 January and 15t can be redeemed by the concerned unit holders only after 15 January The next specific pricing date for IPO and subscription transactions will be 15t February 2002 the pricing frequency being monthly and all IPO and subscription transactions entered between 16 January 2002 and 15 February 2002 will be allocated on this date Note If specific pricing has been defined for a fund the specific pricing parameters would take precedence over the pricing method and frequency defined in the General Operating Rules for the fund Aa ORACLE 4 8 1 4 8 2 Setting up Specific Price Date Parameters for Fund To set up specific price dates for any transaction types mapped to a fund use the Specific Fund Price Date Setup screen Invoke this screen from the Fund Rules screen by clicking Specific Fund Price Date link Setting up the specific price date is an optional fund rule and may be edited authorized or amended just as the other fund rules For a fund you can specif
284. is field you can indicate the basis upon which the minimum holdings check is performed The following options are available e Amount The value of holdings at redemption price If you choose this option you must specify the minimum amount in the Minimum Holdings Amount field If the check is to apply at CIF level the redeemable value of units held by all unit holders under the CIF in the fund is checked against the Minimum Holdings Amount e Units The number of units held If you choose this option you must specify the minimum number of units in the Minimum Holdings Units field If the check is to apply at CIF level the total number of units held by all unit holders under the CIF in the fund is checked against the Minimum Holdings Units e Lower of Amount Units The minimum amount specified or the redeemable value of minimum units specified whichever is lower e Higher of Amount Units The minimum amount specified or the redeemable value of minimum units specified whichever is higher e Not Applicable The minimum holdings validation is not performed if you choose this option If you choose either of the last two options Lower of Amount Units or Higher of Amount Units you must specify the applicable minimum amount in the Minimum Holdings Amount field as well as the applicable minimum number of units in the Minimum Holdings Units field Also in either case the redeemable value of the total number of units held by all investors und
285. ist portion of the screen pag ORACLE 7 1 7 2 7 2 1 7 Maintenance for IRA Products Introduction Your AMC could offer investors the facility of maintaining and processing retirement plans Features of Individual Retirement Accounts One of the typical modes of retirement planning that is opted for by investors is investing in mutual funds through an Individual Retirement Account IRA The contributions of an investor into an IRA could be either taxed or could be non taxable depending upon the type of IRA The income on the assets in an IRA is typically tax sheltered An investor obtains an IRA by purchasing or subscribing to a retirement plan under one of the retirement investment products offered by your company Investment into an IRA could be increased over a period of time during the tenor of the plan either through premiums or additional investments or both The investor could also be paid annuity if such a feature is available in the plan Generally a retirement age is set for a retirement plan so that when the investor reaches the retirement age withdrawals can be availed After the retirement age is reached no further additional investments or premiums can be contributed to the plan but regular withdrawals and annuities if applicable are allowed In the case of Roth IRA Retirement Plans contributions can be made after retirement age The age up to which contributions can be made is the retirement a
286. itional bases are being used in the formula Parent Basis Alphanumeric Mandatory For components used for additional price bases specify the standard price basis from which the additional price basis derives in this field You can select either the NAV or the Transaction Base Price as the parent price basis NAV can be chosen as the parent price basis only for NAV components Additional price bases can only be defined if allowed for the fund in the General Operating Rules For components used for standard price bases such as NAV and Transaction Base Price the parent price basis is defaulted to the component itself Inherent Fee Alphanumeric Mandatory If multiple price bases are defined you must also indicate the applicable inherent fee in this field You can use the Find link to select the applicable loads The selection list displays loads tagged as Price Basis Loads in the Load Definition For Transaction Base Prices the inherent fee incentive cannot be parameterized Note Any loads that have been defined as price basis loads are only used as the indicator for computing load values and are not picked up during evaluation of criteria That is the oth er load details specified for such loads such as the return value slabs and so on are not taken into consideration The difference between the Transaction Base Price and the Price Basis defined for the transaction is considered as an inherent fee or incentive during
287. k closing period that signifies the dates between which transactions into the fund are suspended for processing the capital payout The exchange rate source applicable and the exchange rate date The percentage of the units balance in the fund that are to be liquidated due to processing the capital payout The units that are to be liquidated as part of the capital payout as of price date of the transaction all units transaction date all or confirmed units or allocation date all or confirmed units Whether the payment for the liquidated units is to be made in the unit holders base currency or the fund base currency Whether prior capital redeemed units are to be redeemed when the capital payout is processed oat ORACLE 5 13 8 6 Maintaining Details for Side Pocket Creation For side pocket creation you must maintain related details in the Corporate Actions Maintenance screen Select the Side Pocket Creation option in the Corporate Action Type field Corporate Actions Maintanence E New 9 Enter Query Basic Information Corporate Action Type Select Corporate Action Status Unprocessed X Fund Information Fund ID Price Information Liquidation Price Liquidation Price Lot New Unit Par Value Other Information Holiday Rule Prior Threshold Amount Book Closing From Date Exchange Rate Source Units For Corporate Action Select Capital Payout Rate Update IDS
288. l ORACLE 6 2 6 2 1 displayed The sum of the commissions will be subtracted from the actual commission collected and the difference is reported through the report Group Load Mapping To designate different fees or incentives that are levied during the processing of transactions as applicable for transactions in funds of specific load groups use the Group Load Mapping Detail Screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDLDGRP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The Group Load Mapping Detail screen is displayed Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the group load Group Load Mapping Detail New 73 Enter Query Group Load Mapping Group ID From Entity Type Rule Effective Date To Entity Type Transaction Type Select One v Processing Frequency Load ID _ Mandatory Yes Load to Price SelectOne Priority Number VAT Applicable Yes Differential Fee Select One Contra Account Code Round Off Down Up ROUND OFF v Debit or Credit SelectOne Number of Decimals GL Account Code Price Addin Yes Send for GL Interface Select One Indexation on CGT No Slab Basis Gross Amount Available Reference Type 10f1 Ref Type Reftype Description Input by Da
289. l of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Override Trade Cycle Date screen is displayed in View mode size ORACLE 5 16 2 4 Deleting an Override Trade Cycle Date Record You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered e Invoke the Override Trade Cycle Date Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Override Trade Cycle Date screen is displayed e Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database 5 16 2 5 Authorizing an Override Trade Cycle Date Record An unauthorized Override Trade Cycle Date record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the Override Trade Cycle Date Summary screen from the Browser e Select t
290. l screen by querying in the following manner Press F7 Input the Group ID Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can also search a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Group ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows ga ORACLE e Search by A The system will fetch all the records whose Group ID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 The system will fetch all the records whose Group ID ends by numeric value 7 For example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Search by 17 The system will fetch all the records whose Group ID contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth e Search by The system will fetch all the records FCIS Group Maintenance Summary Authorized Open Group ID a Rule Effective Date e Advanced Search Records per page 15 v LE 4 Authorized Open Group ID Rule Effective Date 6 2 4 2 Editing Group Load Mapping You can modify the details of a Group Load Mapping that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows e Invoke the Group Load Mapping Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the recor
291. lating the hurdle rate The following options are available in the drop down list e Simple e Compounded Rate Code Optional Specify the interest rate code to be used for hurdle rate calculation You can also select the rate code from the option list provided Note This is applicable only for hurdle rates of type Variable or Semi variable Day Basis Optional Select the basis on which the number of days is considered for hurdle rate calculation The following options are available in the drop down list e Actual e 360 e 365 Rate Basis Optional Select the basis on which the hurdle rate is calculated from the following options available in the drop down list e Percent applicable for Variable and Semi variable hurdle rate types e Basis Points applicable only for Semi variable hurdle rate type Rate Optional Specify the value associated with the rate code that is considered for computing the hurdle rate If you have selected Basis Points as rate basis then a percentage value of this basis point is considered for computing the hurdle rate Fund Linkage Details You can indicate the linkages of a fund in this section You can specify the following details here aop ORACLE Fund Id Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the fund Id of the linked fund or select the linked fund Id from the option list provided For master funds this list will display the list of feeder f
292. ld by the unit holder in the fund being liquidated Trade Date which is the corporate action date for the liquidation Liquidation ratio displays the payment per unit due to the liquidation Liquidation price the payment per unit expressed in the fund base currency Stock exchange Split Announcement Report Details The following details are displayed for split announcement reports Date on which the announcement report is being printed ID of the unit holder receiving payment due to the split The name and address street city and zip code are also displayed ID name and ISIN of the parent fund being split The base currency of the fund is also displayed ID name and ISIN of the resultant child fund due to the split The base currency of the fund is also displayed Total number of units held by the unit holder in the fund being split Split Declaration Date which is the corporate action date for the split Split ratio Split Confirmation Report Booking Details Debit or Credit The following details are displayed for split confirmation reports Date on which the confirmation report is being printed Corporate action number for the split ID of the unit holder receiving payment due to the split The name and address street city and zip code are also displayed ID name and ISIN of the parent fund being split The base currency of the fund is also displayed ID name and ISIN of the resultant child fund due to the split
293. le Type Reset Hurdle Hurdle Rate Type Hurdle Calculation Method Rate Code Day Basis Rate Basis Rate Fund Linkage Details Investor Category Details Investor Category Details 1of1 Investor Category Investor Category name Performance Fee T Investor Category Alphanumeric Optional Specify the investor category of the unit holder or select the category from the option list provided All unit holder categories existing in the system get displayed in the option list Investor Category Name The name associated with the investor category selected gets displayed here Performance Fee Numeric Optional Specify the percentage of performance fee to be paid for the selected investor category This value overrides the performance fee percentage specified generically Fund Investment Components To validate the Prudential Investment Guidelines it is mandatory to define the various investment components that constitute the fund investment for a product or policy Investment components are a division of the fund that is allocated for investment in policies These ee ORACLE 3 8 1 3 8 2 components may be individual components or a combination of two or more components Based on the relation of the allotted fund characteristic these components are allotted a percentage or ratio which describes the relation of these funds to the total Fund Investment Refer the chapter Prudential Investment Guideline
294. led SWP STP for the Unitholder during subscription transaction If it is avail able then the override message is displayed as THE NEW SUBSCRIPTION PARTLY OR FULLY WILL BE REDEEMED BY AN SI Limit for Standing Instructions Screen You can use this screen to indicate the minimum volume limits for initial transactions and the limits for standing instruction transactions for investors in a fund for a certain transaction type You can also specify the minimum holdings balance for an IPO or subscription transaction in respect of a standing instruction for a CIF or an individual unit holder in the fund You can access this screen from the Transaction Processing Rules profile screen for each fund by clicking on the Limits for SI Investment link in the Transaction Limits section When you save your specifications in this screen it will be closed and you will be returned to the main Transaction Processing Rules screen When you save the transaction processing 4 24 ORACLE rule record for the fund the specifications you have made in this screen are saved as part of the same record in the database Transaction Processing Rules Minimum Amount Minimum Units Maximum Amount Maximum Units Min Initial Transaction Amount Min Initial Transaction Units SI Minimum Amount SI Minimum Units SI Minimum Holdings Amount Details 1of1 Investor Category Fund ID Rule Effective Date
295. les Screen ooo cccccet tiene et enteeeeeeetntteeeeettnteeeeeetee 3 40 30 09 CHOCKS E isis a ete aoe ida ee ieee eee ee ee 3 40 3 6 6 Fields in General Operating Rules Setup SCr N 1 cccccccceeteeeeseseeees 3 41 3 7 Hedge Fund Processing Rules ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeeeeseenaeeeeeeeeneeeeenenaaes 3 56 3 7 1 Fields in Hedge Fund Processing Rules SCree n cccccccccsstseceteeeeees 3 56 B72 Fund LinkaQe Details ireren anae E E A EEAS 3 60 3 7 3 Investor Category Details sssseeneerrenererrnrneerrrrnnrrrnnnnrrrrrrnnrrnnnnneeerrnnnnna 3 62 3 8 Fund Investment Components 2 cecececeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 3 62 3 8 1 Maintaining Ratios of the Fund Level COMpPONENES ceeeeeeetttteeee ete 3 63 3 8 2 Invoking Fund Investments Component SCree n cccccccccieeeeteneeeteeee 3 63 3 8 3 Fund Investment Component Summary Screen ccccccecieeeeetttteeeeetees 3 64 38 4 Copying AtiDUlOS diserat EEE TE E E aati mia A ia 3 67 Setting Up Fund Rules Ul ccc scscccccccc ccc sccsecessecesexesesscccecasctescceccecccteececeaeees 4 1 4 1 Transaction Processing Rules Maintenance cceccceeeeeceeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaas 4 1 4 1 1 Maintained Transaction Details Section ccctccccecetteteeeetnteeeeetetneeeeetes 4 2 4 12 CHOCKS rrii anan A eect hed eE aAa r e vans Ea oaea Ee AE A EEEE EAEE dats 4 2 4 1 3 Fields in Transaction Processing Rules Setup SC
296. lso search a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value oH ORACLE Example You can search the record for Fund ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows Search by A The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth Search by 7 The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID ends by numeric value 7 For example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth Search by 17 The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth 5 8 1 2 Editing Fund CPMF Record You can modify the details of Fund CPMF record that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows Invoke the Fund CPMF Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified Click Search button All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Fun
297. ltant child fund due to the merger The base currency of the fund is also displayed Total number of units held by the unit holder in the fund being merged Trade Date which is the corporate action date for the merger Merger ratio Stock exchange SOE ORACLE 5 13 12 2 Corporate Actions Checks Report This report details the results of pre processing validations performed before execution of a corporate action To obtain this report click Corporate Actions in the Queries Reports menu and Check Report under it The Corporate Actions Check Report screen is opened You must specify the ID and ISIN code of the fund for which you wish to generate the report Check the As of next day box to indicate that you wish to generate the report for a fund for which the checks prior to corporate actions processing would be performed the next day 5 13 12 3 Corporate Actions Amendment Report 5 14 If you wish to view the details of changes in unit holder balances due to amendment of a corporate action you can use this report The changes in the unit holder balance could be due to any of the following factors e Change of liquidation price in case of liquidation e Change of split reverse split ratio in case of split reverse split e Change of merger ratio in case of merger The pre amendment and post amendment balances are displayed To obtain this report click on Corporate Actions in the Queries Reports menu and Amendmen
298. ly Description FundLevel Immediate Parent ID SelectOne Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized In the system switching transactions that involve switching of a unit holder s units from one fund to another are dependent on the fund family setup for non umbrella funds and the fund hierarchy for umbrella funds Fields in Fund Family Maintenance Screen Family ID Display Enter a unique Identification for the fund family This value should not be a valid Family ID already existing in the system Portfolio Type Optional If the family being set up is to have a portfolio type select Yes ROI Calc Optional If ROI calculation is applicable for the family which is being set up select Yes Umbrella Type Optional If the family being set up is to be an umbrella fund select Yes If a fund is designated as an umbrella fund the hierarchy must be maintained up to level 3 i e fund families umbrella funds and sub funds Family ID 6 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Enter a unique Identification for the fund family This value should not be a valid Family ID already existing in the system ea ORACLE 2 5 2 2 5 3 Family Description 20 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Enter a brief description of the fund family that is being set up Immediate Parent ID Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the Immediate parent ID from the option list The
299. m Holdings Units is arrived at and compared with the Minimum Holdings Amount specified The lower of the two values is considered as the minimum holdings value against which the minimum holdings validation would be made Similarly if the Minimum Holdings Indicator selected is Higher of Amount Units the redeemable value of the specified Minimum Holdings Units is arrived at and compared with the Minimum Holdings Amount specified and the higher of the two values is considered as the minimum holdings value against which the minimum holdings validation would be made Example For the Burton Carey Growth Fund you have selected the Lower of Amount Units option as the Minimum Holdings Indicator to be validated for successful generation of an IPO or subscription transaction in respect of a standing instruction You have also specified the Minimum Holdings Amount value as 1200 USD and the Minimum Holdings Units value as 1000 a ORACLE 4 1 3 6 The minimum holdings validation is required to be enforced for CIFs and not for individual unit holders To arrive at the minimum holdings value against which the validation would be made the redeemable value of 1000 units is computed at the redemption price If the redemption price is 0 8 the redeemable value 1000 0 8 800 USD The redeemable value obtained 800 USD is compared with the Minimum Holdings Amount specified 1200 USD Since the Minimum Holdings Indicator chosen is
300. m Units SI Maximum Units Frequency ID SI Minimum Holdings Amount S Weekly This information is optional and can be captured for IPO Subscription Redemption Switch and Transfer transaction types For each combination you can maintain the holiday rule and the calendar basis that is to be used To view the transaction type level rules that have been defined in the Transaction Processing Rules for the fund click SI Details button SI Details In this section you can maintain the rules for standing instruction generation that are to be applicable for the fund You can maintain the following rules e The default frequency for standing instructions generation Daily Bi Weekly Weekly Monthly Quarterly Half Yearly or Yearly e The generation cycle for standing instructions Monthly Quarterly Half Yearly or Yearly e The SI Minimum and Maximum Amount e The Minimum and Maximum SI units e The specific generation day if any e Ifthe generation of standing instructions must happen on the last day of the frequency period e The cut off day for SI generation e The cut off lag for SI generation e Whether the SI rules must be enforced e The default description for the standing instruction e The maximum number of installments for the Monthly Quarterly Half yearly and Yearly frequencies e The maximum number of days between the application date and the SI End Date 4 20 ORACLE 4 3 4 3 1 Fund Load
301. mal place and it would be reckoned as 10 561 Rounding options for Units Alphanumeric Mandatory Indicate the rounding options for the computation of the units allotted in respect of a transaction for the selected transaction type for the fund Choose Round Up to indicate rounding the value at the precision decimal place to the next higher numeral Choose Round Off to indicate normal rounding at the precision decimal Choose Round Down to indicate truncation of the value at the precision decimal place The rounding options specified for the fund in the Shares Characteristics profile is displayed here by default and you can alter this specification if necessary The rounding option specified in this field will be deemed as the final specification for the fund and transaction type Rounding Precision for Units Numeric Optional Specify the decimal value or negative value for the units and the units would be reckoned for rounding precision Backdating Allowed Mandatory Select Yes in this field to specify that backdating should be allowed for this fund This means that on any given date for this transaction type the system will allow the user to enter transactions dated earlier to the current date Back Dating Limit 3 Characters Maximum Numeric Mandatory Enter a value to specify the number of days that one can back date This is applicable only if Allow Back Dating is True This has to be later than the t
302. mals for units as zero in the Number of Decimals for Units field in this screen Last Distinctive Number Record Issued Number 6 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Enter a value for this field This is to specify that this was the last DNR number that has been issued so far and system needs to start from next number For new funds this could be zero This is also equal to the Start Certificate Issue Number in the case of new Funds This information is only applicable if you have specified the number of decimals for units as zero in the Number of Decimals for Units field in this screen Holding Limit for Investory Category You can specify the limits in terms of units that can be allowed for any given investor category You may either skip this maintenance or specify limits for one or more investor categories Use the Holding Limit for Investory Category screen to specify the limits Saa ORACLE Click Holding Limit for Investor Category button from the Share Characteristics screen to invoke this screen Holding Limit for Investor category Fund ID Rule Effective Date 1of1 Category Maximum Registered Units Fund ID Display This field indicates the ID fund for which you are setting up the Shares Characteristics profile This information is defaulted from the Fund Demographics screen Rule Effective Date Display The Rule Effective Date for the fund which you specified in th
303. me as desired by investors either through reinvestment or payment or a combination of both ia ORACLE 7 2 2 7 2 3 7 2 4 Maintenance for IRA Processing Funds You must define IRA processing rules for each fund of your AMC into which you wish to allow IRA investments These guidelines include whether IRA investments are allowed into the fund and the volume limits that would apply to such IRA transactions into the fund For a detailed description of the rules maintained for funds which pertain to IRA transactions refer the chapter Setting Up Funds in the Fund Setup user manual Product Types You should maintain the different types of products that your AMC offers to investors for IRA transactions You can define different attributes for each product type Products You must define each of the products that your AMC offers with the processing guidelines that will apply to any plans or policies purchased under the product As with product types you can tailor the attributes of the products to suit your requirement Typically when you define a product you associate the funds that would be part of the product portfolio Processing guidelines for IRA transactions must be defined for each of the funds that you have associated Plans for IRA When an investor buys an IRA plan in one of the retirement products floated by your AMC you can maintain the details of the plan in the system All the processing guidelines an
304. ment status for transaction record is Debit Received e Ifthe existing payment status for transaction record is Not Cleared then the record will not be auto reconciled System will mark the Status as Debit Received or Reject Status Awaited as supplied in Bank Feed If system can not find a matching entry for a record in the Bank Feed this record will be updated with Reconciliation status as Unmatched Entry If you are performing Amend operation then click on the Un Reconcile button to de link the matched entries and save the un reconciled entries Bank Reconciliation Summary Screen Invoke the Bank Reconciliation Summary screen by typing UTSBKREC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Bank Reconciliation Summary Auth Status Open Select v Statement Number Statement Date es ReConciliation Status aa Fund ID a Drawee Bank 7 Drawee Branch a From Date es To Date e Bank 2 Payment Mode a3 Advanced Search Records per page 15 v 1 of 1 Auth Status Open EventCode Status StatementNumber StatementDate StmntRef instRef ReConciliatior yj You can perform the following operations in the Bank Reconciliation Summary screen 5 14 4 1 Retrieving Record in Bank Reconciliation Summary Screen You can retrieve a previously entered reco
305. merger you need to manually disable the side pocket funds oe ORACLE The example given below illustrates the merger of a side pocket fund Example Assume that JPMORG is a Hedge Fund and SIDEP1 is a side pocket of JPMORG The current holdings of all unit holders are as below Unit holder ID Units UH1 1000 UH2 1500 UH3 2000 UH4 2500 Side Pocket Creation Split Ratio 0 1 Units in JPMORG Unit holder ID Units UH1 900 UH2 1350 UH3 1800 UH4 2250 Units in SIDEP1 Unit holder ID Units UH1 100 UH2 150 UH3 200 UH4 250 Side Pocket Merger Merger Ratio 05 Units in JPEMORG before merger Unit holder ID Units UH1 900 UH2 1350 UH3 1800 UH4 2250 UH5 1000 5 83 ORACLE Unit holder ID Units UH6 2000 Units in JPMORG after merger Unit holder ID Units UH1 905 UH2 1357 5 UH3 1810 UH4 2262 5 UH5 1000 UH6 2000 SIDEP1 fund will be disabled after merger process There will not be any change in units of the new unit holders who subscribed in JPMORG after side pocket creation 5 13 8 10 Maintaining Details for Series Fund Merger During series fund merger the fund series that are maintained separately in the system are consolidated at period end For series fund merger you must maintain related details in the 5 84 ORACLE
306. minimum and maximum maturity period can be specified only if FundOutflow field is checked The subscription maturity date should lie with in the Min Max Maturity period spec ified here Once the maturity date is reached automatic redemption of the fund will take place as a BOD activity provided there is no judicial block partial or full on the subscription Notice Period Notice period is the number of days which an investor has to inform the Transfer Agent in advance before certain number of days in case of transaction Subscription Redemption Switch Transfer IPO transaction in a fund A notice period is set at each transaction type level for a fund The system tracks the transaction breaches if any from the notice period The person who authorizes the transaction is made aware of the notice period breach The following details are captured in the Fund rules transaction processing rules screen to capture Notice period and the Notice period date basis e Actual Calendar or System Calendar for Subscription e Redemption e Switch e Transfer transaction e IPO transaction The system raises a warning message for breach in notice period if the transaction date added to the notice period is greater than the dealing date during transaction capture You can view the overridden warning messages at the time of transaction authorization The system internally tracks a transaction level indicator to indicate the brea
307. mmended that you set it up before you authorize the fund Fund Formula Setup This fund rule facilitates the specification of any expression that will be used in estimating the base prices or the Net Asset Value for any transaction type Setting up this rule is optional and you can set it up for a fund as and when required It is recommended that you set it up before you authorize the fund Fund Residency Restriction Setup This fund rule enables the Fund Manager to make restrictions with respect to the nationality of the unit holders who subscribe to the fund This is a mandatory fund rule and you must set it up before you authorize a fund 2 ORACLE 3 2 Fund Sale Country Setup If some funds are not to be opened for investment in specific countries restrictions can be made in respect of that country identifying that the fund cannot be sold in that country This is a mandatory fund rule and you must set it up before you authorize a fund Fund Transaction Currencies Setup The Fund Manager can also identify the currencies that the fund can transact in and restrict the use of other currencies for transactions Therefore each Fund can have a set of identified currencies that may be used as transaction currencies and other currencies may be disallowed for transactions This is a mandatory fund rule and you must set it up before you authorize a fund Specific Fund Price Date Setup You can use this fund rule to specify
308. n you would like to indicate the adhoc price should be used and not the scheduled price check the box Use Adhoc Pricing Click Ok button to save any information Price Date Change Summary Screen You can perform the following operations in the Price Date Change Maintenance Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTSPRDTC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Price Date Change Maintenance Summary Authorized Open Fund ID Ref Type Transaction Number Transaction Type Advanced Search Records per page 15 v 1 of 1 Authorized Open Status Transaction Number Fund ID Transaction Type Ref Type Scheduled Price Date m m Retrieving Record in Price Date Change Summary Screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows Invoke the summary screen and specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields one ORACLE 5 6 2 2 e The status of the record in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved e The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records are retrieved e Transaction Number e Fund ID e Transaction Type e Ref Type Click Search button to view the records All the records with the spe
309. n also search a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Fund ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows oN ORACLE e Search by A The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID ends by numeric value 7 For example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Search by 17 The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth 5 3 3 2 Editing Fund Switch Restrict Record You can modify the details of a Fund Switch Restrict record that you have already entered into the system provided it has not subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows 1 Invoke the Fund Switch Restrict Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorization Status field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the unauthorized option 3 Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified 4 Click Search button All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that
310. n for the specific fund If the number of transactions generated for a fund equals this limit the SI will be cancelled Transaction Processing Rules Fund ID Rule Effective Date Basic Info Transaction Rules Unit Holder Rules Transaction Limit Pricing Policies StSpecitc info SI Rules For Frequency Holiday Rule Select One Default SI Description Specific Gen Day Calendar Basis S Default SI Frequency Select One SI Generation Freq SI Cut Off Day SI Cut off Lag Enforce Generation Max Validity Days Max No of SI Txns Inflow Overridable Msg No SI Lead Time Last Working Day SI Auto Termination SI Auto Termination Cumulative Counter Consecutive Counter 428 ORACLE 4 1 9 Note If you set the cumulative and consecutive counters for SI auto termination to zero then the system will cancel the SI the first time an SI payment is rejected If you do not specify any value for the counters auto termination will not be activated for Sls whose payment has been rejected Ifthe client country parameter is set to SIRULEATFREQ for your bank in order to maintain SI specific details click on the link SI Rules for Frequency under the Transaction limit tab For further reference please refer to the Annexure Ifthe client country parameter is set for your bank and provided the Inflow Over ridable msg check box is checked the system will check for the existence of any schedu
311. n the for the account type specified If the age of the investor is lower than the minimum age specified he will not be allowed to invest in this account type Start Date Date Format Mandatory Specify the date that marks the beginning of the period for which the selected fund investment account type is allowed for the fund If you have selected a non CPF account type you need not specify the Start Date The system defaults the Low Date Value maintained in the Defaults Maintenance as the Start Date End Date Date Format Mandatory Specify the date that marks the end of the period for which the selected fund investment account type is allowed for the fund 4 52 ORACLE If you have selected a non CPF account type you need not specify the End Date 4 10 Maintaining Additional Information for Fund To maintain any additional information for a fund click on the Additional Information link in the Fund Demographics screen The Fund Add Info screen is opened with the different information heads maintained for the AMC where you can specify the information Additional Information Details Gai Additional Information Additional Information Details 1of1 Other Info Field Field Value ia You can only maintain additional information if any information heads have been maintained in the System Parameters to be applicable for funds for the AMC The information heads that you maintain are user defined Y
312. name and ISIN of the resultant child fund due to the reverse split The base currency of the fund is also displayed Total number of units held by the unit holder in the fund being reverse split Trade Date which is the corporate action date for the reverse split Reverse split ratio Stock exchange Merger Announcement Report Details The following details are displayed for merger announcement reports Date on which the announcement report is being printed ID of the unit holder receiving payment due to the merger The name and address street city and zip code are also displayed ID name and ISIN of the parent fund being merged The base currency of the fund is also displayed ID name and ISIN of the resultant child fund due to the merger The base currency of the fund is also displayed Total number of units held by the unit holder in the fund being merged Merger Declaration Date which is the corporate action date for the merger Merger ratio Merger Confirmation Report Booking Details Debit or Credit The following details are displayed for merger confirmation reports Date on which the confirmation report is being printed Corporate action number for the merger ID of the unit holder receiving payment due to the merger The name and address street city and zip code are also displayed ID name and ISIN of the parent fund being merged The base currency of the fund is also displayed ID name and ISIN of the resu
313. nchecked to indicate that fractional balances are not allowed If not allowed the resulting fractions are redeemed and the proceeds paid out to the unit holders By default this box is unchecked i e fractional balances are allowed You can change this if necessary and check the box to indicate that fractional balances are not allowed New Unit Par Value Numeric Mandatory for Split Reverse Split and Merger Specify the new par value for units in the new or existing resultant fund to be applicable after the corporate action has been processed For Split and Reverse Split actions the System computes the new par value and displays the same in this field You can change this computed value and specify the desired value if required No of Decimals Numeric Mandatory if fractions are allowed By default the number of decimals allowed is zero If you indicate that fractional balances are allowed the number of decimals specified for the fund in the Corporate Actions fund rule profile are applicable Other Information Section Holiday Rule Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify whether the corporate action date must be moved forward after or backward prior in case it falls on a system fund or AMC holiday Payment Lag Days Mandatory for Liquidation Specify the payment lag to be applicable for liquidation Threshold Amount Numeric Mandatory Specify the threshold amount for processing of the corporate action 328 ORAC
314. nd as and when required It is recommended that you set it up before you authorize the fund For corporate actions such as dividend you can set up individual separate rules for processing cash dividend as well as stock dividends for the same fund General Operating Rules In this section you can designate the rules that will govern the operation of the fund You can specify the frequency at which the fund price is declared You can also designate a fund to have automatic redemption This is a mandatory fund rule and you must set it up before you authorize a fund I ORACLE Shares Characteristics These rules govern the features of shares that are issued in the fund You can designate a fund as scrip less fund or a scrip based fund that issues certificates The limits on the number of unit holders that must be allowed to subscribe to the fund and the ceiling on the capital that may be issued by the fund may also be specified in this rule You can set up the standard lot the maximum and minimum certificate denominations and the issue number range You can also set up the limits for Foreign Investors in the fund either as an amount or as a percentage of the issued share capital This is a mandatory fund rule and you must set it up before you authorize a fund Transaction Processing Rules These rules govern the parameters by which each transaction is processed in the fund and these rules may be set up according to each transaction
315. nd displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Bank Reconciliation Detail screen is displayed Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database 5 14 4 4 Authorizing Bank Reconciliation Record 5 14 4 5 An unauthorized Bank Reconciliation record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record Invoke the Bank Reconciliation Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Bank Reconciliation Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List When a checker authorizes a transaction details of validation if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Copying Attributes If you want to create a new Bank Reconciliation record with the same attribut
316. nd for the Switch In transaction type a warning is displayed Funds those are not active for corporate action processing For a corporate action triggered from an existing ISIN to a different ISIN the system checks that the resultant ISIN is effective as of the corporate action date If not an appropriate message is displayed This is a mandatory check and must be successful for processing of the corporate action to continue Number of special deals for the fund If any unit holder deals exist for the fund a warning is displayed This is an optional check Number of Letters of Intent LOI for the fund If any Letters of Intent LOI exists for the fund a warning is displayed This is an optional check a ORACLE Number of Income Distribution Setups IDS in the fund This check reports the number of reinvestments set up into the fund This is an optional check Number of Interface Definitions to which the fund belongs If the fund belongs to any of the parameters defined for any interface definition in the system a warning is displayed This is an optional check Number of jobs to which the fund belongs If the fund belongs to any one or many of the job parameters defined for any job definition in the system a warning is displayed This is an optional check Funds for which holding period is applicable If a holding period has been designated as applicable for the fund a warning is displayed This is an optional c
317. ndatory information in this section Therefore if you have chosen either the Scrip Based option or the Certificate Option in the Certificate Options field then you must specify the certificate details as mandatory information in this tab If you have chosen the Scrip Less option in the Certificate Options field and have checked the Certificate Required for Block box then this section is not applicable Standard Lot Numeric Mandatory Enter a value to specify the standard lot for fund This is also the marketable lot Prefix Certificate Code 1 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Enter a character for this field This will be used as prefix to the Certificate Number Start Certificate Issue Number Numeric Mandatory Enter a value for this field This is just for information For a new Fund the Certificate Numbers will start from this number Last Certificate Issued Number Numeric Mandatory Enter a value for this field This is to specify that this was the last certificate number that has been issued so far and system needs to start from next number For new funds this could be zero This is also equal to the Start Certificate Issue Number in the case of new Funds Minimum Certificate Denomination Numeric Mandatory Enter a value to specify the minimum certificate denomination i e the next level of denomination after the standard lot The system will use this after exhausting the maximum certificate den
318. nded Fund Price record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can be done only from Fund Manager Module and Agency Branch module The subsequent process of authorization is the same as that for normal transactions ve ORACLE 5 4 6 8 Copying Attributes 5 5 5 5 1 If you want to create a new Fund Price record with the same attributes of an existing maintenance you can copy the attributes of an existing Fund Price record to a new one To copy the attributes 1 Retrieve the record whose attributes the new Fund Price record should inherit You can retrieve the record through the Summary screen or through the F7 F8 operation explained in the previous sections of this chapter 2 Click on Copy 3 Indicate the ID for the new Fund Price record You can however change the details of the new maintenance Maintaining Adhoc Prices To set up adhoc price dates for any transaction types mapped to a fund use the Ad Hoc Price Detail screen Note You will be allowed to enter adhoc price dates for funds for which you have maintained a specific fund price date This is irrespective of whether or not you have indicated Forward Pricing is applicable Fields in Adhoc Price Dates Maintenance Detail Screen You can invoke the Ad Hoc Price Detail screen by typing UTDAHPRM in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and cl
319. ndicate the applicability of mock dividends for the fund This feature is only available if your installation has requested for it 320 ORACLE Payment Lag 1 Character Maximum Numeric Optional Specify a lag period in days for the payment of dividend The lag value is interpreted in calendar days and is used to arrive at the payment date for the dividend The payment date is arrived at as follows Dividend Payment Date Dividend Declaration Date Payment Lag Compulsory Reinvestment for Retirement Account Optional You can use this field to indicate that dividend due from the fund on an IRA account must be compulsorily reinvested Check this box to indicate compulsory reinvestment Default EPU to Previous Declared EPU Optional Specify whether the previous day s Earning Per Unit EPU needs to be defaulted during the generation of a dividend record You can select either Yes or No from the drop down list If you select the option Yes the system will default the previous day s EPU while generating the dividend record at the Beginning of Day BOD This record will be an authorized record However you will be able to modify it If the previous day s EPU is zero the system will still default the value and generate an authorized record You can enter the EPU value for this record This field is available only for Money Market funds Also if Dividend Declaration Frequency and Dividend Payment Freq
320. nding Option ROUNDOFF TDS Basis Each Dividend Distribution Mode For Minimum Balance Forced Payout X Reinvestment Allowed Yes Look Ahead Processing No First Dividend Declare Date Mock Dividend Yes Pay Dividend During No Redemption Compulsory Reinvestment Yes For Retirement Account Interest to be compounded for Yes the payment Period Minimum Amount for Payment Override at Pay Time No Auto Reinvestmentfor No _ Unclaimed Dividend When No Balance Left Track Dividend for Blocked No Transactions TDS Applicable forall UH No Board Meeting Dividend Payment Override Unit holder No preference Force Reinvestment of Uncleared units Note This screen cannot be used to maintain parameters for corporate actions such as liquida tion split reverse split and merger To maintain these you must use the Corporate Ac tions Maintenance screen which you may invoke by clicking on Corporate Actions in the Maintenance menu and Detail under it For more information on these corporate actions and the Corporate Actions Maintenance screen refer the chapter Other Fund Activities in this user manual 3 4 1 Checks Before you set up a Corporate Actions profile record for a fund it is desirable to ensure that the fund already has an existing unauthorized profile record 3 4 2 Dividend Processing for Fund In Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing there ar
321. ng Amended Share Class Definition Record eccceeeeteeeeeees 2 11 2 6 10 Copying AttriDUteS Eo Ear a E A EE EO E EEAS 2 11 2 7 Mapping Sub Fund to Share Class 2 0 cccccecceeeeeeeenecceeeeeeeeeeeeteseeeeennuaeeeeeeeenes 2 11 PATA BEE GRHOCKS EEEE EAE E EE E E saab Saeeeaee 2 12 2 7 2 Fields in Sub Fund Share Class Maintenance SCreen ccccceeee 2 12 2 7 3 Sub fund Share Class Summary SCCN cseccccec tte eeetnteeeeeeetneeeeeeees 2 13 2 7 4 Editing Sub fund Share Class Maint nance cccccccceeeesteeeteeeneeees 2 14 2 7 5 Viewing Sub fund Share Class Maintenance 0 c ccccseseeestteeeteenneeees 2 14 2 7 6 Deleting sub fund Share Class Maintenance ccccccceceeteeeeeteeenetees 2 15 2 7 7 Authorizing Sub fund Share Class Maintenance c cccccecseecieeeeeees 2 15 2 7 8 Amending Sub fund Share Class Maintenance 000ccccccceee eects 2 15 2 7 9 Authorizing Amended Sub fund Share Class Maintenance 0004 2 16 27 10 COPYING AltriDUteS aeree a a E EERSTE E navel EE AN esas 2 16 Setting up Fund Rules I cccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 1 3 1 Whatis Fund Rule Aiiniiniie sargia a a er dake e a aaa 3 1 32 Settingiup FURU eretti aA AAA EAEE AE E A AARE AA aA 3 3 3 3 Fund Demographics Maintenance esssseeeeeeeeeerssserrssstttrrststtrrrsttennssstrennnstteenns 3 5 EPE E CHECKS E E E O T 3 6 3 3 2 Fields in Fund Demographics Setup SCreen
322. ng guidelines specified for the product and the plan will be applied to the transaction Also the limits maintained for the fund in which the transaction is requested will also be validated For further information refer to the Life and Endowment Product User Manual ice ORACLE 8 Function ID Glossary U UTDAHPRDM 0 ee 5 30 UTDBKREC ee 5 108 UTDCOAC uu ee 5 97 UTDCOACT ooien 5 71 UTDCORAC oo 5 96 UTDFALMT ee 5 8 UTDFAR ou eee 5 64 UTDFCPMP 0 ee 5 47 UTDFICRM ee 3 63 UTDFNDAC ee 5 52 UTDFNDFM noe 2 2 UTDFNDRL 00 3 3 3 6 UTDFNENT 00 ee 5 2 UTDFNSWR nenen 5 12 UTDFPHOE ciriciri 5 40 UTDFPRIC ue 5 20 UTDGRPTCH ooien 6 9 UTDGRPDPF 0 6 4 UTDLDGREP ee 6 17 UTDLOIPR ee 6 16 UTDPFMAP ee 5 58 UTDPRDTC noieses 5 35 UTDSCDEF ee 2 7 UTDSUBFN uu 2 11 UTDTDCYL riscia 5 123 UTDWREND ee 5 59 UTSAHPRM 0 ee 5 31 UTSBKREC ee 5 115 UTSCOACT oo eee 5 92 UTSFALMT uu ee 5 9 UTSFAR eee 5 67 UTSFCPMP 0 ee 5 49 UTSFNDAC noiiire 5 55 UTSFNDFM ee 2 4 UTSFNENT ee 5 4 UTSFNSWR oone 5 17 UTSFPHOL ee 5 41 UTSFPRIC ou ee 5 27 UTSGRPDF osn 6 22 UTSPRDTC ee 5 36 UTSSCDEF siosan 2 8 UTSTDCYL ee 5 125 UTSWREND neen 5 60 a ORACLE Fund Setup User Guide April 2014 Oracle Financial Services Software Limited Oracle Park
323. ng rules e The holiday rule that is whether the generation date must be moved to the previous working day or the next working day if it falls on a holiday e The calendar to be used for standing instructions generation System fund or actual e The default frequency for standing instructions generation Daily Bi Weekly Weekly Monthly Quarterly Half Yearly or Yearly e The generation cycle for standing instructions Monthly Quarterly Half Yearly or Yearly e The specific generation day if any e If the generation of standing instructions must happen on the last day of the frequency period e The cut off day for SI generation e The cut off lag for SI generation e Whether the SI rules must be enforced e The lead time period based on the system calendar for the standing instruction e The default description for the standing instruction e Ifan override message in case of inflow is to be displayed e The maximum number of times the SI payment rejections are allowed before the auto termination e The maximum number of times successive SI payment rejections are allowed before being automatically terminated e The maximum number of SI transactions allowed for the fund If you specify a limit here while saving the SI the system will extend the end date for the SI to a hundred years from the system date subject to the validation for Transaction End Date in the transaction processing rules for the specific transactio
324. ng the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Wrap Fund Detail screen is displayed in View mode 5 11 2 4 Deleting Wrap Fund Record You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered Invoke the Wrap Fund Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Wrap Fund Detail screen is displayed Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database 5 11 2 5 Authorizing Wrap Fund Record An unauthorized Wrap Fund must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record Invoke the Wrap Fund Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose t
325. nge Rate Basis Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the basis upon which the exchange rate will be applied for dividend processing The system provides two options Reference Date and Payment Date Distribution Mode For Minimum Balance Optional Indicate how the income derived from the fund is to be distributed in respect of unit holders whose holdings balance falls below the minimum holdings specified for the fund The options are e Forced Payout the income is paid out regardless of the default distribution mode or any income distribution options IDS set for the unit holder e According to Unit Holder IDS the income is distributed based on the Income Distribution IDS options set for the unit holder Tax ID 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Enter the tax ID for the fund that is being set up TDS Basis 1 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory This is to indicate whether slab should be looked for every dividend payment separately or whether consolidated on a fiscal year basis For stock dividends the option Tax Exempt is selected here by default and cannot be changed EPU LOT Numeric Mandatory if EPU is applicable Specify the number of units for which the EPU quote is deemed to be applicable for the fund Setting up EPU components is not applicable for stock dividends oe ORACLE 3 4 5 1 Preferences Section Restrict IDS for Unit Holder Mandatory Select Yes in this field
326. ns Fund screen by typing UTDCOAC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Corp Actions Fund i New 3 Enter Query Corporate Action Type Select ISIN Code Fund ID Fund Name 1of1 ISIN Code New Fund ID New ISIN Serial Number Online Anilina Execute I ORACLE In this screen specify the corporate action type you wish to manually execute and the ID and ISIN of the fund resultant fund in the case mergers and the source funds in case of split and reverse splits and click Ok button The details of the corporate actions falling due on the current date which are either in unprocessed or error status for the selected fund are displayed in the list portion of the screen To trigger the pre processing validations before you execute the corporate action click on the Online Check button You can click on the Execute button to actually execute the corporate action 5 13 11 4 Pre processing Validations Unauthorized fund related static maintenances This check reports the unauthorized fund related static maintenances with respect to any of the maintenances mentioned below It is a mandatory check and processing cannot continue till the check is successful e Fund rules e Group definition e Fund price e Fund account e Fund agency branch backdating limit e Periodic load e Fund h
327. ns provided are e Transaction Start Date Basis e Actual Calendar Basis The option Actual Calendar Basis will be enabled only if the frequency is Yearly Note If the free transaction is reversed and the transaction date of the transaction belongs to the current cycle the free transaction counter will be increased by 1 If it belongs to the previ ous cycle the counter will not be affected Free 8 Characters Maximum Numeric Mandatory Enter a value to specify the number of free transactions within the permitted transactions This definition will override all loads that will be set for this transaction Note You can not modify the frequency or the cycle basis of the Unitholder limits However you are allowed to modify the number of free transaction number which will only be applicable from the subsequent cycles and not immediately While tracking free transactions pseudo switch transactions will be treated on par with switch transactions The Redemption leg of the pseudo switch transaction will be treated on par with Switch from and the subscription leg of the pseudo switch transaction will be treated on par with switch to Transaction Limits Section The volume limits on transactions in the transaction type are captured here The limits that may be specified here depend upon the Application Mode specified for this transaction type If the Mode specified is Amount then the Amount limits in this section a
328. ntain for reverse split corporate actions are similar in every way to those you maintain for a split However when you specify the parent resultant ratio the parent ratio must exceed the resultant child ratio in the Reverse Split Details screen Corporate Actions Maintanence New 753 Enter Query Basic Information Corporate Action Type Select Corporate Action Date Corporate Action Status Unprocessed v Fund Information Fund ID ISIN Code Price Information Liquidation Price Lot Size Liquidation Price Lot Fractions Allowed No New Unit Par Value No of Decimals Other Information Holiday Rule Prior Payment Lag Days B Threshold Amount Auto Initiation No Book Closing From Date Book Closing To Date Exchange Rate Source Exchange Rate Date Units For Corporate Action Payment Currency Select Select One Capital Payout Rate Include Prior Capital Select Update IDS No Redeemed Units E Update SI No E heroe Details invCategoryMap FundCopy Fund ID Ratio Parent Child ISIN Code Split Parent Ratio Split Resultant Ratio Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized ons ORACLE 5 13 8 4 Maintaining Details for Mergers For fund mergers select the Merger option in the Corporate Action Type field EJ Corporate Actions Maintanence New 5 Enter Query Basic Information Corporate Action Type Select C
329. numeric Mandatory Select the name of the branch of the bank where the account is to be set up from the drop down list When you select the bank name the branches that have been set up for the selected bank are populated in the drop down list Account Number 20 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Enter the number of the account that will be operative for this fund IBAN 36 Characters Only Alphanumeric Optional Specify the IBAN International Bank Account Number of the account holder Account Currency Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the currency that the account is to operate in from the drop down list provided When the fund is selected all the currencies that are permitted for the fund as transaction currencies are populated in this list along with the fund base currency This information is picked up from the Fund Demographics profile and the Fund Transaction Currency profile for the selected fund As mentioned earlier multiple accounts can be set up for a Fund ID and an account currency An account must be maintained for the Fund Base Currency and if this is not done the system prompts for this on usage of the Save option oe ORACLE Account Name Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the name of the fund account that is being set up Close Account 1 Character Maximum Mandatory Check this box to indicate closure of this fund account Account closure is only available in Edit Mode Direct Debit Applicable 1 C
330. ny week from Any month Prices will be Sunday to Satur the first to the from the first picked up as day for the last week of to the third on the speci selected week the selected month ofthe fied price day month quarter Half Yearly Any day from Any week from Any month Prices will be Sunday to Satur the first to the from the first picked up as day for the last week of to the sixth on the speci selected week the selected month ofthe fied price day month half year Yearly Any day from Any week from Any month Prices will be Sunday to Satur the first to the from the first picked up as day for the last week of to the twelfth on the speci selected week the selected month ofthe fied price day month year User Defined Prices will be made availa ble on days chosen _ Sunday is considered the first day of the week and Saturday the seventh day For quarterly frequencies you can indicate either of the following e A certain day of certain month of every quarter e A certain day of certain week of certain month of every quarter For half yearly frequencies you can indicate e A certain day of certain month of either both halves of the year e A certain day of certain week of certain month of either both halves of the year For yearly frequencies you can indicate e A certain day of certain month of every year e A certain day of certain week of certain month of every year Sp
331. o can either be less than or greater than the resultant ratio e Whether fractional units are allowable as a result of the merger If you indicate so you can also specify the applicable number of decimals ats ORACLE Whether the merger date must be moved forward or backward if it falls on a holiday Whether or not the merger process must be automatically initiated on the merger date the Beginning of Day processes initiate the merger process in the system if automatic The book closing period that signifies the dates between which transactions into the e e Payment lag if any for the merger e Threshold amount e initiation is specified e fund are suspended for processing the merger e The exchange rate source applicable and the exchange rate date e Whether the system should update the income distribution setup for the merger e Whether the system should change the standing instructions and policy details 5 13 8 5 Maintaining Details for Capital Payout For capital payouts you must maintain the details mentioned below in the Corporate Actions Maintenance screen Select the Capital Payout option in the Corporate Action Type field Corporate Actions Maintanence New 7 Enter Query Basic Information Corporate Action Type x Select Corporate Action Status Unprocessed Fund Information Fund ID Price Information Liquidation Price Liquidation Price Lot New Unit Par Value Other Information
332. o the next specific pricing cycle The cut off date is arrived at as given in the example below for various combinations Cut Cut off Frequency Ctra off Cut off Remarks Month Day Week Weekly 3 Third day Tuesday of every week Fortnightly Price 1 4 Fourth day of the first week of week specified the fortnight Fortnightly Price 4 Fourth day of the fortnight week not specified Monthly Price week 4 2 Monday of fourth week of every specified month Monthly Price week 2 Second day of the month not specified Quarterly 1 1 1 Sunday of first week of first month of every quarter Half Yearly 5 2 4 Fourth day of second week of fifth month of every half Yearly 9 3 5 Last day of third week of every September The examples given below illustrate how the cut off frequency is considered Example 1 Pricing Cut off Cut off Price Day Frequency Frequency Day Weekly 4 Thurs Weekly 1 Monday day Let us suppose the current date is a Wednesday Since it is beyond the cut off day for the week the specific price date is moved to the next cycle that is the specific price of the Thursday of the week is considered 4 50 ORACLE 4 9 Example 2 Pricing Price Da Cut off Cut off Cut off Frequency y Frequency Day Week Weekly 4 Thurs Monthly 1 4 day The cut off day is the Monday of the fourth week of the month If the cu
333. oard Meeting Lead Time cannot be 8 days The NPI Preferences section NPI Applicable Mandatory Select Yes in this field to indicate that non permissible income NPI component is allowed for this fund Default NPI Payment Mandatory If NPI is applicable for this fund then specify the default payment option from the drop down list provided Override Unit holder preference Mandatory if NPI is applicable Select Yes in this field if the fund override the NPI payment preferences maintained for the investor at the unit holder level However if the NPI payment preferences are not maintained at the unitholder level then NPI payment will be made as per the fund preferences eet ORACLE 3 5 3 5 1 Force Re investment of Un cleared units Mandatory if NPI is applicable The system does not consider NPI amount while processing reinvestments even if it is from un cleared balances It should either be paid to a trust or to the unit holder However in case of Permissible income you can opt to reinvest the Un cleared Unit balances by choosing the Force reinvestment option Else select No preference which overrides the UH IDS setup Shares Characteristics Maintenance The Shares Characteristics fund rule enables you to maintain certificate details for the fund Further the fund corpus information limits on the unit holders and the foreign investors and the account statement information are maintaine
334. of a fund the ID of the fund is displayed in the Fund field a2 ORACLE 5 2 2 1 5 2 3 5 2 3 1 Agency Details Section Agent Code 3 characters Numeric Mandatory Enter the code of the agent who is allowed to operate this fund and for whom backdating is to be done Agency Branch Code 3 characters Numeric Mandatory Enter the branch code of the specified Agent for whom backdating is to be done Transaction Type 2 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Enter the Transaction Type for which backdating is to be done Backdating Period 3 Characters Maximum Numeric mandatory Enter the number of days allowed in Backdating for that Agency Branch for the transaction type specified above Fund Agency Backdating Limit Summary Screen You can perform the following operations in the Fund Agency Backdating Limit Setup Summary screen You can invoke the Fund Agency BackDating Limit Setup Summary screen by typing UTSFALMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Fund Agency BackDating Limit Setup Summary Authorized Fund ID a Advanced Search Records per page 15 v To 7 Authorized Open Fund ID Agent Code Agency Branch Code Transaction Type Backdating Period Retrieving Record in Fund Agency Backdating Limit Summary Screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows Invoke th
335. oliday e Fund dividend e Fund sub account e General Ledger Interface setup e Withholding tax setup e Switch privilege list setup e Fund sale restrictions Broker Commission Processing This check reports any pending commission commission accrued but not adjusted It is an optional check the information is for reporting only and will not block further processing of the corporate action Pending Transactions This check reports transactions pending processing at any stage of the transaction life cycle such as the following e Unauthorized transactions e Incomplete due to exchange rate or payment e Allotted but not settled e Unconfirmed global orders e Unprocessed unauthorized SWIFT transactions e Valid Limit orders which have not been executed e Unauthorized overridden loads All such transactions must be either allotted and settled or alternately reversed Alternately they would need to be reversed Limit orders must be reversed if not processing of the a8 ORACLE corporate action marks these as EXPIRED All SWIFT transactions must also be processed or deleted This is a mandatory check and processing cannot continue till the check is successful Unprocessed dividend or reinvestments This check reports unprocessed dividend or reinvestments which would include dividends declared but not processed so that appropriate action can be taken It is an optional check the information is for reporting onl
336. om Date Statement Number Drawee Branch Drawee Branch Name Find Results 1of1 Statement Number Transaction Date Branch Branch Name Payment Mode Payment Mode Description Statement To Date Statement Transaction Code Stmnt Reffinst Ref FCIS Entry Reference StmntRefilnst Ref Account Currency Credit C Debit D Transaction Amou Ki ReConciliation Status Unreconciled Account Number Transaction Type Fund ID Location Code IBAN Trade Search Option Event Code From Date To Date Reference Number Transaction Number Fund ID Entry Type SelectAll Cellphone Number Bank Branch Bulk Recouncile Event Name Fund Name Bank Name Trd Branch Name Trd Find Results 1of1 Transaction Number Reference Number Entity Type Entity ID Ref Type Transaction Sub Type Payment Mode Remarks Fetch Unlinked Trades Only Entity Name Payment Mode Transaction Date m Location Code IBAN Identification Type IdentificationNumber Telephone 1 Account Number Identification Name Fund ID Entity ID Entity Name Transaction Currer Reconcile Un Reconcile 5 14 1 Fields in Bank Reconciliation Screen The screen is divided into two frames Bank Statement Search Option and Trade Search Option Use the Bank statement search option to specify the search criteria to retrieve the uploaded bank statement ent
337. ominations Maximum Certificate Denomination Numeric Mandatory Enter a value to specify the maximum certificate denomination This is the first level of denomination used by the system aaa ORACLE 3 5 2 4 Note Min Cert Denomination is 100 Max Cert Denomination is 1000 and a unit holder purchas es 5500 units The certificates will be issued for 5 of 1000 denomination and 5 of 100 de nomination Prefix Distinctive Number Record Code 1 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Enter a character for this field This will be used as prefix to the Distinctive Number Record DNR Number This information is only applicable if you have specified the number of decimals for units as zero in the Number of Decimals for Units field in this screen User Override Allowed Mandatory Select Yes in this field to indicate the user on the unit holder s request can override the default denominations defined above If this is enabled system will allow the teller to override the fund default denominations This is true only for minimum and maximum denominations The Standard lot cannot be changed This is applicable only to scrip based funds Start Distinctive Number Record Issued Number 10 Characters Maximum Numeric Optional Enter a value for this field This is just for information For new funds this will be same as last DNR issued number This information is only applicable if you have specified the number of deci
338. on All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Fund Price Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List When a checker authorizes a transaction details of validation if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Amending Fund Price Record After a Fund Price record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization 1 Invoke the Fund Price record Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized records Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen 4 Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Fund Price Detail screen is displayed in amendment mode Select Unlock operation from the Action List to amend the record 6 Amend the necessary information and click on Save to save the changes Authorizing Amended Fund Price Record An ame
339. on number GIIN Issue Date Date Format Optional Specify the GIIN issue date oat ORACLE The GIIN issue date cannot be greater than the application date GIIN Expiry Date Date Format Optional Specify the GIIN expiry date The GIIN expiry date cannot be lesser than the GIIN issue date GIIN Verified Flag Display System displays the GIIN verified flag based on the GIIN If you specify the GIIN then GIIN verified flag gets displayed as No If you select the GIIN then GIIN verified Flag gets displayed as Yes FATCA WHT Applicable Optional Select if FATCA WHT is applicable or not from the drop down list Following are the options available in the drop down list e Yes e No FATCA WHT Indicator Optional Select the FATCA WHT indicator from the drop down list Following are the options available in the drop down list e Exchange Info e Withhold FATCA WHT Dividend Level Optional Select the FATCA WHT dividend level from the drop down list Following are the options available in the drop down list e Yes e No FATCA WHT Intermediary Commission Optional Select the FATCA WHT broker commission from the drop down list Following are the options available in the drop down list e Yes e No FATCA WHT Trailer Commission Optional Select the FATCA WHT trailer commission from the drop down list Following are the options available in the drop down list e Yes e No Fay ORACLE 3 7 3 7
340. on selected in the Limit Restricted Funds To field e Ifthe No Restriction option has been chosen all valid funds in the system are available for selection in this field e If Within AMC has been chosen all funds belonging to the AMC of the from fund are available for selection e If Within Fund Family has been chosen all funds belonging to the fund family of the from fund are available for selection To ISIN Code Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the ISIN Code of the fund into which switch transactions from the selected from fund are disallowed if you are maintaining a restrictive list or allowed if you are maintaining a positive list When the restrictive positive list is applied the fund you select here is considered the To Fund To select the fund you can either indicate the Fund ID or the ISIN Code of the fund When you select the fund the short name of the fund is also displayed The funds available for selection in this field depend on the option selected in the Limit Restricted Funds To field e Ifthe No Restriction option has been chosen all valid funds in the system are available for selection in this field e If Within AMC has been chosen all funds belonging to the AMC of the from fund are available for selection e If Within Fund Family has been chosen all funds belonging to the fund family of the from fund are available for selection To F
341. on the re forecasted rates during interim periods and actual rate growth during annual rate declaration time e Share the residual units of investors who have left before interim annual rate declaration time among the existing investors Dividend Equalization Applicable Optional Funds typically consist of units which have received some benefit in the form of income or dividend distribution and units which have not received any such inflows The former are G1 units and the latter G2 units Since the income and dividend distribution rates are different for units belonging to the G1 and G2 groups you can apply an equalization rate to equalize the benefit for the G2 units during dividend distribution This rate will be considered only for the G2 units To enable application of this rate select Yes Else you can retain the default value No to carry out normal dividend distribution Note You cannot maintain stock dividend if you select this option ie ORACLE 3 6 6 2 3 6 6 3 Specifying the Automatic Redemption Preferences If the fund is to have automatic redemption of units of the unit holder based on the threshold balance the preferences and guidelines may be laid down in this section Click on Automatic Redemption Preferences tab to maintain these details General Operating Rules Fund ID Rule Effective Date Basic Information EEEE Min Max Holding Check Advance Options Limit Order Pro
342. onal Select the criteria based on which the transaction has to be generated The following options are available in the drop down list e Net e Non Netted e Non net Txn Mode Note This is applicable for master funds and fund of funds Master Fund UH ID Alphanumeric Optional Specify the unit holder Id for which the master fund transaction is generated Note This is applicable only for master funds Performance Fee Details Section Performance fee is a periodic fee collected by the fund manager from the investors of the fund calculated as a percentage of the fund s profit In this section you can specify your preferences related to performance fee calculation The values you specify here are not applicable for side pocket type of hedge funds Fa ORACLE Group ID Alphanumeric Optional Specify the rule group to be used for performance fee calculation or select the same from the option list provided All valid rule groups maintained in the system are displayed in the option list Description The description associated with the selected rule group gets displayed here Computation Method Alphanumeric Optional Specify the computation method to be used for performance fee calculation or select the same from the option list provided The following options are available in the option list e ECCL Equalization Credit Contingent Liquidation e ECED Equalization Credit Equalization Debit e FR Force
343. onding fields e The status of the record in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved e The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records are retrieved e Fund ID Click Search button to view the records All the records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner Press F7 Input the Fund ID Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can also search a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value Sas ORACLE Example You can search the record for Fund ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows Search by A The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth Search by 7 The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID ends by numeric value 7 For example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth Search by 17 The system will fetch all the records whose Fund ID contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth 5 9 4 2 Editing Fund Account Record You can modify the details of
344. oose Round Down to indicate truncation of the value at the precision decimal place Example Let us suppose that the load amount computed for a subscription transaction is 10 561234 and that this value must be rounded to the 3 decimal place If you indicate rounding up then the value reckoned would be 10 562 If you indicate rounding off then applying normal rounding off rules the value reckoned would be 10 561 If you indicate rounding down or truncation then the value would be truncated as it is in the 3 4 decimal place and it would be reckoned as 10 561 Priority Number 5 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Enter a value to specify the priority number in case of optional loads For a mandatory load the priority number is set to 0 and for an optional load the priority number should be unique i e for a given fund no more than one load can have the same priority number Based on Income Optional If the load is a Capital Gains Tax and it is to be applied based on the gross amount after allocation choose the Capital Gains Gross option in this field for such a load If indexation is being applied for capital gains tax computation choose the Capital Gains Indexation option in this field The capital gains load is then applied using appropriate indexation according to the option chosen by the investor If Contingent Deferred Sales Charge CDSC is applicable for transactions in this fund choose the
345. option list contains list of all existing fund families Select a valid entry for the relevant Fund Family ID Fund Level Display Displays the level of immediate Parent ID selected Fund Family Summary Screen You can perform the following operations in the Fund Family Summary screen Retrieving Record in Fund Family Summary Screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows Invoke the Fund Family Summary screen by typing UTSFNDFWM in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields e The status of the record in the Authorization Status field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved e The status of the record in the Record Status field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records are retrieved e Family ID e Umbrella Type Click Search button to view the records All the records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner Press F7 Input the Family ID Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can also search
346. ords Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen 4 Click Search button button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Price Date Change Maintenance Detail screen is displayed in amendment mode Select Unlock operation from the Action List to amend the record 6 Amend the necessary information and click on Save to save the changes Authorizing Amended Price Date Change Maintenance An amended Price Date Change Maintenance must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can be done only from Fund Manager Module and Agency Branch module The subsequent process of authorization is the same as that for normal transactions Copying Attributes If you want to create a new Price Date Change Maintenance with the same attributes of an existing maintenance you can copy the attributes of an existing Price Date Change Maintenance to a new one To copy the attributes 1 Retrieve the record whose attributes the new Price Date Change Maintenance should inherit You can retrieve the record through the Summary screen or through the F7 F8 operation explained in the previous sections of this chapter 2 Click on Copy Indicate the ID for the new Price Date Change Maintenance You can howev
347. ords The Fund Rules Detail screen is displayed Select Unlock Operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information Click Save to save your changes The Fund Rules Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Fund Rules Summary screen 4 11 1 3 Viewing Fund Rules Record To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the Fund Rules Summary screen as follows Invoke the Fund Rules Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Fund Rules Detail screen is displayed in View mode 4 11 1 4 Deleting Fund Rules Record You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered Invoke the Fund Rules Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click
348. ords in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered e Invoke the Load Group Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Load Group Maintenance Detail screen is displayed e Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database Authorizing Load Group Maintenance e Anunauthorized Load Group Maintenance must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the Load Group Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Load Group Maintenance Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from th
349. ords whose Share Class ID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 The system will fetch all the records whose Share Class ID ends by numeric value 7 For example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Search by 17 The system will fetch all the records whose Share Class ID contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth Sub Fund Share Class Summary Authorized Open Share Class ID a Fund ID Advanced Search Reset Records per page 15 1 of 1 Authorized Open Sub Fund ID Share Class ID Fund ID Fund Name Short Editing Sub fund Share Class Maintenance You can modify the details of a Sub fund Share Class Maintenance that you have already entered into the system provided it has not subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows e Invoke the Sub fund Share Class Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorization Status field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified e Click Search button All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to modify in
350. orporate Action Status Unprocessed Fund Information Fund ID Price Information Liquidation Price Liquidation Price Lot New Unit Par Value Corporate Action Date ISIN Code Lot Size Fractions Allowed No v No of Decimals Other Information Payment Lag Days Auto Initiation No Book Closing To Date Exchange Rate Source Exchange Rate Date Units For Corporate Action Payment Currency Select M Select One v Capital Payout Rate Include Prior Capital Select Update IDS No Redeemed Units Update SI No Holiday Rule Prior Threshold Amount Book Closing From Date SplivReverseSplitDetails JERE nvCategoryMap FundCopy Merger Details 10 Fund ID ISIN Code Ratio Parent Child Apply CGT A No gt Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized You need to maintain the following details in the Corporate Actions Maintenance screen e Date of merger e ID and ISIN code of the resultant or child fund into which the parent funds are being merged Specify this in the Resultant Fund section in the screen If anew resultant fund is to be created by the merger click on the Create Fund link to create the new fund e ID and ISIN code of the parent fund s Click on the Merger Details link to invoke the Merger Details screen where you can specify the parent fund details The parent resultant ratio for the merger the parent rati
351. ortfolio This limit cannot exceed the corresponding limit set for the product the portfolio of which the fund is a part Corporate Actions This fund rule facilitates the definition of the guidelines that will govern the distribution of income derived from the fund by the unit holders that subscribe to the fund You can define the framework according to which corporate actions such as dividend declaration and processing must be performed for a fund sig ORACLE To set up the Corporate Action rules for a fund use the Corporate Actions screen You can invoke this screen by clicking Corporate Actions button from the Fund Rules screen Corporate Action Fund ID Corporate Action Type Default Distribution Mode Payout A C Transfer Tax ID Rounding Precision Dividend Exchange Rate Basis EPU Lot Preferences EPU Based on Components Retrict IDS For Unit Holder Units For Freeze Holding Select One Special Dividend Holiday Rule Payment Lag Days Reinvestment Price Basis Default EPU to previous Declared EPU Action Auto Reinvestment for Unclaimed Dividend Track Dividend For Uncleared Transaction Pay Ungenerated Reinvestments Lead Times Book Closing Freeze Holding NPI Preferences NPI Applicable NPI Payment No SelectOne Sie SE Rule Effective Date Dividend Declaration Daily Frequency Dividend Payment Frequency Daily Rou
352. ou can select only one entry for reconciliation with the trade side at a time IBAN 36 Characters Only Alphanumeric Optional Specify the IBAN International Bank Account Number of the account holder one ORACLE 5 14 3 Fields in Trade Search Option Section Bank Reconciliation Detail New 33 Enter Query Operation New Bank Statement Search Option Bank Branch ReConciliation Status Unreconciled X Bank Name Branch Name Account Number Drawee Bank Payment Mode Transaction Type Drawee Bank Name Payment Mode Fund ID Statement From Date Description Location Code Statement Number SAA Folate IBAN Drawee Branch Statement anaa Drawee Branch Name Stmnt Retfinst Ref Find Results 1of1 Statement Number Transaction Date FCISEntryReference StmntRefilnst Ref Account Currency Credit C Debit D Transaction Amou m Ok Trade Search Option Event Code Entity Type Location Code From Date Entity ID IBAN To Date Ref Type Identification Type Reference Number Transaction Sub Type IdentificationNumber Transaction Number Payment Mode Telephone 1 Fund ID Remarks Account Number Entry Type SelectAll Fetch Unlinked Trades Yes Identification Name Cellphone Number Ei A cea P ai ii a Branch ayment Mode BulkRecouncile No Event Name Fund Name Bank Name Trd Branch Name Trd Find Results 1of1 Transaction
353. ou want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Share Class Definition screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List When a checker authorizes a transaction details of validation if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Amending Share Class Definition Record After a Share Class Definition record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization Invoke the Share Class Definition Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized records Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Share Class Definition screen is displayed in
354. ou will have to map the same against the entity type Fund in the Entity Mapping Maintenance screen Note The Additional Information section allows you to capture valuation data and has no pro cessing implications aag ORACLE 4 11 4 11 1 4 11 1 1 Refer to the chapter Maintaining System Parameters in Volume 1 of the Fund Manager User Manual for further information KYC Maintenance You can maintain a list of required KYC documents specific for the fund Click on the KYC Maintenance link in the Fund Demographics screen The KYC Maintenance Detail screen is opened KYC Maintenance Fund ID Rule Effective Date Details 1of1 Requirement Specify the required document in the Requirement field and check the checkbox provided alongside to indicate that the document must be collected from the investor You can select deselect all documents by checking unchecking the Select Unselect All checkbox Fund Rules Summary Screen You can perform the following operations in the Fund Rules Summary screen Retrieving Record in Fund Rules Summary Screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows Invoke the Funds Rule Summary screen by typing UTSFNDRU in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields e The status
355. ows e Search by A System will fetch all the records whose Fund ID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 etc e Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Fund ID ends by numeric value T For example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 etc e Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Fund ID contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 etc You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows In the Browser select the Fund Price menu and click on Summary specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields e The status of the record in the Authorization Status field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved e The status of the record in the Record Status field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records are retrieved e Fund ID e Effective Date e Latest Price Click Search to view the records All the records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner 1 Press F7 2 Input the Fund Id 3 Press F8 oe ORACLE 5 7 2 2 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can also search a record by using a combination o
356. ows e Invoke the Override Trade Cycle Date Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Auth Status field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified e Click Search button All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Override Trade Cycle Date screen is displayed e Select Unlock Operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information e Click Save to save your changes The Override Trade Cycle Date screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Override Trade Cycle Date Summary screen 5 16 2 3 Viewing an Override Trade Cycle Date Record To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the Override Trade Cycle Date Summary screen as follows e Invoke the Override Trade Cycle Date Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option e Specify any or al
357. p Fund record that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows e Invoke the Wrap Fund Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorization Status field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified ap ORACLE Click Search button All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Wrap Fund Detail screen is displayed Select Unlock Operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information Click Save to save your changes The Wrap Fund Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Wrap Fund Summary screen 5 11 2 3 Viewing Wrap Fund Record To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the Wrap Fund Summary screen as follows Invoke the Wrap Fund Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosi
358. phanumeric value as follows e Search by A The system will fetch all the records whose Group ID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 The system will fetch all the records whose Group ID ends by numeric value 7 For example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Search by 17 The system will fetch all the records whose Group ID contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth oo ORACLE Search by The system will fetch all the records Group Load Mapping Summary Authorized Open Group ID a Rule Effective Date Load ID Advanced Search Records per page 15 v 1 of 1 a Authorized Open GroupID Rule Effective Date Transaction Type LoadID LoadtoPrice From Entity Type 6 1 4 2 Editing Load Group Maintenance You can modify the details of Load Group Maintenance that you have already entered into the system provided it has not subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows Invoke the Load Group Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified Click Search button All unauthorized records with
359. played in amendment mode Select Unlock operation from the Action List to amend the record e Amend the necessary information and click on Save to save the changes Authorizing Amended Fund Account Record An amended Fund Account record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can be done only from Fund Manager Module and Agency Branch module The subsequent process of authorization is the same as that for normal transactions Copying Attributes If you want to create a new Fund Account record with the same attributes of an existing maintenance you can copy the attributes of an existing Fund Account record to a new one Sar ORACLE 5 10 5 10 1 To copy the attributes e Retrieve the record whose attributes the new Fund Account record should inherit You can retrieve the record through the Summary screen or through the F7 F8 operation explained in the previous sections of this chapter e Click on Copy e Indicate the ID for the new Fund Account You can however change the details of the new record Mapping Funds to Products You can associate a share class fund with a non taxable product Invoke the Product Fund Mapping Detail screen by typing UTDPFMAP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click
360. plicable typically to the Capital Gains Tax which may be applied after allocation on the gross amount If indexation is applicable to capital gains tax computation based on this load then you must select this frequency Note Capital Gains Tax may also be designated as an allocation time load GL Account Code Alphanumeric Optional Specify the code that will be used to map this load to its corresponding charge code in the external system When transaction information is exported to an external system if separate books of accounts are to be posted for different loads this code will be used to identify this load information in the export data Debit or Credit Optional Indicate whether the applied load would result in a debit or credit for the fund This data is captured for information purposes only and has no processing implications in the system database Contra Account Code Alphanumeric Optional Specify the code that will be used to identify the second leg of accounting entries for any transaction in the event of exporting of transaction information to an external system Round Off Down Up Mandatory Indicate the rounding options for the load amount for the selected transaction type for the fund e Choose Round Up to indicate rounding the value at the precision decimal place to the next higher numeral e Choose Round Off to indicate normal rounding at the precision decimal 420 ORACLE e Ch
361. porate action date is the same as the current date and with status as unprocessed or error Subsequently the pre processing checks are performed The split or reverse split as applicable procedure is then executed which performs the actions as shown below in the appropriate scenario When the new fund is the same as the old fund The fund rule of the new fund is amended and the par value changed to reflect the latest split reverse split ratio values Balances of all unit holders balances in the current fund as of a date less than the action date are picked up Changes in the outstanding units and the balances of the unit holders based on split reverse split ratio are posted as unit based subscription transactions split or unit based redemption transactions reverse split Certificates are destroyed and recreated for the new units Any underlying standing instructions for the unit holders are marked as Cancelled if any reversal has been done after original processing the original SI status is restored Any unexecuted limit orders for the unit holders are marked as EXPIRED and the limit status for underlying limit orders is marked as ungenerated Subsequently if any backdated transactions are entered with transaction date being earlier than the corporate action date a message is shown indicating that a corporate action has been processed within the period this is done for limit orders and stan
362. provided it has not subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows Invoke the Load Group Characteristics Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified Click Search button All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Load Group Characteristics Maintenance Detail screen is displayed Select Unlock Operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information Click Save to save your changes The Load Group Characteristics Maintenance Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Load Group Characteristics Maintenance Summary screen 6 1 8 3 Viewing Load Group Characteristics Maintenance To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the Load Group Characteristics Maintenance Summary screen as follows Invoke the Load Group Characteristics Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status f
363. ptional You can use this field to indicate whether investment into the fund is allowed through an Individual Retirement Account IRA Check this box to indicate that IRA investments are allowed into the fund If so you must maintain the limits for such investments by in the Fund IRA Transactions section in this screen Note If this option is checked it implies that the fund is a pension fund Custodian Optional Enter the custodian details Minimum Amount For Tax ID for Individual Customer Numeric Optional Enter the minimum subscription IPO subscription amount beyond which the system needs to validate the PAN of the unit holder While capturing a transaction the system will check the transaction amount with the amount maintained here for unit holders of the type Individual If a transaction exceeds the stated minimum amount the system will throw up an error and not save the transaction Minimum Amount For Tax ID for Corporate Customer Numeric Optional Enter the minimum subscription IPO subscription amount beyond which the system needs to validate the PAN of the corporate investor ae ORACLE 3 3 3 3 3 4 Hedge Fund Optional Select Yes to indicate that the selected fund is a hedge fund and select No to indicate otherwise Amount Limits for IRA Transactions Section For funds in which you have allowed IRA Individual Retirement Account investment you can define the transaction limi
364. quent process of authorization is the same as that for normal transactions 2 7 10 Copying Attributes If you want to create a new Sub fund Share Class Maintenance with the same attributes of an existing one you can copy the attributes of an existing Sub fund Share Class Maintenance to a new one To copy the attributes e Retrieve the record whose attributes the new Sub fund Share Class Maintenance should inherit You can retrieve the record through the Summary screen or through the F7 F8 operation explained in the previous sections of this chapter e Click on Copy e Indicate the ID for the new Sub fund Share Class Maintenance You can however change the details of the new maintenance Alg ORACLE 3 1 3 Setting up Fund Rules I What is Fund Rule In Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing each fund that the AMC wishes to maintain can be entered into the system database Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing enables you to specify a set of logically grouped guidelines for each fund which pertain to aspect of the method of operation of the fund Each of these logically grouped sets of guidelines is distinct and unique and is called a fund rule For each fund you can maintain a complete set of such guidelines or fund rules The options chosen by the AMC in specifying each of the rules will be directives to the system for the operation of the fund Therefore Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing processes each
365. r investors that invest in the funds identified for the load group Specify this in the ROA Applicable field e If ROA is applicable you must also specify the ROA computation method that would apply on investment into the group as well as whether current transactions must be taken into account for ROA computation e Whether Letters of Intent LOI would be applicable for investors that invest in the funds identified for the load group Specify this in the LOI Applicable field e The funds that would constitute the group in the Funds Included box A fund can be mapped to more than one load group 6 1 3 1 Fields in Group Definition Screen Group Id 16 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify a unique alphanumeric identifier for the load group You will use this ID to set up characteristics for the group os ORACLE 6 1 3 2 Group Description 255 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Enter descriptive text a short phrase that qualifies the group LOI Transaction Optional Choose Yes for this option to indicate the applicability of Letters of Intent for funds in the group Choose No if the LOI investors investing in the group cannot avail of the Letter of Intent facility ROA Applicable Choose Yes for this option to indicate the applicability of Rights of Accumulation for funds in the group Choose No if the ROA investors investing in the group cannot avail of the Rights of Acc
366. r of decimals that would be reckoned for rounding precision for the NAV Sal ORACLE Rounding Options for NAV Alphanumeric Mandatory Indicate the rounding options for the value of the NAV for the selected transaction type for the fund Choose Round Up to indicate rounding the value at the precision decimal place to the next higher numeral Choose Round Off to indicate normal rounding at the precision decimal Choose Round Down to indicate truncation of the value at the precision decimal place Example Let us suppose that the NAV for the fund on a certain date 02 03 2003 is 10 561234 and that this value must be rounded to the 3 decimal place If you indicate rounding up then the value reckoned would be 10 562 If you indicate rounding off then applying normal rounding off rules the value reckoned would be 10 561 If you indicate rounding down or truncation then the value would be truncated as it is in the 3 decimal place and it would be reckoned as 10 561 Ageing Policy Alphanumeric Mandatory By default transactions are ordered in a First In First Out FIFO basis If the unit holder has specified as to how transactions are to be ordered then click on the drop down menu and select Txn Receipts For AMCs those service distributors where the distributor books are maintained in the AMC at hierarchical levels mutually decided on through a service level agreement the option of ageing based on the
367. r premium and annuity to the extent of 40 and 60 respectively In this case at the time of transaction processing the system updates the resultant Fund Id to Fund 2 and the ratio to 100 e Merger of Fund 1 and Fund 2 into Fund 3 Let us assume Funds 1 and 2 are being merged into Fund 3 and both Funds 1 amp 2 are available in the asset allocation for premium and annuity to the extent of 40 and 60 respectively Here at the time of transaction processing the system updates the resultant Fund Id to Fund 3 and the ratio to 100 e Merger of Fund 1 into Fund 2 Let us assume Fund 1 is being merged into Fund 2 Both these funds From Fund Fund1 and To Fund Fund2 are available in the asset allocation for switch In this case at the time of transaction processing the system will not process the transaction 5 13 9 1 Fields in Split Reverse Split Merger Details screens Fund ID 6 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the parent fund for the corporate action from the drop down list This list contains the names of all the authorized funds in the system In the case of mergers you can specify more than one parent fund Click on the Add link to add a row ISIN Code 12 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the ISIN Code of the parent fund for the corporate action from the options provided If you specify the ISIN Code of a fund the ID of the fund is displayed in the Fund field In the case of
368. rage is mapped to a fund and the restrictive list value is selected as No then only those brokers are allowed to transact in the fund the sub brokers are not allowed to transact in the mapped fund If any broker or brokerage is mapped to a fund and the restricted list is listed as Yes then all the brokers apart from the disallowed list are allowed to transact in the fund even the sub brokers of disallowed parent broker are allowed ISIN Code 25 Characters Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the ISIN Code of the fund for which you want to map entities from the options provided If you specify the ISIN Code of a fund the ID of the fund is displayed in the Fund field Entity Name Display Only On selection of the Entity Code the system automatically displays the name of the entity Remarks Alphanumeric Optional If you are maintaining a restrictive positive list of CIFs that you wish to disallow allow to transact into the specified fund you can specify any appropriate remarks in this field Restriction Category Alphanumeric Optional If you are maintaining a restrictive positive list of CIFs that you wish to disallow allow to transact into the specified fund you can select the appropriate restriction category in this field Fund Entity Mapping Summary Screen You can invoke the Fund Entity Mapping Summary screen by typing UTSFNENT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click
369. ransaction Amount that a unit holder can invest or redeem This is the maximum amount that can be accepted for the fund for this given transaction type Step Amount Numeric Mandatory if Application Mode is Amount or Both Enter a value to specify the steps of amount in which a unit holder can invest or redeem oe ORACLE Step Units Numeric Mandatory if Application Mode is Units or Both Enter a value to specify the steps of units in which a unit holder can invest or redeem This will operate above the Minimum Transaction Units Maximum Units Numeric Mandatory if Application Mode is Units or Both Enter a value to specify the Maximum Transaction Units that a unit holder can invest or redeem This operates in lines similar to that of the Transaction Amount The maximum volume in terms of units of a single transaction that is entered should never exceed or be equal to the figure of one billion For example if a user wishes to enter a transaction of 1 5 billion units he will have to consider entering two transactions with neither exceeding a maximum limit of 999999999 999999 units Minimum Initial Transaction Amount Numeric Optional Specify the minimum amount permitted for an initial transaction for an investor in this fund Maximum Initial Transaction Units Numeric Optional Specify the maximum amount permitted for an initial transaction for an investor in this fund Minimum Initial Transaction Units Numeric Optional
370. ransaction start date Fund Price as effective on that date will be taken into account during allocation alt ORACLE 4 1 8 1 Price Lag 3 Characters Maximum Numeric Mandatory In you require the price applied for transactions of the selected type in the fund to be the prevalent price as on a date earlier than the transaction date for cash based transactions or the clearing date for instrument based transactions you can specify the number of lag days in this field The number of days you specify is considered based on the Price Lag Calendar Basis specified For instance if you specify a price lag of 2 and the lag is based on the fund calendar and the transaction date for a cash based transaction is 12 December 2003 the price as of 10 December is used for allocation provided both 11 and 10 December is working days for the fund If the lag is based on the actual calendar the price as of 10 December is used Price Lag Calendar Basis Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify whether the price lag days should be considered based on the holiday calendar for the fund the actual calendar or the System calendar Fluctuation Numeric Optional You can specify the fluctuation allowable in the base price for the transaction type for the fund When prices are entered for the transaction type for the fund for the day the system validates whether the fluctuation is within the allowable limit specified in this field Payment Lag
371. ration from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information 7 Click Save to save your changes The Fund Price Holiday Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Fund Price Holiday Summary screen You can modify the details of Fund Price record that you have already entered into the system provided it has not subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows 1 Invoke the Fund Price Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorization Status field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the unauthorized option 3 Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified 4 Click Search All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Fund Price Detail screen is displayed 6 Select Unlock Operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information oS ORACLE 7 Click Save to save your changes The Fund Price Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Fund Price Summary screen 5 7 2 3 Viewing a Fund Price Holiday Record 5 7 2 4 To view a record that you have previously input you must
372. rd 5 13 11 Processing Corporate Actions 5 13 11 1 Automatic and Manual Execution After a corporate action maintained in the Corporate Action Maintenance screen is authorized it is ready for processing If the initiation of the corporate action process is designated to be automatic it is executed by the Beginning of Day processes on the corporate action date If automatic execution is not designated the corporate action must be manually executed You can use the Corporate Action Processing screen to manually execute the corporate action oe ORACLE 5 13 11 2 Pre Processing for Corporate Actions The system performs pre processing validations before a corporate action can be processed For automatic execution the Beginning of Day processes perform the validations For manual execution you can trigger the pre processing validations using the Corporate Actions Fund screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDCORAC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button amp Corporate Actions Fund Online Check New Enter Query Corporate Actions Online Check Fetch Corporate Action As ofnextday Yes Corporate Actions online check status View Coroorate Action Results 1of1 Serial Number Message Standard CA Specific Critical Count Details In this screen you can trigger the pre processing validations for
373. rd in the Summary Screen as follows Specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields e The status of the record in the Auth status field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved os ORACLE The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records are retrieved Statement Number Statement Date Reconciliation Status Fund ID Drawee Bank Drawee Branch From Date To Date Bank Payment Mode Click Search button to view the records All the records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner Press F7 Input the Bank and the Branch Input the Fund ID Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can also search a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Fund ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows Search by A System will fetch all the records whose Fund ID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 etc Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Fund ID ends by numeric value 7 For example AGC17 GSD267
374. rders is marked as ungenerated The system checks if the standing instructions have to be updated If you have chosen to Update SI the system updates Changes existing instruction and policy details from the old fund to the resultant fund The old Fund ID with the resultant Fund ID The ratio for asset allocation The system checks if the Income Distribution Setup has to be updated If so the system updates the IDS of the old Fund Id with the resultant Fund Id If the option chosen for Restrict IDS for the Unit Holder is No for the resultant Fund ld the update is carried out Otherwise the IDS update is not carried out and an error message is logged The corporate action is processed after checking the holiday rules for all the funds Subsequently if any backdated transactions are entered with transaction date being earlier than the corporate action date a message is shown indicating that a corporate action has been processed within the period this is done for limit orders and standing instructions too Note When units resulting from processing of a corporate action are redeemed the computation of capital gains tax CGT in respect of them takes the corporate action into account at ORACLE 5 13 12 Reports for Corporate Actions In the system you can obtain the following reports displaying details of corporate actions processed in respect of funds 5 13 12 1 Reports for Announcement
375. re Aee ORACLE mandatory If the Mode is Units the Units limits are mandatory If the Mode is Both then both limits are mandatory Transaction Processing Rules Fund ID Rule Effective Date Basic Info Transaction Rules Unit Holder Rules IEEE Pricing Policies Si Specific info SI Rules For Frequency Minimum Amount Step Amount Minimum Units Step Units Maximum Amount SI Maximum Amount Maximum Units SI Maximum Units Min Initial Transaction SI Minimum Holdings Amount Units Min Initial Transaction SI Minimum Holdings X Units Apply For SI Minimum Amount Max Initial Transaction SI Minimum Units Amount SI Minimum Holdings Max Initial Transaction Amount Units SI Minimum Holdings Not Applicable Indicator Details 1of1 Investor Category Minimum Amount Step Amount Maximum Amount Minimum Units Step Units Maximum Units Details 1of1 Communication Mode Minimum Amount Maximum Amount Minimum Units Maximum Units Disallow First Transaction F No Minimum Amount Display Only The minimum transaction amount allowed for this transaction type in this fund is displayed here Minimum Unit Display Only The minimum number of units that may be applied for in this transaction type in this fund is displayed here Maximum Amount Numeric Mandatory if Application Mode is Amount or Both Enter a value to specify the Maximum T
376. re or authorization When there are transactions into a fund violating the minimum holdings validation the system logs an exception in the Pre End of Day Check screen During the End of Day processes the system allocates the transactions logging the exceptions in respect of them SI Minimum Holdings Indicator Alphanumeric Optional In this field you can indicate the basis upon which the minimum holdings check is performed The following options are available e Amount The value of holdings at redemption price If you choose this option you must specify the minimum amount in the Minimum Holdings Amount field If the check is to apply at CIF level the redeemable value of units held by all investors under the CIF in the fund is checked against the Minimum Holdings Amount e Units The number of units held If you choose this option you must specify the minimum number of units in the Minimum Holdings Units field If the check is to apply at CIF level the total number of units held by all investors under the CIF in the fund is checked against the Minimum Holdings Units e Lower of Amount Units The minimum amount specified or the redeemable value of minimum units specified whichever is lower e Higher of Amount Units The minimum amount specified or the redeemable value of minimum units specified whichever is higher e Not Applicable The minimum holdings validation is not performed if this option is chosen For standing instructions
377. re retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner Press F7 Input the SHARECLASSID Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can also search a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for SHARECLASSID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows zs ORACLE Search by A The system will fetch all the records whose SHARECLASSID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth Search by 7 The system will fetch all the records whose SHARECLASSID ends by numeric value 7 For example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth Search by 17 The system will fetch all the records whose SHARECLASSID contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth Share Class Definition Summary Authorized Share Class ID Advanced Search Records per page 15 v 1 of 1 Authorized Open Share Class ID Share Class Description Reinvestment Mandatory 2 6 4 Editing Share Class Definition Record You can modify the details of a Share Class Definition record that you have already entered into the system provided it has not subsequently authorized You can perform this oper
378. ree n ccccceeeenee 4 2 V E OE E E 1E A LE E AT E A A N 4 12 4 1 5 Fields in Investor Category Amount Units Limit Screen 4 13 41a GHOCKSeescgstsetias EES aad ey EEA Matt tee 4 14 4 1 7 Fields in Communication Mode Amount Units Limit cccccceceeeee cette 4 14 4 1 8 The Pricing SCHON eesriide AEE EEEE EAE ETE EEE A 4 16 4 1 9 Limit for Standing Instructions Screen e ssseeeeeeeeeeeneneerrenneeerennneeenn 4 24 4 LIO Folds IN SCKOCIT iiiar aE EE AAA E ES Aa 4 25 42 e ORUS TO FUNE a a A T a E EEE 4 26 4D E E DL i 1 EEA EO E E aps A E E E 4 26 4 3 Fund Load Setup szil a eerie tenes al e a a eho A 4 27 AA ChOCKS i208 eae tiie eit Reale E Ae a 4 27 4 3 2 Fields in Fund Load Setup Screen ccccccccccccceeeceeeesecneceseeseeeeeettesseens 4 28 4 3 3 Fund Load Mapping View S CtiON cccceceeeeeeseeeeeeteeeetetteeneeneeaanens 4 33 4 4 Fund Formula Maintenance c ccccecccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeecneeeeeeecceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeaas 4 33 LAF GROCKS eriei a anona ea iae iat ahi acres de E LESTAR a eed nes 4 33 4 4 2 Entering Fund Formulae eesseseeesieennesrninnnrrrnnnnenrrnnnnnrrnnnnenrannnennnnnneeena 4 34 4 4 3 Fields in Fund Formula Screen eessesesesireeeerreererrnnnnenrrrnnrrrnnnnnnerrnnnrnea 4 34 4 4 4 Fund Price Component Screen 1 c cccccccccceeeeeeeeeeneeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeseeseenasees 4 37 4 5 Fund Residency Restricting saeara ienn iia AA RENIER EAn 4 38 LIT
379. retrieve the same in the Fund Price Holiday Summary screen as follows 1 2 Invoke the Fund Price Holiday Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Fund Price Holiday Detail screen is displayed in View mode To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the Fund Price Summary screen as follows 1 2 Invoke the Fund Price Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Fund Price
380. ric Mandatory Specify a unique ID that will identify the share class in the system Share Class Description 20 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify a unique description for the share class Reinvestment Mandatory 1 Character Maximum Mandatory Select Yes if reinvestment is to be mandatory for this share class If you select Yes and reinvestment is mandatory for this share class reinvestment is the only option that will be available when a Corporate Actions profile is set up for this share class fund Share Class Definition Summary Screen You can perform the following operations in the Share Class Definition Summary screen Retrieving Record in Share Class Definition Summary Screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows Invoke the Share Class Definition Summary screen by typing UTSSCDEF in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button and specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields e The status of the record in the Authorization Status field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved e The status of the record in the Record Status field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records are retrieved e SHARECLASSID Click Search button to view the records All the records with the specified details a
381. ries Similarly use the Trade search option to specify the search criteria to retrieve the transaction entries that you want to reconcile Select the New option in the Operation field in this screen to signify reconciliation Reconciliation activity can be amended in the same screen by selecting the Amend option in the Operation field Ie ORACLE 5 14 2 Fields in Bank Statement Search Option Frame Operation Choose New from the drop down list to choose new operation or else choose Amend Bank Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list select the name of the bank in which the fund account is held Branch Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list select the name of the branch of the bank in which the fund account is held Reconciliation Status Alphanumeric Optional Indicate the reconciliation status here e If the operation is NEW the reconciliation status can be Un Reconciled or Partially Reconciled e If the operation is AMEND the reconciliation status can be Reconciled or Partially Reconciled Account Number Alphanumeric Optional Specify the number of the fund account Statement From Date and To Dates DD MM YYYY Date Format Optional Specify a date range between which the bank statement records that you want to retrieve was uploaded into the system The To Date that you specify must be later than the From Date Transaction Type Alphanumeric Optional Specify a type of transaction Pay
382. rized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Price Date Change Maintenance Detail screen is displayed in View mode Deleting Price Date Change Maintenance You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered 1 2 3 4 Invoke the Price Date Change Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Price Date Change Maintenance Detail screen is displayed Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database You can also delete in bulk by selecting the records you wish to delete and clicking the Delete All button Authorizing Price Date Change Maintenance An unauthorized Price Date Change Maintenance must be authorized in the system for it to be
383. rporate action for conversion from fund base currency to unit holder preferred currency By default it is considered to be the same as the corporate action date You can change this and specify the requisite date Units for Corporate Action In this field you can indicate if holdings for the corporate action are to be considered based on e Transaction date All or confirmed units e Price date all units e Allocation date All or confirmed units The following table depicts the possibilities for each corporate action Corporate action Basis for Remarks type holdings Liquidation Allocation All available holdings must be liquidated as the date fund would cease to exist subsequent to the corporate action 289 ORACLE Corporate action Basis for h Remarks type holdings Split Reverse split Allocation All available holdings must be processed for with ISIN change date split reverse split as the fund would cease to exist subsequent to the corporate action Split Reverse split Transaction Basis could be either of the options available with no ISIN change date The processing logic is similar to dividend Price date freeze holdings Allocation date Merge Allocation All available holdings must be processed for date merge as the underlying funds would cease to exist subsequent to the corporate action Capital Payout Transaction Basis could be either of the options available date The processin
384. rrent date is 10th September 2003 say a Wednesday it falls in the second week of the month Since it is before the cut off day for the present cycle the specific price date falls on the current cycle that is the pricing on 4th September the Thursday of the current pricing cycle is considered If in this same example the cut off week is 2 then the cut off day is the Monday of the second week of the month Since the current date 10 September 2003 a Wednesday is beyond the cut off day the specific price date is moved to the subsequent cycle that is the pricing on 11 September the Thursday of the subsequent pricing cycle is considered Note The number of business working days is considered while determining the cut off days The number of cut off days does not include the Fund holiday and the AMC Holiday Mapping Investment Account Types to Fund To associate the allowable fund investment account types for a fund you can use the Fund Investment Account screen When you are setting up a fund you can invoke this screen from the Fund Demographics screen by clicking on the Fund Investment Account link Note You can also use the Fund Investment Account screen to map provident fund account types as well as non provident fund account types such as cash nominee account types to a fund Fund Investment Account Fund ID Rule Effective Date Details 10f1 Account Type Minimum Age Start Date End Date
385. rride Trade Cycle Date Screen Fund ID Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the ID of the fund for which you wish to maintain different trade cycle dates for transactions made during the override period You can also select the fund ID from the adjoining option list The list contains the IDs of all the funds which have a specific fund price setup Fund ISIN Display Only The system displays the Fund ISIN Fund Name Display Only The system displays the name for the fund selected Transaction Type Alphanumeric Mandatory Select from the adjoining drop down list the transaction type for which the trade cycle dates are applicable It should be a valid transaction type for the fund The options are e ALL e IPO Subscription e Subscription e Redemption size ORACLE e Switch e Transfer Transaction From Date Date Format Mandatory Enter the starting date of the override period This should be a valid date in the system and can be before after or equal to the system date Transaction To Date Date Format Mandatory Enter the ending date of the override period This should be a valid date in the system and can be before after or equal to the system date For all the transactions falling within the Transaction From Date and Transaction To Date the system will default the dealing settlement and price dates maintained here Dealing Date Date Format Mandatory Specify a valid date as the dealing date This
386. rt Time Time hh mm format Mandatory Enter a time to specify the start time for a given working date On a given day when the fund is open for this transaction you can start entering transactions from this time Transaction End Time Time hh mm format Mandatory Enter a time to specify the end time for a given working date beyond which you cannot enter any transactions for this transaction type Cut Off Time Time hh mm format Optional Specify the time on a given working day before which a transaction of the selected type will be accepted with the transaction date being the current date Beyond this time on a working day the transaction date will be set by default to be the next working date ce ORACLE 4 1 3 4 Counter 4 Characters Maximum Numeric Mandatory Enter a value to specify the total number of transactions to be allowed in this transaction type Holding Period Applicable Optional Select Yes in this field to indicate that a lock in period is applicable for the investors investing in a money market mutual fund If you select this option then you must specify whether the holding period is to be enforced This feature is only available if your installation has requested for it Enforce Holding Period Optional Select Yes in this field to indicate that the minimum holding period specified for the fund in the Fund Demographics profile must be enforced as mandatory for the transaction type by sel
387. rted for hedge funds e EC CL Equalization Credit Contingent Redemption e FR Forced Redemption e EC ED Equalization Credit Equalization Debit also known as Equalization Redemption Note Variations to the above listed methods are also possible by setting up new rules and rule groups in the system The different performance fee calculation methods are briefly explained below Contingent Liquidation The contingent liquidation method is an arithmetic method applied to subscriptions made at a price below the current HWM plus hurdle rate The contingent liquidation process helps the investor avoid paying unfair performance fees in case the fund recovers in price This mechanism ensures that the investor pays the same rate of performance fees as all other investors for any gain in value Equalization Credit The equalization credit method is an arithmetic method applied to subscriptions made ata price GAVPS above the current HWM plus hurdle rate The equalization credit process ensures that the investor does not pay performance fees for performance prior to investing in the fund This process calculates a number of shares identified as the equalization credit holding in the name of the investor and is tracked during the life time of the dealing lot Forced Redemption The forced redemption method is an arithmetic method applied to all subscriptions made at a price GAVPS regardless of whether it is above or below
388. rth 5 5 2 2 Editing Adhoc Price Record You can modify the details of an Adhoc Price record that you have already entered into the system provided it has not subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows 1 Invoke the Adhoc Price Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the unauthorized option 3 Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified 4 Click Search button All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Adhoc Price Detail screen is displayed 6 Select Unlock Operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information 7 Click Save to save your changes The Adhoc Price Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Adhoc Price Summary screen 5 5 2 3 Viewing Adhoc Price Record To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the Adhoc Price Summary screen as follows 1 Invoke the Adhoc Price Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field
389. rules and details for the fund cannot be set up unless the fund has this profile 39 ORACLE 3 3 1 3 3 2 To set up the Fund Demographics profile for a fund use the Fund Demographics screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDFNDRL in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Fund Rules Detail New 33 Enter Query Fund ID Fund Class Open Ended Fund Type Rule Effective Date AMC Fund Type Description Fund Start Date AMC Description Fund Family Fund Name Fund Family Description Fund Name Short Fund Base Currency Fiscal Year Start Date E i Fund Base Currency Fiscal Year End Date Minimum Holding Period Description Primary Registration RTA Fund Country Address Fund Ticker Symbol Fund Country Description Fund Identification IRA Investments Allowed No Registrar Number Fund Suspended No Registrar Description Min Amt for Tax ID Indv ie aoe Trustee Min Amt for Tax 1D Corp _ mbrellaFuna WEN Trustee Description Existing Fund No Umb Fund Custodian Fund Enabled Yes Custodian Description pi Hedge Fund No Multi Language Details Shares Characteristics General Operating Rules Transaction Processing Rules Fund Sale Country Fund Residency Restriction Fund Transaction Currencies Coporate Actions Fund Load Fund Formula Setup Additional Information Specific Fund Price Date
390. ry can transact in this fund and transaction type Step Amount Numeric Mandatory Specify the amount in steps of which an investor who falls under this category can transact in this fund and transaction type Maximum Amount Numeric Mandatory Specify the maximum amount that an investor who falls under this category can transact in this fund and transaction type The maximum volume of a single transaction that is entered should never exceed or be equal to the figure of one trillion For example if the user wishes to enter a transaction of 1 5 billion he will have to consider entering two transactions neither exceeding a maximum limit of 999999999999 999 Minimum Units Numeric Mandatory Specify the minimum number of units that an investor who falls under this category can transact in this fund and transaction type Step Units Numeric Mandatory Specify the number of units in steps of which an investor who falls under this category can transact in this fund and transaction type Maximum Units Numeric Mandatory Specify the maximum number of units that an investor who falls under this category can transact in this fund and transaction type The maximum volume of a single transaction that is entered should never exceed or be equal to the figure of one billion in terms of units ats ORACLE 4 1 5 1 For example if the user wishes to enter a transaction of 1 5 billion units he will have to consider entering two
391. s equal to units redeemed from the main fund are generated for side pocket fund Side Pocket Merger During side pocket mergers 100 redemption happens in the side pocket fund Subscription transactions equivalent to the side pocket redemption units are generated for the main fund Series Fund Merger During Series Fund Merger the fund series that are maintained separately in the system are consolidated at period end Note After merger process you need to manually disable the follow up fund series Maintaining Details for Corporate Actions You can maintain details for corporate actions in the Corporate Actions Maintenance Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDCOACT in the field at the top right corner a ORACLE of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The Corporate Actions Maintenance Detail screen is displayed Corporate Actions Maintanence New Sj Enter Query Basic Information Corporate Action Type Select Corporate Action Date Corporate Action Status Unprocessed Fund Information Fund ID ISIN Code Price Information Liquidation Price Lot Size Liquidation Price Lot Fractions Allowed No New Unit Par Value No of Decimals Other Information Holiday Rule Prior Payment Lag Days Threshold Amount Auto Initiation No Book Closing From Date Book Closing To Date Exchange Rate Sourc
392. s if any that result from the processing of the corporate action are computed Note When units resulting from processing of a corporate action are redeemed the computation of capital gains tax CGT in respect of them takes the corporate action into account Fund Merger During execution the corporate actions procedure picks up all mergers whose corporate action date is the same as the current date and with status as unprocessed or error Subsequently the pre processing checks are performed In case of the merger ratio not being specified the system derives the parent child ratio based on the respective net asset values of the funds in the merger The merge procedure is then executed which performs the actions as shown below in the appropriate scenario The system checks that the new fund is an authorized fund in the system with no existing holdings The fund rule of the new fund is amended The par value of the resultant fund is changed to reflect the latest merger ratio values Balances of all unit holders balances in the old fund as of a date less than the action date are picked up this procedure is repeated for each of the underlying funds Amount based switch transactions are initiated for the unit holders this procedure is repeated for each of the underlying funds Any unexecuted limit orders for the unit holders in the old fund are marked as EXPIRED and the limit status for underlying limit o
393. s Standard and FOREX Compliance in the LEP User Manual for more information on maintaining Prudential Investment Guidelines and forex compliance To maintain the Fund Investment Components you need to e Define the various investment components as part of system parameters maintenance under the parameter code INVESTMENTCOMP e Specify the Investment component code and its corresponding description Note The system does not differentiate onshore offshore components at this level Maintaining Ratios of the Fund Level Components You need to maintain ratios for respective investment components type according to the following considerations e The total sum of these ratios must be equal to 100 e The list of Investment Components is available as per the system parameters maintenance Invoking Fund Investments Component Screen You can invoke the Fund level Investment Components Ratio Maintenance Detail screen by typing UTDFICRM in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to input the details of the fund component Fund level Investment Components Ratio Maintenance Detail New 5 Enter Query Fund ID Fund Level Investment Components Ratio Maintenance 1of1 Investment Component Percentage Inp
394. s screen by typing UTDWRFND in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the wrap fund you wish to maintain In this screen any authorized fund in the system can be designated as a wrap fund and any authorized funds in the system may be designated as underlying investment funds for the wrap fund An effective date may also be specified for the wrap fund Wrap Fund Maintenance Detail New 5 Enter Query Wrap Fund Rule Effective Date ISIN No Wrap Fund Ratio Table 1of1 Fund ID Fund Name Short Split Percentage Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Note You can maintain details of wrap funds in the system for information and reporting purpos es only No processing or validation in respect of the same is performed by the system when there is an investment into the fund or its underlying investment funds Fay ORACLE 5 11 1 5 11 1 1 5 11 2 Fields in this Screen Wrap Fund ID Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the ID of the wrap fund from the drop down list The list contains authorized funds in the system ISIN No 12 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the ISIN Code of the wrap fund from the drop down list If you specify the ISIN Code the ID of th
395. s unsuccessful 5 13 11 5 Messages for Pre processing Checks According to the checks listed above the appropriate messages that would be displayed as a result of performing the pre processing checks are shown in the table below A severity level of Warning indicates an optional check which would not impede the processing of the corporate action if the check fails A severity level of Critical indicates a mandatory check which must succeed in order to continue with the processing of the corporate action Message Severity Unauthorized Fund Critical Unauthorized Fund Price Critical 37109 ORACLE Message Severity Unauthorized Fund Dividend record Critical Unauthorized Fund Account Critical Unauthorized Fund Agency Branch Backdating Limit Critical Setup Unauthorized Fund Sub Account record Critical Unauthorized Fund GL record Critical Unauthorized WH Tax Setup record Critical Unauthorized Periodic Load record Critical Unauthorized Switch Privilege Setup record Critical Unauthorized Fund Holiday record Critical Unauthorized Group Definition Critical Unauthorized Fund Sale Restriction record Critical Unconfirmed Global Order Critical Unauthorized Incoming SWIFT message Warning Unprocessed Repaired Incoming SWIFT message Warning Unauthorized Outgoing SWIFT message Warning Unprocessed Repaired Outgoing SWIFT message Warning Unau
396. saction entry and processing for the fund is displayed here End Date Display Only The date up to which the transaction type is enabled for transaction entry and processing for the fund is displayed here Net Amount Indicate from the drop down list if the processing mode for transaction type is Net or not Gross Amount Indicate from the drop down list if the processing mode for transaction type is gross or not Net Unit For transactions with a net processing mode the amount value of the transaction will be processed as a net value apart from the charges a ORACLE 4 1 3 3 Gross Unit For transactions with a gross processing mode the value of the transaction whether as an amount or a number of units will be processed as a gross value from which any applicable charges will be deducted Note Opting for a gross or net mode in transaction processing is mode is only available for IPO subscription or redemption transactions Restrict Sale to Investor Optional You can use this field to indicate that transactions of the selected type into the fund must only be available to existing customers and not to new customers Select Yes to indicate this If no such restrictions are applicable select No in this field When the system applies this restriction it considers a new investor to be one whose balance holding in the fund is zero This restriction is only applicable to the inflow transaction types subscript
397. sactions Copying Attributes If you want to create a new Fund Entity Mapping with the same attributes of an existing maintenance you can copy the attributes of an existing Fund Entity mapping to a new one To copy the attributes e Retrieve the record whose attributes the new Fund Entity mapping should inherit You can retrieve the record through the Summary screen or through the F7 F8 operation explained in the previous sections of this chapter e Click on Copy e Indicate the ID for the new Fund Entity mapping You can however change the details of the new maintenance Agency Branch Backdating Setup This fund rule facilitates the maintenance of the back dating limits for a particular transaction type for an agency branch in a fund The backdating limit applicable for every transaction type can also be specified in the Transaction Processing Rules profile for the fund but if it is necessary to handle exceptions for a few agency branches for specific transaction types the same can be maintained here The information entered here will then supersede the ail ORACLE 5 2 1 5 2 2 information in the Transaction Processing Rules profile for the fund and for that agency branch To set up the backdating options for a transaction type for a fund use the Fund Agency BackDating Limit Setup Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDFALMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool b
398. sarily a fund transaction currency as designated in the Fund Transaction Currency Restriction rule Fund country provided the new fund country that you specify is necessarily not re stricted in the Fund Sale Country or Fund Residency Restriction rules 4 11 1 7 Authorizing Amended Fund Rules Record 4 11 1 8 An amended Fund Rules record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can be done only from Fund Manager Module and Agency Branch module The subsequent process of authorization is the same as that for normal transactions Copying Attributes If you want to create a new Fund Rules record with the same attributes of an existing maintenance you can copy the attributes of an existing Fund Rules record to a new one To copy the attributes Retrieve the record whose attributes the new Fund Rules record should inherit You can retrieve the record through the Summary screen or through the F7 F8 operation explained in the previous sections of this chapter Click on Copy Indicate the ID for the new Fund Rules record You can however change the details of the new record 38 ORACLE 5 1 5 Other Fund Activities Associating Entities with Funds This screen can be used to associate entities with a fund You can maintain either a list of restricted entities or an allowed list If you maintain a restrictive list as
399. se are displayed in the lower grid The following details are displayed for each transaction entry record e The Transaction number e The Transaction Reference number e The date of the transaction e The ID of the fund involved in the transaction e The ID and Name of the entity involved in the transaction e The amount reckoned in the match currency You can capture the following details Matched Amount Optional Enter the amount to be matched with the bank side entry By default system displays the transaction amount here However you can change the amount Select Mandatory Check the entry which should be reconciled with the bank side entry You can select more than one entry for reconciliation with bank side at a time On specifying the above details click the Reconcile button to perform the reconciliation activity and save the reconciled entries ot ORACLE 5 14 4 Once the matching record is retrieved from the database system will automatically reconcile and take the following actions e Clear the matched transaction and confirm the underlying units if Payment Status is marked Credit Received e Reject or Reverse a particular transaction if Payment Status in Bank Feed is marked as Debit Received and existing Payment status for transaction record is Reject Status Awaited e Reject or Reverse a particular transaction if Payment Status in Bank Feed is marked as Reject Status Awaited and existing Pay
400. set Value REG The Registrar component of the system ROA Rights of Accumulation ROI Return on Investment SI Standing Instructions SMS Security Management System URL Uniform Resource Locator VAT Value Added Tax WAUC Weighted Average Unit Cost 1 8 Getting Help Online help is available for all tasks You can get help for any function by clicking the help icon provided or by pressing F1 ra ORACLE 2 1 2 2 2 Setting up Fund Hierarchies Introduction After you have set up reference data that you will use to operate your funds you must define the funds in the system and set up the rules that each fund will be governed by These rules will be automatically applied by the system whenever you enter a transaction into the system that has been requested by an investor into the fund This chapter will help you use the FCIS system to set up and operate funds Fund and Investor A fund is typically a money pool that is accumulated through the contributions of persons who are interested in investing their capital in this manner with a view to obtaining either steady incomes with periodic returns or steady appreciation of the capital These interested persons are typically called investors or unit holders The fund gives the investors an acknowledgment of their stake in the money pool by issuing units to them and invests their contributions into the securities market The returns earned by the fund on t
401. sh dividend for income choose Cash Dividend Income 3 Specify the frequencies for declaration and payment of dividend in the Dividend Declaration Frequency and Dividend Payment Frequency fields respectively 4 Specify the rounding rules for dividend in the Rounding Options and Rounding Precision fields 5 Specify the default mode of distribution for the cash dividend payment by cheque transfer or reinvestment 6 Specify the basis upon which exchange rate for dividend will be obtained in the Dividend Exchange Rate Basis field 7 Specify the first dividend declaration date for the fund in the First Dividend Declare Date field 8 Specify the tax ID for the fund as well as the basis for tax deduction at source in the TDS Basis field 9 Specify the units to be considered for the record date freeze holdings for dividend eligibility in the Units for Freeze Holding field 10 If EPU components are applicable for the fund select the Allow EPU Component Setup option and specify the EPU Lot The default value for EPU lot will be 1 11 If look ahead dividend processing for holidays is to be applicable for cash dividends for the fund select the Look Ahead Processing option 12 Specify a lag period for dividend payment if necessary in the Payment Lag field 13 Specify a lag period for reinvestments if necessary in the Reinvestment Lag field 14 Specify the holiday rule to be applicable for cash dividends for th
402. sing the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization Invoke the Fund Investment Component Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized records Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Fund Investment Component Detail screen is displayed in amendment mode Select Unlock operation from the Action List to amend the record Amend the necessary information and click on Save to save the changes 3 8 3 7 Authorizing Amended Fund Investment Component Record 3 8 4 An amended Fund Investment Component record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can be done only from Fund Manager Module and Agency Branch module The subsequent process of authorization is the same as that for normal transactions Copying Attributes If you want to create a new Fund Investment Component record with the same attributes of an existing one you can copy the attributes of an existing Fund Investment Component record to a new one To copy the attributes Retrieve the record whose attributes the new
403. specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Group Load Mapping Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List When a checker authorizes a transaction details of validation if any that were over ridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Amending Group Load Mapping After a Group Load Mapping is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization Invoke the Group Load Mapping Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized records Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Group Load Mapping Detail screen is displayed in amendment mode Select Unlock operation from the Action List to amend the record Amend the necessary information and click on Save to save the changes G24 ORACLE 6 2 4 7 Authorizing Amended Group Load Mapping 6 2 5
404. specified in the Fund Demographics screen is displayed here Post Priced Mandatory Select Yes in this field to indicate that the price for the fund will be announced Post Transactions Allotment on Cheque Clearing Mandatory Select Yes in this field to indicate that allocation must be done on the check clearing date using the price prevailing on that date for transactions in which the payment mode is Check Price Declare Frequency 1 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Select a value to specify the frequency with which the price will be announced from the options provided If you are specifying the General Operating Rules for a Post priced Fund you must specify this frequency as Daily Retain IPO Balance Mandatory Select Yes in this field to indicate that the IPO Balance of unit holders must to be stored for later use Next Price Declare Date Date Mandatory Specify the next date upon which the fund price is to be declared This date must be after the Rule Effective Date of the fund and the current system date Allow Rejections before Allocation Mandatory Select Yes in this field to indicate that a rejection of a transaction as applicable for all authorized transactions prior to allocation If this is not specified then all authorized transactions will be taken up for allocation directly No of Decimals for NAV 1 Character Maximum Numeric Mandatory Indicate the maximum numbe
405. ster funds you can maintain feeder funds which will be of type Single Simple e Fund of Hedge Funds fund of hedge fund invests in hedge funds rather than investing in individual securities You can capture the details of the underlying funds in Fund Linkage Details section e Side Pocket side pocket is a special type of account used in hedge funds to separate illiquid assets from other more liquid investments 3 56 ORACLE 3 7 1 1 e Lead Series the initial fund series that is created in case of series method of performance fee calculation e Follow up Series the subsequent fund series created for the following accounting periods Note You can not perform any transactions if the hedge fund is of type Side Pocket Lead Series and Follow up Series are applicable only for Series type of perfor mance fee computation For more details on various methods of performance fee computation refer the section titles Computing Performance Fee for Hedge Funds section in this user manual For more details on different types of hedge funds refer Overview chapter in this user manual Hedge Fund Manager Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the name of the hedge fund manager or select the fund manager from the option list provided All entities maintained as fund managers in Entity maintenance screen are displayed in the list Transaction Generation Basis Alphanumeric Opti
406. sub funds for which a share class mapping must be done from the options in the list Share ClassID Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the share class that must be mapped to the selected sub fund from the options in the list This list will contain all share classes that have been defined in the system in the Share Class Definition maintenance ale ORACLE 2 7 3 2 7 3 1 Fund ID System Generated Display After the umbrella fund sub fund and share class have been selected for mapping the share class fund ID is generated by the system The generation logic is as follows The Fund ID will be a unique six character ID The first two characters will be the ID of the umbrella fund that is the immediate parent of the chosen sub fund the next two characters will be the ID of the fund family of the sub fund that is selected and the last two characters are the ID of the share class that has been mapped to the sub fund For example if P1 is the ID of the umbrella fund P2 is the ID of the sub fund and AC is the ID of the share class the share class fund generated will have a six character ID P1P2AC Fund Name Short 15 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the short name of the share class fund that has been created Fund Name Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the name of the share class fund that has been created Sub fund Share Class Summary Screen You can perform the following operations in the Sub Fund Share Cl
407. t Capital Payout Rate Include Prior Capital Update IDS Redeemed Units Update SI SplitReverseSplitDetails MergeDetails InvCategorymap NEN From Fund Details Fund ID ISIN Code New Fund Details Fund ID Fund Name Fund Short Name Fund Tax ID ISIN Code Fund Ticker Symbol Create Fundas an UnAuthorised Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized From Fund Details Fund Id Select the fund ID whose attributes you want to copy ISIN Code Specify the ISIN code New fund Details Fund ID Indicate the ID for the new fund Fund Name Specify a name for the fund here 5 80 Creare Fund ORACLE Fund Short Name You can specify a short name for the fund Fund Tax ID You can specify the fund tax ID for the new fund here ISIN Code Indicate the ISIN code for the new fund ID here Fund Ticker Symbol You can enter the ticker symbol for the fund Create Fund as an Click on Create Fund to create the new fund with the parameters specified After entering the above details click create fund button You will be shown the following confirmation message ZN Q Information Message information Message D Reaves Successfully Processec vel ORACLE 5 13 8 9 Maintaining Details for Side Pocket Merger For side pocket merger you must maintain related details in the Corporate Actions Maintenance screen Select the Side Pocket Merger option in the
408. t Currency AccountN Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Checks Before you set up a fund account for a fund it is desirable to ensure that the following information is already setup in the system e The fund for which the fund account is being set up must have an authorized set of fund rules profile records ore ORACLE 5 9 3 5 9 3 1 e The Banks and Branches must be maintained in the system through the Bank Maintenance and the Bank Branch Maintenance Fields in Fund Account Maintenance Screen Fund ID 6 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the fund for which the fund account is to be set up from the drop down list This list contains the names of all the authorized funds in the system When you select the fund the Fund Base Currency is picked up from the Fund Demographics profile for the selected fund and displayed in the Fund Base Currency field Fund Identification Number 12 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the fund identification number The adjoining option list displays all valid fund id codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Fund Base Currency The currency in which the fund is denominated is defaulted here Maintaining Bank Details Bank Code Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the name of the bank where the account is to be set up from the drop down list Branch Code Alpha
409. t Report under it The Corporate Actions Amendment Report screen is opened You must specify the corporate action for which you wish to generate the amendment report Performing Bank Reconciliation Reconciliation is a process by which you will be able to match the bank statement entries with the corresponding transaction entries System allows you to track reconciled un reconciled and partially reconciled transactions with the corresponding reconciled un reconciled and partially reconciled bank statement entries On uploading the bank statement system will try to reconcile the entries automatically and update the cheque status as provided in the bank statement Auto Reconciliation will happen based on the matching of Fund ID Instrument Number Instrument Amount and Drawee Bank Branch code Auto reconciled entries will be auto authorized by the system Manual reconciliation should be done for entries which the system fails to do auto reconciliation Reconciliation activity can be performed through the Bank Reconciliation Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDBKREC in the field at the top right corner of the S108 ORACLE Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The Bank Reconciliation Detail screen is displayed Bank Reconciliation Detail New 9 Enter Query Operation New Ok Bank Statement Search Option Bank Bank Name Drawee Bank Drawee Bank Name Statement Fr
410. t redemption mode which can be either percentage of holdings amount or units Transaction Processing Rules A Fund ID Rule Effective Date Basic Info Transaction Rules Unit Holder Rules Transaction Limit Pricing Policies SI Specific Info SI Rules For Frequency Policy None X Online Allocation Yes Acknowledgement Note No Allocation Percentage Required Versus Registered Allocation Lag Capital Check On Par With Yes Confirmation Note No Cash Required Retain Ageing To No Cross Branching No Allowed Subscription LimitMode Percent Transfer On Par With Yes Cash Credit Card On Par With Yes Cash Carry Forward Carry Apply Entry Time Load No Allocation Lag panni Actual Calendar i Pseudo Switch Lag Pseudo Switch Calendar Actual Calendar Notice Period Basis Confirmation Lag Notice Period Date Basis X Full Outflow No Link To Unsettled No Min Maturity Period Trades B Days Max Maturity Period Transaction Threshold Days Amount Limit Mode Alphanumeric Optional Choose the mode based on which redemption will be limited from the list Allocation Percentage versus Registered Capital Percentage format Optional Specify the percentage up to which allocation can be allowed for a given registered capital on a given day for the selected transaction type Policy 1 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Enter F to signify
411. teTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized A simple mapping can be done where the appropriate fees or incentives called loads in the system may be tagged as applicable to the appropriate transaction types for all funds in the appropriate load groups You can also designate the loads as applicable to certain reference types of transactions such as standing instructions policy transactions in funds of the load group and so on Checks Before you set up a Group Load mapping profile record for a load group it is desirable to ensure that the following information is already setup in the system Bolt ORACLE 6 2 2 e Any of the funds in the load group already has an existing unauthorized Fund Demographics profile record e Any of the funds in the load group already has an existing unauthorized Shares Characteristics profile record e Any of the funds in the load group already has an existing unauthorized Transaction Processing Rules profile record for the appropriate Transaction Type e The fees incentives Loads that are to be applied must already have been identified in the system and have existing authorized profiles as maintained in the Loads Maintenance e It must be remembered that while mapping a load to a reference transaction type the system does not support the mapping of the Ref Type 68 Funding Repayment to any load Fields in Group Load Mapping Screen Group ID 6 Character Maximum Alp
412. that you wish to authorize The Fund Price Detail screen is displayed in amendment mode Select Unlock operation from the Action List to amend the record 6 Amend the necessary information and click on Save to save the changes Authorizing an Amended Fund Price Record An amended Fund Price Holiday record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can be done only from Fund Manager Module and Agency Branch module The subsequent process of authorization is the same as that for normal transactions Maintaining Fund CPMF Preferences CPMF tax is deducted by the some banks and the money is transferred from current savings account to the investment account For a few selected investment products such as funds or term deposits the bank could decide to return a part of the CPMF Tax that has been deducted as an incentive for having invested This is referred to as CPMF Bonus a0 ORACLE Invoke the Fund CPMF Detail screen by typing UTDFCPMF in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The Fund CPMF Detail screen is displayed Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of CPMF preferences for the fund Fund CPMF Detail New 5 Enter Query Fund ID Default CPMF Bonus CPMF Bonus Applicable SelectOne Fescontage V
413. the fund Applicable penalties on check redemption due to contravening any of the limits for check amount minimum period or insufficient account balance or stop payment instructions on a check Fal ORACLE 3 6 6 10 Fields in Check Writing Option Maintenance Click on the Check Writing Tab to indicate the check writing options General Operating Rules Fund ID Rule Effective Date Basic Information Automatic Redemption Preferences Min Max Holding Check Advance Options Limit Order Processing Options Transaction Cancellation Period fe Allow Check Writing No Minimum Holding Period Days Account Closure No Minimum Amount For Checks Maximum Amount For Penalty Applicable No Checks Minimum Holding Period No Violation Stop Payment Request No n Check Minimum And Maximum No Check Amount Violation Insufficient Account No Balance Allow Check Writing Optional You can use this field to indicate whether check writing facility is allowed for investors who invest in this fund Check this box to indicate that check writing is allowed Account Closure Optional You can use this field to indicate whether an investor can close the unit holder account through check redemption Check this box to indicate that account closure through check writing is allowed Minimum Amount for Checks USD Numeric Optional If check writing is allowed for the fund then this information is manda
414. the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the unauthorized option 3 Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified 4 Click Search button All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Fund Price Detail screen is displayed 6 Select Unlock Operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information 7 Click Save to save your changes The Fund Price Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Fund Price Summary screen Viewing Fund Price Record To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the Fund Price Summary screen as follows 1 Invoke the Fund Price Summary screen from the Browser 2 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option 3 Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen 4 Click Search button All records with the specified fields ar
415. the credit card transactions will be taken for allocation for the same day The units allocated will be provisional and will be confirmed only after the credit card transaction is cleared Transfer On Par With Cash Mandatory Select Yes in this field to indicate that all transfer transactions to be treated on par with cash transactions If this is true then during allocation the transfer transactions will be taken for allocation for the same day The units allocated will be provisional and will be confirmed only after the bank transfers are cleared Online Allocation Mandatory Select Yes in this field to indicate that Online Allocation is to be allowed for the given transaction type This can be enabled only if the fund is pre priced For Post Priced Fund with Allocation as Online the Transaction Frequency is Allocation Retain Ageing to Subscription Mandatory Select Yes in this field to indicate that the aging principle must be applied to subscription transactions in the fund Aging is the process of keeping track of a transaction from the transaction date right up to when it is cleared in full from the account of the unit holder Depending upon the policy specified for aging i e either FIFO or Proportionate aging is applied In case of CDSC funds it is mandatory for you to select Yes Confirmation Note Required Mandatory Select Yes in this field to indicate that the Confirmation Slip is to b
416. the current HWM plus hurdle rate The forced redemption method ensures that all investors are treated equitably with regard to the paying of performance fees for performance since investing in the fund This process calculates the number of shares to be redeemed either at the point of an early redemption or at the end of the performance fee period based on the movement of the price since subscription time Processing Performance Fee Payment An EOD batch Performance Fee Payment Process is used to process period end calculation of performance fee based on the next payment date defined at the Fund Rule The steps involved in the processing of performance fee can be summarized in the steps given below 1 Ifthe current application date is greater than or equal to next payment date the Performance Fee Payment Process batch gets executed 2 During payment processing the system performs period end calculations as per the period end rule maintained for the given group and crystallizes the performance fee for all outstanding inflow transactions captured in the system a2 ORACLE 5 15 2 5 15 3 Note The reference type PE identifies the transactions generated due to period end calcula tions Processing Performance Fee Accrual An EOD batch Performance Fee Accrual Process handles the accrual of performance fee based on the next accrual date defined at the Fund Rule The accrual of the performance fe
417. the following functions in the Fund Switch Restrict Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTSFNSWR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Fund Switch Restrict Summary Authorized Open X Fund ID ag Limit Restrictive ListTo SelectOne v Advanced Search Reset Records per page 15 v 1 of 1 Authorized Open Fund ID Disabled Restrictive List Limit Restrictive List To 5 3 3 1 Retrieving Record in Fund Switch Restrict Summary Screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows Invoke the summary screen and specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields e The status of the record in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved e The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records are retrieved e Fund ID Click Search button to view the records All the records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner Press F7 Input the Fund ID Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You ca
418. the following parameters e The pricing policy i e whether the fund is to be a pre priced or a post priced fund You can also set up the price declare frequency and the next price declare date Ifitisa closed ended fund you can also set up the maturity date e The automatic redemption details if the fund is to have automatic redemption of units for a unit holder based on the threshold balance e The number of decimals for NAV declaration as well as the lot for NAV e The Ageing Policy of the fund e The applicability of charges such as Contingent Deferred Sales Charge CDSC for redemption or switch transactions in the fund as well as the processing order e Specification of the NAV Lot e Dividend Equalization e Rules that govern check writing for the fund such as The limits on the amount for a check The minimum period for which units must be held in the investor account for the fund before they are redeemed by a check Whether the unit holder can close the account through a redemption check Ifthe fund is a retirement fund whether check facility can be made available for the fund Applicable penalties on check redemption due to contravening any of the limits for check amount minimum period or insufficient account balance or stop payment instructions on a check e Whether the system should recompute the fund prices and adjust units as per forecast rates if the fund is a Guaranteed Fund Ageing Pol
419. the frequency at which this load is to be applied Select one from the list box Loads can be applied at any of three possible frequencies e Allocation This will mean that you will be charging the investor a fee or giving an incentive at the time of allocation of units Allocation time loads cannot be designated for any transaction types other than IPO subscription redemption and switch both in and out legs e Transaction The charge fee or incentive will be applied at the time the transaction request is accepted from the investor Typically a transaction time fee could be the counter fees e Post Allocation This frequency is applicable typically to the Capital Gains Tax which may be applied after allocation on the gross amount Note Capital Gains Tax may also be designated as an allocation time load Load To Price Optional Select Yes in this field indicate that this load is to be loaded to the base price VAT Applicable 1 Character Maximum Mandatory Select Yes in this field to indicate that the Load to Price is applicable Therefore VAT Load to Price is dependent on Load to Price From Entity Type Mandatory Specify the entity that bears this load Select the Entity Type from the following list given in the drop down menu e AMC e Agent e Broker e Distributor e Fund e Registrar e Trustee e Unit Holder To Entity Type Mandatory Specify the entity that will be recipients of the loa
420. the load group Redemption Affect LOI Optional Check this box to indicate that redemption transactions can be taken into account for reducing the LOI amount for LOI investors that invest in the load group Switch Affect LOI Optional Check this box to indicate that switch transactions can be taken into account for reducing the LOI amount for LOI investors that invest in the load group Switch Impact ROA If you choose Yes the system will take into account the fluctuation of units due to Switch in while computing Accumulated Units Load Group Characteristics Maintenance Summary Screen You can perform the following operations in the Load Group Characteristics Maintenance Summary screen Retrieving Record in Load Group Characteristics Maintenance Summary Screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows aN ORACLE Invoke the Group Characteristics Summary screen by typing UTSGRPCH in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button and specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields e The status of the record in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved e The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records are retrieved e Group ID Click Search button to view the recor
421. the record in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved e The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records are retrieved e Corporate Action Date e Corporate Action Type e Fund ID e ISIN Code Click Search button to view the records All the records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner 1 Press F7 2 Input Corporate Action Type 3 Input Corporate Action Date 4 Input the Fund ld 5 Press F8 oe ORACLE You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can also search a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Fund ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows Search by A System will fetch all the records whose Fund ID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 etc Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Fund ID ends by numeric value 7 For example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 etc Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Fund ID contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 etc 5 13 10 2 Editing Corporate Actions Record
422. the retention period has not expired and which have not gone through a single dividend cycle and are taxable 6 Units for which the retention period has not expired and which have not gone through a single dividend cycle and are not taxable Note This feature FIFO across products is available only if your installation has specifically re quested for it Specifying Limit Order Options for Funds For a fund you can specify the following options for processing limit orders in the General Operating Rules screen e Whether limit orders may be processed for the fund 290 ORACLE 3 6 3 e Whether future dated transactions are allowed for the fund e Whether automatic processing in respect of limit orders is allowed for the fund e The pricing rule to be applicable if the specified date falls on a holiday Automatic processing for limit orders involves the automatic generation of buy or sell transactions If your AMC processes limit orders for third party funds and must wait for confirmation before processing the orders on the specified dates you might need to disable automatic processing You specify the limit order options in the Limit Order Processing Options section of the General Operating Rules screen Indicating Re computation of Fund Prices and Adjustment of Units The fund prices of funds like Employee Benefit Growth Fund are derived based on the forecasted rate of growth The rates will be re forecasted in the
423. the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Load Group Maintenance Detail screen is displayed Select Unlock Operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information Click Save to save your changes The Load Group Maintenance Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Load Group Maintenance Summary screen 6 1 4 3 Viewing Load Group Maintenance To view a record that you have previously input you must retrieve the same in the Load Group Maintenance Summary screen as follows Invoke the Load Group Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorized field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized or Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Load Group Maintenance Detail screen is displayed in View mode oF ORACLE 6 1 4 4 6 1 4 5 6 1 4 6 6 1 4 7 Deleting Load Group Maintenance You can delete only unauthorized rec
424. the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion 3 Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen oe ORACLE 5 3 3 5 5 3 3 6 5 3 3 7 5 3 3 8 4 Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 5 Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The Fund Switch Restrict Detail screen is displayed 6 Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database Authorizing Fund Switch Restrict Record 1 An unauthorized Fund Switch Restrict record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record 2 Invoke the Fund Switch Restrict Summary screen from the Browser 3 Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option 4 Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 6 Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Fund Switch Restrict Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List When a checker authorizes a transaction details of validation
425. thorized Overridden Loads Critical Unprocessed Dividends Warning Unprocessed Reinvestments Warning Standing Instructions for which Action is not taken after Warning generating the First Reminder or Last Reminder Redemptions which are due for Confirmation Critical Unauthorized Transactions Critical Transactions which are either unallotted unsettled or Critical partially allotted Unexecuted valid Limit Orders Warning 5 101 ORACLE Message Severity Sls generating on corporate action date Warning Brokers for whom the Commission is pending due Warning Periodic loads for the fund for which trailing commission Warning is pending due Fund s which do not retain ageing to subscription Warning Fund s which do are not active for corporate action pro Critical cessing Number of Special Deals in which the fund belongs to Warning Number of LOI s in which the fund belongs to Warning Number of Income distribution s in the fund Warning Number of Reinvestment set up into the fund Warning Number of Interface Definition s in which the fund Warning belongs to Number of Job s in which the fund belongs to Warning Fund s in which Holding Period is applicable Warning Fund s in which Minimum Registered Capital gt 0 Critical Fund s in which minimum number of Unit Holders is Critical greater than 0 Fund in which Switch Out transaction type should be Critical maintaine
426. tions Record An amended Corporate Actions record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can be done only from Fund Manager Module and Agency Branch module The subsequent process of authorization is the same as that for normal records 5 13 10 8 Reversing Corporate Action When you reverse a corporate action that has been processed the original action record is marked as cancelled and the reversal is processed either by the Beginning of Day process if designated as automatic or manually through the Corporate Action Processing screen In case of reversal or amendment of a corporate action after original processing a reversal transaction is generated for all the transactions for the day with reference types indicating Split Reverse Split Merger Rollback Capital Payout 5 13 10 9 Copying Attributes If you want to create a new Corporate Actions record with the same attributes of an existing maintenance you can copy the attributes of an existing Corporate Actions record to a new one To copy the attributes e Retrieve the record whose attributes the new Corporate Actions record should inherit You can retrieve the record through the Summary screen or through the F7 F8 operation explained in the previous sections of this chapter e Click on Copy e Indicate the ID for the new Corporate Actions You can however change the details of the new reco
427. tions in this screen it will be closed and you will be returned to the main Transaction Processing Rules screen When you save the transaction processing rule record for the fund the specifications you have made in this screen are saved as part of the same record in the database You can also access this screen from the Amount Units Limits for Investor Category menu of the Fund Manager component If you have accessed the screen in this manner the limits defined here will supersede the limits defined in the Transaction Processing Rules profile for the fund and transaction type Checks Before you set up an Amount Units Limits on Investor Categories profile record for a fund it is desirable to ensure that the following information is already setup in the system A ORACLE e The fund already has an existing unauthorized Fund Demographics profile record e The fund already has an existing unauthorized Shares Characteristics profile record e The fund already has an existing unauthorized Transaction Processing Rules profile record In fact this fund rule can be accessed through the Transaction Processing Rules screen itself Fields in Investor Category Amount Units Limit Screen Investor Category 2 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the category of Investor for whom the amount units limit is to be set up Minimum Amount Numeric Mandatory Specify the minimum amount that an investor who falls under this catego
428. to indicate that specific income distribution setups for unit holders may be overridden Reinvestment Allowed Optional Select Yes in this field to indicate that reinvestment is allowed for the fund If the rules are being setup for a share class fund for which reinvestment is mandatory then this field has a default Yes and locked for data entry Allow EPU Components Setup Optional Select Yes in this field to indicate applicability of EPU Earnings Per Unit and that the earnings per unit must be defined in terms of components or as a single value By default this field has a No value Setting up EPU components is not applicable for stock dividends Look Ahead Processing Optional Select Yes in this field to indicate that in the event of intervening holidays the system would obtain the EPU information and process dividends for the holiday period ahead of the prior business day for the fund Units for Freeze Holding Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the units to be considered for dividend eligibility on the freeze holdings date You can specify any of the following options e All units including unconfirmed units must be considered as on the allocation date e Only confirmed units are to be considered as on the allocation date e All units including unconfirmed units are to be considered as on the transaction price date e All units including unconfirmed units are to be considered as on the
429. tory Specify the minimum amount that can be redeemed through a redemption check for investors holding balances in the fund who have opted for check writing facility If the amount written on a check falls below this value the check attracts penal charges Minimum Holding Period Days Numeric Optional If check writing is allowed for the fund then this information is mandatory Specify the minimum number of days for which units must be held in the investor account before they can be redeemed through a redemption check Maximum Amount for Checks USD Numeric Optional If check writing is allowed for the fund then this information is mandatory Specify the maximum amount that can be redeemed through a redemption check for investors holding balances in the fund who have opted for check writing facility If the amount written on a check exceeds this value the check attracts penal charges a Be ORACLE 3 6 6 11 Penalty Applicable Optional You can use this field to indicate whether an investor can close the unit holder account through a check redemption Check this box to indicate that account closure through check writing is allowed Minimum Holding Period Violation Optional You can use this field to indicate whether a violation of the holding period for balances in this fund by a unit holder using the check writing facility must be validated for Check this box to indicate validating of violation of the holdin
430. transaction in a fund according to the fund rules that you maintain for the fund Whenever you need to refer to any or all guidelines about the operation of a fund you can refer to the fund rule records that you have maintained for the fund Some fund rules are mandatory and you must set them up before you authorize a fund while others are optional and you may be set up as and when required There are many different fund rules that may be defined for a fund and these may be enumerated as follows Fund Demographics This is the entry point for setting up a fund in the system The Fund name Fund ID the base currency for the fund the country that the fund is based in and the effective date for the fund rules may be set here You can also designate the Type and the Class that the fund comes under You can specify the AMC that operates the fund This is a mandatory fund rule and you must set it up before you authorize a fund Corporate Actions In this section you can specify the rules that will govern the pattern of processing corporate actions for the fund This includes the income distribution by the fund to its unit holders These rules include the Dividend Declaration and Payment frequencies the Default Distribution Mode Tax Deducted at Source TDS details the lead times for the different dates such as the Book Closing Freeze Holdings and Dividend Payment dates Setting up this rule is optional and you can set it up for a fu
431. ts Use the Amount Limit for IRA Transactions section in the Fund Rules Detail screen to specify the limits Fund IRA Transactions Initial Investment Minimum Amount Maximum Amount Subsequent investment Minimum Amount Maximum Amount Withdrawals Minimum Withdrawal Maximum Withdrawal It is mandatory for you to specify the IRA Limits fund rule for funds in which IRA investments are allowed The following limits are specified e Minimum transaction amount limits for initial additional investment and withdrawal transactions e Maximum transaction amount limits for initial additional investment and withdrawal transactions Fields in Fund IRA Transactions Section Minimum Amount Initial Investment Numeric Mandatory if IRA investment is allowed for the fund Specify the minimum amount that can be contributed in the initial investment into this fund for a plan purchased in a product for which the fund forms part of the portfolio This limit cannot exceed the corresponding limit set for the product the portfolio of which the fund is a part Maximum Amount Subsequent Investments Numeric Mandatory if IRA investment is allowed for the fund Specify the maximum amount that can be contributed in the initial investment into this fund for a plan purchased in a product for which the fund forms part of the portfolio This limit cannot exceed the corresponding limit set for the product the portfolio of which the fund
432. u are setting up a new fund this field has a Yes value indicating that every new fund is created in the system initially as an enabled fund Primary Registration Address 255 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory If the registration address for the fund is different from the address of the AMC to which the fund belongs you may specify the address in this field By default the address of the AMC is considered to be the primary registration address for the fund 39 ORACLE This address is necessary for reporting and information purposes only Fund Tax ID 25 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Optional You can use this field to indicate the Tax ID assigned to the fund It is used for reporting and information purposes The Tax ID you specify here cannot be specified for any other fund in the system Fund Identification Number 12 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the ISIN identification number ISIN Code assigned to the fund The ISIN Code is a 12 character alphanumeric code with the first two digits being non numeric and the last two strictly numeric Along with the Fund ID It is used for retrieval of the fund details in all search facilities in the system and is captured during transaction entry as identification for the fund Fund Ticker Symbol 25 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the ticker symbol that identifies the fund in the stock exchange list IRA Investments Allowed O
433. uency are the same this field will be disabled Interest to be compounded for the payment period Optional Indicate whether the dividend interest needs to be compounded for the entire payment period or not You can select either Yes or No from the drop down list If you select Yes the system will calculate the dividend on the amount instead of multiplying the units by the EPU The EPU value maintained as As amount will be directly used in the dividend calculations This field is available only for Money Market funds Also if Dividend Declaration Frequency and Dividend Payment Frequency are the same this field will be disabled Example Assume that the EPU is 0 001267 This value will be directly used during dividend processing to calculate the payment amount sal ORACLE Consider the following case listing the transactions from Jan 1 2005 to Jan 31 2005 Div Div Sum Freeze Sum InTx R from the pen l rs holdin Div Div Div from Ast of th p g calc EPU Unit NAV the ist 5t 0t the Bal Bal amt Month till balanc base s till sum date s date U amount nits 1000 0 10000 1000 0 000 15 0 25 0 376 15 07 376 71 00 0 00 0 1369 7 0 71 000 86 1000 0 10000 1000 0 000 15 0 25 0 376 30 14 753 46 00 0 15 0 1369 7 0 75 685 86 1000 0 10000 1000 0 000 15 0 25 0 376 45 21 1130 21 00 0 30 1 1369
434. uery Fund ID Rule Effective Date Fund Start Date Fund Name Fund Name Short Fiscal Year Start Date Fiscal Year End Date Primary Registration Address Fund Identification Number Min Amt for Tax ID Indv Min Amt for Tax ID Corp Existing Fund No Fund Class Open Ended AMC AMC Description Brokers Mandatory Fund Enabled Minimum Holding Period Fund Tax ID Fund Ticker Symbol IRA Investments Allowed Fund Suspended Umbrella Fund Umb Fund Fund Type Fund Type Description Fund Family Fund Family Description Fund Base Currency Fund Base Currency Description Fund Country Fund Country Description Registrar Registrar Description Trustee Trustee Description Custodian Custodian Description Hedge Fund No Multi Language Details Shares Characteristics General Operating Rules Transaction Processing Rules Fund Sale Country Fund Residency Restriction Fund Transaction Currencies Coporate Actions Fund Load Fund Formula Setup Additional Information Specific Fund Price Date Amount Limit for IRA Transactions Fund Delivery Instructions Fund Investment Account SI Specific Information KYC Maintenance Hedge Funds Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open DateTime Authorized In this screen you must set up the first fund rule the Fund Demographics rule before you can set up the other fund rules After you have maintained
435. umulation facility ROA Computation Method Alphanumeric Mandatory if ROA is applicable for the group Specify the method of interpreting the history of investments which will be used to arrive at the basis for ROA computation for any investments by unit holders into the ROA group The following methods could be available e Amount invested by the investor e Holdings NAV as of that date e Holdings Subscription Base Price as of that date e Higher of 1 and 2 e Higher of 1 and 3 e Current Day s Transaction Value Include Current Transactions for ROA Optional Applicable only if ROA is applicable for the group Choose Yes for this option to indicate that current transactions are to be taken into consideration when the selected method of interpretation of investments ROA computation method is applied on investments into the ROA group Rule Effective Date Date format Mandatory This is the date from which the group definition is effective It should be later than or the same as the application date You can select the date from the calendar provided Fund Available In this box a list of unauthorized funds is displayed Fund Id Mandatory You can select the funds that you want to designate to be part of the load group A fund can be mapped to more than one load group oe ORACLE 6 1 4 1 Fund Name The fund name is defaulted hereon selection of the Fund Id Fund Identification Number The fund ident
436. und Formula Section Component ID 10 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the component of the fund price for which an expression is being defined for computation by selecting any one of the Component ID s from the list given This is an Alphanumeric ID that is used to build the fund formula The component could be one of the standard price bases such as the Net Asset Value or Transaction Base Prices or an additional price basis such as Offer Price Bid Price Price Before Performance Price After Performance and so on These additional price bases are built on the appropriate parent standard price bases For instance the additional price basis Offer Price could have the standard price basis TBPO02 as its parent Additional price bases can be defined only if multiple price bases are allowed as indicated in the General Operating Rules for the fund If multiple price bases are defined you must also indicate the applicable inherent fees or incentives Component Type Alphanumeric Mandatory Select any one of the 4 Component Types given in the option They can be e User Entered indicates that the user enters the value e Default indicates that there is a specified default value which can be edited e Formula indicates the component value is computed as per this formula based on other Component ID s e Constant indicates a fixed value that cannot be changed Component Description 50 Character Maximum
437. und Name Alphanumeric Display When you select the Fund ID the system defaults the value of the to fund name How Restricted Positive Lists Work The following example illustrates how restricted lists for switch transactions would be applied Example For the Royal Trust AMC no restrictions for switch transactions have been indicated in the switching logic the Switching Logic in the Entity Maintenance is No Restrictions The following funds are maintained Fund AMC Fund Family oe ORACLE Fund 1 Royal Trust AMC Growth Funds Fund 2 Carling Finance AMC Equity Funds Fund 3 Elton Trueblood AMC Equity Funds Fund 4 Carling Finance AMC Growth Funds Fund 5 Carling Finance AMC Equity Funds The switch restriction lists are maintained as follows Fund Restrictive j Limit Restricted List To Restricted Allowed Funds Positive List Fund 1 Restrictive No Restrictions Fund 2 Restricted Fund 2 Restrictive Within AMC Fund 4 Restricted Fund 3 Restrictive Within Fund Family Fund 5 Restricted Fund 4 Positive No Restrictions Fund 1 Allowed The lists would apply as follows ates To Funds Allowed To Funds Disallowed Fund 1 All funds except Fund 2 Fund 2 Fund 2 Fund 5 Fund 4 Fund 3 Fund 2 Fund 5 Fund 4 Fund 1 All funds except Fund 1 ORACLE 5 3 3 Fund Switch Restrict Summary Screen You can perform
438. und in each case are as follows e Liquidation The fund would cease to exist after the corporate action is processed on this date e Split and Reverse Split The par value of the fund would change subsequent to processing of the corporate action on this date e Merger The funds that are being merged would cease to exist and the new fund would become effective after the corporate action is processed on this date Corporate Action Status Display The status of the corporate action is displayed in this field When you enter a new record it is marked with the Active or Unprocessed status After authorization the corporate action record can be cancelled through an amendment before it is processed In such a case it acquires the Cancelled status After the corporate action has been processed it acquires the Processed status Fund Information Section Fund ID 6 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the fund for which you are maintaining a corporate action from the drop down list This list contains the names of all the authorized funds in the system When you select the fund the Fund Base Currency is picked up from the Fund Demographics profile for the selected fund and displayed in the Fund Base Currency field In the case of liquidation specify the ID of the fund being liquidated For splits and reverse splits specify the ID of the child fund In the case of mergers you must specify the
439. unds and for fund of funds this list will display the list of underlying funds If the hedge fund type is specified as Follow up Series you can specify the fund Id of the related Lead Fund here Note For side pocket funds the main fund name is captured here with the percentage specified as blank Fund Name The name of the selected fund gets displayed here Percentage Numeric Optional Specify the percentage to be used for generating the underlying transaction Note For fund of funds the sum of percentage of investment in each fund should not be greater than 100 Unit Holder Id Alphanumeric Optional Specify the unit holder Id for generating the underlying transaction Note Unit Holder ID is applicable only for underlying funds incase of Fund of Funds oT ORACLE 3 7 3 Investor Category Details In this section you can override the performance fee percentage details at the investor category level Click Investor Category Details tab to specify these details Hedge Fund Details General Details Hedge Fund Type Hedge Fund Manager Transaction Generation Basis Performance Fee Details Single Simple Master Fund UH ID X 3 8 Group Id Description Computation Method Description Performance Fee Payment Frequency Accrual Frequency Next Payment Date Next Accrual Date Last Payment Date Last Accrual Date Hurdle Rate Details Hurdle Rate Applicable Hurd
440. up Load To Price Optional Check this box to indicate that this load is to be loaded to the base price From Entity Type Mandatory Specify the entity that bears this load Select the Entity Type from the following list given in the drop down menu e AMC e Agent e Broker e Distributor e Fund e Registrar e Trustee e Unit Holder To Entity Type Mandatory Specify the entity that will be recipients of the load Select the Entity Type from the list given in the drop down menu The options in the list are similar to those in the From Entity Type field list ee ORACLE Transaction Type Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the transaction type for which the loads are being defined The adjoining option list displays all valid transaction type codes along with their description You can choose the appropriate one Processing Frequency Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the frequency at which this load is to be applied Select one from the list box Loads can be applied at any of three possible frequencies e Allocation This will mean that you will be charging the investor a fee or giving an incentive at the time of allocation of units Allocation time loads cannot be designated for any transaction types other than IPO subscription redemption and switch e Transaction The charge fee or incentive will be applied at the time the transaction request is accepted from the investor e Post Allocation This frequency is ap
441. up as on the current date e Amount remaining unfulfilled as on the current date This is computed as the difference between the LOI amount and the Amount Used Up as on the current date e The Load Group to which the fund belongs for which the LOI has been set up for the investor e The lead time period specified for the load group Post Adjustment Report In the event of non fulfilment of a letter of intent you can obtain a report known as the post adjustment report that displays the actual commission that would have been due on any transactions entered into by the investor had the letter of intent not been applied To obtain such a report you must trigger the computation and storing of the actual commission data from the system database You can use the Lol Adjust Proc screen for this pala ORACLE You can invoke this screen by typing UTDLOIPR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Lol Adjust Proc D New 9 Enter Query LOI Adjustment Processing LOI Number In this screen you must specify the LOI number of the corresponding letter of intent on the next business date after the expiry date of the letter of intent Click on the Process button to trigger the process of computation and storage Alternatively if you do not specify the number you can trigger the computation of commission data for all such letters of intent that are unfulfilled
442. users In this case there will be no users maintained in the list Operation Character Mandatory Specify the operation s that you wish to restrict The following are the operations that are allowed for client and fund restrictions Operation Fund Level Client Level Subscriptions Policy Top Up Allowed Allowed Redemption Surrenders Allowed Allowed Subscription SI Allowed Allowed Recurring Premiums Allowed Allowed Redemption SI Allowed Allowed Recurring Annuities Allowed Allowed Switch Out Allowed Allowed Switch In Allowed Allowed Transfers Allowed Allowed View UH profile amp Portfolio View Not Allowed Allowed Update of the profile Not Allowed Allowed Correspondence Not Allowed Allowed 5 12 1 1 User Details Section User Id Conditional List all the users that are allowed or disallowed to perform the operation that you have chosen 7 ORACLE User Name Display Only The system displays the corresponding Names for the User IDs that you select Example Let us assume the following restriction parameters for a Fund Restriction ae Fund RPO z Apply to Type Restriction id Code Operation All Users User List Fund Yes OMGR Subscription No User 1 amp User2 This implies that only User 1 and User 2 are not allowed to do subscription for the fund OMGR Let us assume the following restriction parameters for a Client
443. ut by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Ppa ORACLE 3 8 3 3 8 3 1 Fund ID Select the Fund Id from the drop down list The list contains a record of all stored fund types You can select the fund relevant for the activity under process by clicking on Fund Level Investment Components ratio Maintenance After selecting the required fund types you are provided with the records matching the input information specified to the system Investment Component The portion of the allocated Fund investment is displayed here as the Investment component Percentage This is the ratio or percentage of the Total Investment Fund including the selected component It should be input as 100 After capturing these details click Ok button to save the component The following screen is invoked stating that the component has been saved information Message p E information Message D Record Successfully Saved Fund Investment Component Summary Screen You can perform the following operations in the Fund Investment Component Summary screen Retrieving Record in the Fund Investment Component Summary Screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows Invoke the Fund level Investment Components Ratio Maintenance Summary screen by typing UTSFICRM in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining
444. utes If you want to create a new Fund Switch Restrict record with the same attributes of an existing maintenance you can copy the attributes of an existing Fund Switch Restrict record to a new one a ORACLE 5 4 5 4 1 To copy the attributes 1 Retrieve the record whose attributes the new Fund Switch Restrict record should inherit You can retrieve the record through the Summary screen or through the F7 F8 operation explained in the previous sections of this chapter Click on Copy Indicate the ID for the new Fund Switch Restrict maintenance You can however change the details of the new maintenance Maintaining Fund Price The Real NAV for the fund for a specific date must be declared according to the frequency specified for this declaration Specifying Fund Price Fund Price Maintenance Screen To set up the fund prices use the Fund Price Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDFPRIC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The Fund Price Detail screen is displayed Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the new fund price Fund Price Detail New 53 Enter Query Fund ID Fund Base Currency Effective Date ISIN No NAV Computation F Net Asset Value NAV Lot _ Total Assets Total Net Assets Formula Builder No of Unit
445. uthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The FBC Access Restriction Detail screen is displayed in View mode ae ORACLE 5 12 2 4 Deleting FBC Access Restriction You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered e Invoke the FBC Access Restriction Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified fields are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to delete in the list of displayed records The FBC Access Restriction Detail screen is displayed e Select Delete Operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is physically deleted from the system database 5 12 2 5 Authorizing FBC Access Restriction An unauthorized FBC Access Restriction must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the FBC
446. uthorizes a transaction details of validation if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Amending Fund Family Record After a Fund Family record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization Invoke the Fund Family Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized records Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Fund Family Detail screen is displayed in amendment mode Select Unlock operation from the Action List to amend the record Amend the necessary information and click on Save to save the changes 26 ORACLE 2 5 9 2 5 10 2 6 Authorizing Amended Fund Family Record An amended Fund Family record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can be done only from Fund Manager Module The subsequent process of authorization is the same as that for normal transactions Copying Attr
447. voke the Corporate Actions Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields on the screen e Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you wish to authorize The Corporate Actions Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from the Action List When a checker authorizes a transaction details of validation if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction When you authorize a corporate action you must re key the liquidation price for liquidations or the parent resultant ratio for splits reverse splits and mergers 5 13 10 6 Amending Corporate Actions Record After a Corporate Actions record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from the Action List To make changes to a record after authorization e Invoke the Corporate Actions Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization You can only amend authorized records e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields
448. y and will not block further processing of the corporate action Trailing Commission This check reports any accrued trail commission trail commission for the period between the last processed date to the corporate action date so that it can be cleared manually The load id of the trailing commission is reported It is an optional check the information is for reporting only and will not block further processing of the corporate action Standing Instructions This check reports the following e Standing instructions for which action has not been taken after first reminder generation A warning is displayed e Standing instructions for which action has not been taken after last reminder generation A warning is displayed e Standing instructions which are generating on corporate action date This is a mandatory check and must be successful for processing of the corporate action to continue Unconfirmed redemption transactions This check reports the number of redemption transactions for which confirmations are due It is a mandatory check and must be successful for processing of the corporate action to continue Funds that do not retain ageing to subscription For a corporate action triggered from an existing ISIN to a different ISIN the ageing of units is based on the parameter Retain Ageing to Subscription set in the Transaction Processing Rules for the fund If this parameter is not indicated as true for the resultant fu
449. y whether specific prices are to be applicable e With the first specific price date being the rule effective date application date In such a case specific pricing date parameters can be defined for individual transaction types in the main Specific Fund Price Date screen e With the first specific price date being a date in the future forward pricing This option can be set only for post priced funds and the specific pricing date parameters so specified will be applicable for all transaction types In such a case specific pricing date parameters cannot be defined for individual transaction types Specific Fund Price Date ene Fund ID Rule Effective Date Price Frequency Calendar Basis System Calendar Forward Pricing No Price Week power Auto Generation on fails Price Month Do not Auto Generate Fund Prices Price Frequency Definition Details User Defined Price Date Transaction Type Price Date First Price Date ia Holiday Rule Dealing Lag in days Dealing Rule Cut Off Day Cut Off Week Cut Off Month Cut Off Frequency Not Applicable Cut Off Frequency Definition Fields in Specific Fund Price Date Setup Fund ID Display This field indicates the ID fund for which you are setting up the Specific Price Date rule This information is defaulted from the Fund Demographics screen Rule Effective Date Display The Rule Effective Date for the fund which you specified in the Fund Rules Detail screen
450. you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved e The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records are retrieved e Restriction Type e Restriction e Fund ID e RPO Code e Operation e Apply to All Users Click Search button to view the records All the records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner 1 Press F7 2 Input the Fund ID 3 Press F8 Fer ORACLE 5 12 2 2 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can also search a record by using a combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Fund ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A System will fetch all the records whose Fund ID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 etc e Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Fund ID ends by numeric value 7 For example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 etc e Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Fund ID contains the numeric value 17 For example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 etc Editing FBC Access Restriction You can modify the details of an FBC Access Restriction that you have alrea
451. yping UTSFCPMF in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Fund CPMF Setup Summary Authorized Open X Fund ID ai CPMF Bonus Applicable SelectOne v Advanced Search Reset Records perpage 15 v 1 of 1 Authorized Open FundID CPMF Bonus Applicable Default CPMF Bonus Percentage Value Lag for CPMF Bonus C You can perform the following operations in the Fund CPMF Setup Summary screen 5 8 1 1 Retrieving Record in Fund CPMF Summary Screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Summary Screen as follows Specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields e The status of the record in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records are retrieved e The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all records are retrieved e Fund ID e CPMF Bonus Applicable Click Search button to view the records All the records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by querying in the following manner Press F7 Input the Fund ID Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operations by selecting the operation from the Action list You can a

Fund Setup User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents